Home

ZyXEL P-2612HW User's Manual

Contents

1. P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Table 122 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files CI command sys reboot 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors 20 5 1 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Figure 214 Advanced gt Remote Management gt SNMP SNMP SNMP Port 161 Access Status LAN amp WAN x Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 SNMP Configuration Get Community public Set Community public TrapCommunity public TrapDestination 0 0 0 0 we Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 123 Advanced gt Remote Management gt SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service P 2612HW Series User s Gu
2. Each field is described in the following table Table 49 Network gt NAT gt ALG LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable SIP ALG Select this to make sure SIP VoIP works correctly with port forwarding and address mapping rules Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click this to return to previously saved configuration 9 5 NAT Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter 9 5 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 79 Chapter 9
3. Multiple SSID Multiple SSID allows the ZyXEL Device to operate up to 4 different wireless networks simultaneously each with independently configurable wireless and security settings WDS WDS Wireless Distribution System lets the ZyXEL Device act as a bridge with other ZyXEL access points Wireless LAN MAC Address Your device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations Filtering against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 11i security standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA2 WPA 2 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 167 Wireless Features WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Other Wireless Features IEEE 802 11g Compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz ISM Band Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 54Mbps 11Mbps 5 5Mbps 2Mbps and 1 Mbps Auto Fallback Turn on off WLAN by WLAN button press the WLAN button for one second to turn the WLAN on or turn off five seconds to turn on WPS IEEE 80
4. Duration This field displays how long the current call has lasted Tx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has transmitted in the current call Rx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received in the current call Tx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has transmitted packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second Rx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has received packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second Poll Interval s Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide WAN Setup 6 1 Overview This chapter discusses the ZyXEL Device s WAN screens Use these screens to configure your ZyXEL Device for Internet access A WAN Wide Area Network connection is an outside connection to another network or the Internet It connects your private networks such as a LAN Local Area Network and other networks so that a computer in one location can communicate with computers in other locations Figure 73 LAN and WAN LAN WAN Internet C ie A
5. P 2612HW Series User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device such as computers servers routers and printers needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet is an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or O to 255 in decimal P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Address
6. 12 5 Firewall Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter 12 5 1 Firewall Rules Overview Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default settings The ZyXEL Device checks the source IP address destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic against the firewall rules in the order you list them When the traffic matches a rule the ZyXEL Device takes the action specified in the rule Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply e LAN to LAN Router e WAN to LAN e LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router Note The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router These rules specify which computers on the LAN can manage the ZyXEL Device remote management and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface IP alias Note You can also configure the remote management settings to allow only a specific computer to manage the ZyXEL Device e LAN to WAN These rules specify which computers on the LAN can access which computers or services on the WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions e WAN to LAN These rules specify which comput
7. One of the LEDs does not behave as expected P 2612HW Series User s Guide 437 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 1 Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 4 on page 28 2 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide 3 Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor 27 3 ZyXEL Device Access and Login forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser 3 If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 1 5 on page 29 cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator 1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address e The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 e If you changed the IP address Section on page 131 use the new IP address e If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for
8. SECURITY INFO COMMUNICATION o The roles of registrar and enrollee last only as long as the WPS setup process is active two minutes The next time you use WPS a different device can be the registrar if necessary The WPS connection process is like a handshake only two devices participate in each WPS transaction If you want to add more devices you should repeat the process with one of the existing networked devices and the new device Note that the access point AP is not always the registrar and the wireless client is not always the enrollee All WPS certified APs can be a registrar and so can some WPS enabled wireless clients By default a WPS devices is unconfigured This means that it is not part of an existing network and can act as either enrollee or registrar if it supports both functions If the registrar is unconfigured the security settings it transmits to the enrollee are randomly generated Once a WPS enabled device has connected to another device using WPS it becomes configured A configured wireless client can still act as enrollee or registrar in subsequent WPS connections but a configured access point can no longer act as enrollee It will be the registrar in all P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs subsequent WPS connections in which it is involved If you want a configured AP to act as an enrollee you must reset it to its factory defaults Example WPS Network Set
9. Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a restore configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 248 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot 4s there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 249 Network Temporarily Disconnected Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address 192 168 1 1 See Appendix A on page 459 for details on how to set up your computer s IP address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen
10. Note To allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device you must also create a firewall rule Refer to Section 4 3 5 on page 75 for more information 4 3 4 Forwarding Traffic from the WAN to a Local Computer A server NAT address mapping rule allows computers behind the NAT be accessible to the outside world To have the ZyXEL Device forward incoming traffic to a specific computer on your local network you should also create a port forwarding server mapping rule In this example you want to forward FTP traffic using port 21 to the computer with the IP address of 192 168 1 39 Figure 51 Tutorial Example Forwarding Incoming FTP Traffic to a Local Computer LAN FTP Mapping rules WAN 192 168 1 39 Incoming traffic lt 1 2 3 4 Server m A Internet 192 168 Ea j E 4 Mail 192 168 112 192 168 1 13 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 1 Click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping 2 Click the forth rule s Edit icon gf to configure a server rule Figure 52 Tutorial Example NAT Address Mapping Edit Server Edit Address Mapping Rule4 Type Server 7 Local Start IP N A Local End IP N A Global Start IP 1 2 3 4 Global End IP N A Server Mapping Set 2 x Edit Details Apply Cancel 3 Select a number and click the Edit Details link to edit a port forwarding set 4 Select FTP from the Service Name drop down list box and ent
11. 2 Inthe Name field type VoIP to identify the group 3 Inthe VLAN ID field type in 2 to identify the VLAN group 4 Select PVC1 from the Default Gateway drop down list box 5 Inthe Control field select Fixed for LAN1 LAN2 and PVC1 to be permanent members of the VLAN group P 2612HW Series User s Guide 327 Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P 6 Click Apply Figure 192 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit Example Name VLAN ID Default Gateway rors contro tx Tag LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 P YC1 P C2 P C3 PYC4 P C5 P C6 PY C 7 P C8 EthernetWAN vorr E ever E Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden C Fixed Forbidden Back I Tx Tagging D Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging D Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging Cix Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging Apply Cancel To set a high priority for VoIP traffic follow these steps 1 Click Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting to display the following screen 2 Type 2 in the 802 1Q PV
12. Configure IPv6 M Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now 5 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure IPv4 list select Manually e In the IP Address field type your IP address e In the Subnet Mask field type your subnet mask P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address e In the Router field type the IP address of your device Figure 281 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences gt Ethernet reeeo Network a Showall Q Location Automatic RA Show Built in Ethernet E TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet Configure IPv4 Manually HA IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Router 0 0 0 0 DNS Servers Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address Configure IPv6 A Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now b 6 Click Apply Now and close the window Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties by clicking Applications gt Utilities gt Network Utilities and then selecting the appropriate Network Interface from the I nfo tab Figure 282 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Utility 808 Network Utility Finfo Netstat AppleTalk Ping Lookup Traceroute Whois Finger PortScan gterface for information Network Interface en0 E Transfer Statistics Hardware Address 00 16 cb 8b 50 2e S
13. LABEL DESCRIPTION Recovery When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a Interval WAN backup connection it periodically checks whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet Active Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use traffic redirect if the Redirect normal WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly co
14. Note Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions e The P 2612HW Series may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device the system or the product in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font e A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard e Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices e A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen e Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e e g is a shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words P 2612HW Series User s Guide 5 Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following
15. See My Certificates Authentication Algorithm Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 82 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy This option determines whether a VPN rule is applied before a packet leaves the firewall P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 82 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Keep Alive Select either Yes or No from the drop down list box Select Yes to have the ZyXEL Device automatically reinitiate the SA after the SA lifetime times out even if there is no traffic The remote IPSec router must also have keep alive enabled in order for this feature to work NAT Traversal This function is available if the VPN Protocol is ESP Select this check box if you want to set up a VPN tunnel when there are NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router must also enable NAT traversal and the NAT routers have to forward UDP port 500 packets to the remote IPSec router behind the NAT router Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box IKE provides more protection so it is g
16. Types of Antennas for WLAN There are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications P 2612HW Series User s Guide 521 Appendix D Wireless LANs e Omni directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane The coverage area is torus shaped like a donut which makes these antennas ideal for a room environment With a wide coverage area it is possible to make circular overlapping coverage areas with multiple access points Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal in a beam like a flashlight does with the light from its bulb The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern Angles typically range from 20 degrees very directional to 120 degrees less directional Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point to point applications Positioning Antennas In general antennas should be mounted as high as practically possible and free of obstructions In point to point application position both antennas at the same height and in a direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance For omni directional antennas mounted on a table desk and so on point the antenna up For omni directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling point the antenna down For a single AP application place omni directional antennas as close to the center of the coverage area as possible For directional antennas point the antenna in the direction
17. Wireless LAN Association List n MAC Address Association Time 001 00 13 49 63 3f 5e 00 18 23 2000 01 01 Refresh 4 2 3 Configuring the Wireless Client This section describes how to connect the wireless client to a network 4 2 3 1 Connecting to a Wireless LAN The following sections show you how to join a wireless network using the ZyXEL utility as in the following diagram The wireless client is labeled C and the access point is labeled AP e Ea SS R Internet Ei AP wa There are three ways to connect the client to an access point e Configure nothing and leave the wireless client to automatically scan for and connect to any available network that has no wireless security configured e Manually connect to a network e Configure a profile to have the wireless client automatically connect to a specific network or peer computer This example illustrates how to manually connect your wireless client to an access point AP which is configured for WPA PSK security and connected to the Internet Before you connect to the access point you must know its Service Set IDentity SSID and WPA PSK pre shared key In this example the SSID is SSID_Example3 and the pre shared key is ThisismyWPA PSKpre sharedkey After you install the ZyXEL utility and then insert the wireless client follow the steps below to connect to a network using the Site Survey screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide
18. e Inside Local Inside Global S S Address ILA Address IGA L RAN 192 168 1 11 192 168 1 10 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 5 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks Figure 118 NAT Application With IP Alias Corporation B Corporation A Server in LAN2 192 168 1 X L L L P i Nemo Sove aN Js NNA Ss NAT Server b 192 168 1 1 LAN2 192 168 2 X es Network Server Sales 192 168 2 1 Server in gt lt gt Sales Network P2 IGA 2 T Tn NAT Server 192 168 2 1 I LANS 192 168 3 X Network Server Server in R amp D 192 168 3 1 R amp D Network ES IP3 IGA 3 g gt AN lt qmm a NAT Server 192 168 3 1 SoS gt WAN Addresses LAN Addresses Default IPs SS SSE IGA 1 gt 192 168 1 1 IGA 2 gt 192 168 2 1 IGA 3 gt 192 168 3 1 9 5 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address e Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivale
19. 11 7 2 4 European Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Diala phone number directly to make another call 3 When the second call is answered press the flash key and press 3 to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key and press DE 11 7 3 USA Type Supplementary Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the USA Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below P 2612HW Series User s Guide 225 Chapter 11 Phone Usage After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 70 USA Flash Key Commands SUB COMMAND COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call After the second call is successful press the flash key again to have a three way conference call Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone 11 7 3 1 USA Call Hold Cal
20. 12 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents 6 2 The Intetriet Access Setup SCION secs sencstenssssss teverenend irate na Aa AA KANNE 101 6 2 1 Advanced Internet Actess SOUP ecsicsssvescciics cissssscceresssssanansuesssecauneessapnnenesbseadeadarnsens 104 6 2 The More Connections SOT EN accetsececcortaeascascey sce thicdertmaice aac seertscatcanieyhaadeSiee Wemuancretans 105 B31 More Conmmecions Edit geireiccctterve st icieveteed aineasetes rn veneiebie Ras AA ey 107 6 3 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup c cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeeeeneees 110 GA The WAN aU Setup SCIEN caisccicsacetinccdincecincsiaetesduasaueyiniesdaunaadevoianrendletaemreedanaseneescuas 112 05 WAN Technical PONV GE siririna rA ANNEE aa E EAEE 113 Soe ML EN p a a rere ete ro eere re rrrere re rrere rrr cerer rere reece rere ree rrr 113 Oe IT aa 115 GS PI VG iaa 115 6 5 4 IP Address ASSIGNING INT seccion nn RAN 115 6 5 5 Naled Up Connection PPPI simana ra a A N a 116 CSO 29 eer etec ee see eec e ee te pisee Peete tr ree epee vee E ere 116 Gees PMNs eiia nee ens Sct aaciebetaetdvmente nate cn akncipd caueb sar tuantetbebven clases acne ser tuakucduerenduahete dua 116 RRM TS i ogo atl ate aaa en nent waren A mene Technet r eernre TT 117 66 Irale Redec serao n a R RE 119 Chapter 7 LAN SetU css cca canna cnaicecesnasceuentencaceasarresaesdesaicevenanasdcaakacnesiaraaxcetasamienssinesne tastasaesaecaineneniantanmnnacs 121 EOV RION cd ann
21. 6 1 1 What You Can Do in the WAN Screens Use the Internet Access Setup screen Section 6 2 on page 101 to configure the WAN settings on the ZyXEL Device for Internet access e Use the More Connections screen Section 6 3 on page 105 to set up additional Internet access connections Use the WAN Backup Setup screen Section 6 4 on page 112 to set up a backup gateway that helps forward traffic to its destination when the default WAN connection is down P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 1 2 What You Need to Know About WAN Encapsulation Method Encapsulation is used to include data from an upper layer protocol into a lower layer protocol To set up a WAN connection to the Internet you need to use the same encapsulation method used by your ISP Internet Service Provider If your ISP offers a dial up Internet connection using PPPoE PPP over Ethernet or PPPoA they should also provide a username and password and service name for user authentication WAN IP Address The WAN IP address is an IP address for the ZyXEL Device which makes it accessible from an outside network It is used by the ZyXEL Device to communicate with other devices in other networks It can be static fixed or dynamically assigned by the ISP each time the ZyXEL Device tries to access the Internet If your ISP assigns you a static WAN IP address they should also assign you the subnet mask and DNS server IP address es and a
22. 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE 802 11b or IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 3 More AP Screen This screen allows you to enable and configure multiple BSSs on the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP The following screen displays Figure 97 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP More AP More AP Setup 2 O am i q Note AP Ia nf m ZyXELO2 None amp wi ZyXELO3 None g Wi ZyXELO4 None g For more AP to function normally the WDS service must be disabled before active more Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of each SSID profile Active Select the check box to activate an SSID profile SSID An
23. Address Use this screen to configure network address Mapping translation mapping rules ALG Use this screen to enable or disable SIP ALG VoIP SIP SIP Settings Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Voice over IP settings QoS Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Quality of Service settings for VoIP Phone Analog Phone Use this screen to set which phone ports use which SIP accounts Ext Table Use this screen to assign extension numbers to phones connected to the ZyXEL Device Common Use this screen to configure general phone port settings Region Use this screen to select your location and call service mode Phone Book Speed Dial Use this screen to configure speed dial for SIP phone numbers that you call often Incoming Call Use this screen to configure call forwarding Policy SIP Prefix Use this screen to set up numbers you dial on your phone to specify which SIP account you want to use for a call Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the default action to take on network traffic going in specific directions Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Threshold Use this screen to configure the thresholds for determining when to drop sessions that do not become fully established Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block access to web sites containing certain keywords in the URL
24. An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail e You may edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year e The date format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent Figure 236 E mail Log Example Subject Firewall Alert From Date Fri 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 From user zyxel com To user zyxel com 1 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 To 192 168 1 255 default policy forward 09 54 03 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 lt 1 00 gt 2 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 To 192 168 1 255 default policy forward 09 54 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 lt 1 00 gt 3 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward 09 54 19 UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 lt 1 01 gt ROT Cron A STAD SN elder aka iret Sade SNIP Jonsrarmenironmniasi na 126 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 Tol 2 168 255 match forward 10 05 00 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 lt 1 02 gt 127 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 TO 3192 168 W255 match forward 10 05 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 lt 1 02 gt 128 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 TOt 19216814295 match forward 10 05 30 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 lt 1 02 gt End of Firewall Log 23 5 Log Descriptions This section provides descriptio
25. Chapter 15 Certificates 3 Double click the certificate s icon to open the Certificate window Click the Details tab and scroll down to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields Figure 174 Certificate Details LX a gt General Details Certification Path Show lt a gt z Value Glenn RSA 1024 Bits Digital Signature Certificate Signing ative Name DNS Name Glenn Constraints Subject Type CA Path Length Cons Fe Thumbprint algorithm shal J Thumbprint BOA7 2286 7960 FF92 S2F4 6B4C A2 vd a 4 Usea secure method to verify that the certificate owner has the same information in the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields The secure method may very based on your situation Possible examples would be over the telephone or through an HTTPS connection P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates 15 2 My Certificates Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen This is the ZyXEL Device s summary list of certificates and certification requests Certificates display in black and certification requests display in gray Figure 175 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates My Certificates My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 4 of FSF Sa Factory Default Certificate Name auto_generated_self_signed_cert The factory default certificate is common to all P 2612HW F1 models Click Repla
26. Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it 388 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System Table 128 Maint enance gt System gt Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually hh mm ss When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually yyyy mm dd When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server sends when you turn on the ZyXEL Device Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your SP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference betwee
27. Network Tasks fal Create a new connection Disabled Set up a home or small office network See Also i Network Troubleshooter Enabled Other Places Control Panel a My Network Places E3 My Documents 4 My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections Internet Connection Internet Connection LAN or High Speed Internet Local Area Connection af Accton EN1207D Tx PCI Fast 4 An icon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays Figure 230 Network Connections My Network Places T My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help e Bac gt wi ps Search Ke Folders Gii Address E My Network Places Local Network Network Tasks restige 650R 31 Internet Sharin Gate aring Sa Tiaka af Add a network place e view network connections Set up a home or small office network Ee View workgroup computers Create Shortcut Rename Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 231 Network Connections My Netwo
28. O5 Enable Do Not Disturb Use these to set your phone not to ring when i someone calls you or to turn this function off 95 Disable Do Not Disturb Chapter 28 on page 445 41 Enable call waiting Use these to allow you to put a call on hold while PE answering another or to turn this function off See Pale Disable call wailing Section 11 7 2 on page 223 Europe type and Section 11 7 3 on page 225 USA type P 2612HW Series User s Guide 227 Chapter 11 Phone Usage Table 71 Phone Functions Summary ACTION FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 21 Enable call forward Use these to allow you to use the call forwarding i tables you set in the ZyXEL Device or to turn this T Bike ble Galligpaard function off See Section 10 11 on page 203 2 2 Uncondition forward Forward all incoming calls See Section 10 11 on page 203 23 No answer forward Forward incoming calls if you do not answer See Section 10 11 on page 203 24 Busy forward Forward calls if you are already making a call See Section 10 11 on page 203 70 One shot Call Waiting Activate or deactivate call waiting on the next call Disable only See Section 11 7 2 on page 223 Europe type x85 One shot Call Waiting and Section 11 7 3 on page 225 USA type Enable P 2612HW Series User s Guide Firewall 12 1 Overview Use the ZyXEL Device firewall screens to enable and configure the firewall that pr
29. amp Universal Plug and Play 0 2MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next 21 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway P 2612HW Series User s Guide 375 Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 376 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Network Connections Edit File View Favorites Tools Figure 223 Network Connections Advanced Help wo Bock O B P Search gt Folders Tit Address Network Connections Network Tasks Create anew connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device m Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this me Internet Gateway LAN or H Disable Status Creat
30. gt 7 Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by wireless devices to transmit and receive data Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a channel different from an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other Figure 322 RTS CTS E i a CTS Range Station AP gees me A wen Man AP iin pe i f iiia i i j Q 22 fw a i ENES ACK canm Stations A and B do not pY ae Stat
31. l l _ g va A z amp a owe i _ g Bi oe ll ee i i _ g Ge 2 i l i l i g ee e _ amp fee i _ ge AS z _ amp Mim _ g sid ial aa oa z 3 _ amp z o i i _ p Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 109 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION 802 1P 1Q Active Select this check box to activate the 802 1P 1Q feature Management Vlan Enter the ID number of a VLAN group All interfaces ports SSIDs and ID PVCs are in the management VLAN by default If you disable the management VLAN you will not be able to access the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P Table 109 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Summary This field displays the index number of the VLAN group Name This field displays the name of the VLAN group VID This field displays the ID number of the VLAN group Port Number These columns display the VLAN s settings for each port A tagged port is marked as T an untagged port is marked as U and ports not participating in a VLAN are marked as Modify Click the Edit button to configure the ports in the VLAN group Click the Remove button to delete the VLAN group Apply Click this to save your change
32. timeout expired User logout because of session The router logged out a user whose session expired P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 143 802 1X Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION User logout because of user The router logged out a user who ended the deassociation session User logout because of no The router logged out a user from which there authentication response from user was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Table 144 ACL Setting Notes ia DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L ZyXEL LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the Device ZyXEL Device LAN or the ZyXEL Device W to W ZyXEL WAN to WAN ACL se
33. 25 7 3 TFTP File Upload The device also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 2 25 7 4 Enter the command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer Use the TFTP client See the example below to transfer files between the device and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras Note that the telnet connection must be active and the device in Cl mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the device to the co
34. A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN The ZyXEL Device reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway A on the LAN to the WAN The reply from the WAN goes directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the ZyXEL Device As a result the ZyXEL Device resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Figure 149 Triangle Route Problem LAN WAN ISP 1 7 Internet ISP 2 j j 12 5 4 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem If you have the ZyXEL Device allow triangle route sessions traffic from the WAN can go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the ZyXEL Device and its firewall protection Another solution is to use IP alias IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your ZyXEL Device supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the ZyXEL Device being the gateway for each logical network It s like having multiple LAN networks that actually use the same physical cables and ports By putting your LAN and Gateway A in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall 2 The ZyXEL Device rerout
35. Chapter 4 Tutorial Open the ZyXEL utility and click the Site Survey tab to open the screen shown next Figure 29 ZyXEL Utility Site Survey Available Network list l 7 Site Information p SSID_Example3 T CPE_5257_00 T diink4300 ssb Channel Signal 4 Network Type Infrastructure T ZyXEL_MIS 62 Network Mode 802 119 T ZyXEL_YZU 62 Channel 6 T ZyXEL_test 60 Security vVPA PSK MAC Address 00 40 C5 CD 1F 64 Surveyed at 11 46 38 54 50 Connect 2 The wireless client automatically searches for available wireless networks Click Scan if you want to search again If no entry displays in the Available Network List that means there is no wireless network available within range Make sure the AP or peer computer is turned on or move the wireless client closer to the AP or peer computer 3 When you try to connect to an AP with security configured a window will pop up prompting you to specify the security settings Enter the pre shared key and leave the encryption type at the default setting Use the Next button to move on to the next screen You can use the Back button at any time to return to the previous screen or the Exit button to return to the Site Survey screen Figure 30 ZyXEL Utility Security Settings gt Encryption Type gt Pre Shared Key Security Settings ikir 8 ThisismyWPA PSKpre sharedkey Back Next Exit P 2612HW Seri
36. Chapter 7 LAN Setup and subnet mask of your ZyXEL Device and configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 83 Network gt LAN gt IP LAN TCP IP IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP Setup DHCP IP Pool Starting Address Pool Size Remote DHCP Server DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Apply 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Server 192 168 1 33 a2 Obtained From ISP 7 172 23 5 2 Obtained From ISP 172 23 5 1 Obtained From ISP vf 0 0 0 Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 25 Network gt LAN gt IP LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN TCP IP IP Address Enter the LAN IP address you want to assign to your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation for example 255 255 255 0 factory default Your ZyXEL Device automatically computes the subnet mask based on the IP address you enter so do not change this field unless you are instructed to do so DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to LAN computers and other devices that are DHCP clients If set to None the DHCP server w
37. DESCRIPTION Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL Device will forward any packet that it does not route to this remote node otherwise the packets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement a protocol is assigned a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in e
38. Figure 250 Configuration Upload Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return 25 3 1 Reset to Factory Defaults Click the Reset button to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults The following warning screen appears Figure 251 Reset Warning Message Microsoft InternetExplorer OOOO O x 9 4re you sure you want to reset the device back to the factory defaults This will erase all of your custom configuration Figure 252 Reset In Process Message Reset to Factory Default Settings Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to Section 1 5 on page 29 for more information on the RESET button P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 25 4 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 253 Maintenance gt To
39. Location Automatic HJ 3 A e Internal Modem Q Not Connected Status Not Connected The cable for Ethernet is connected but o PPPoE ooe your computer does not have an IP address Not Connected Ethernet ZN fick iera lt Configure Using DHCP ie FireWire Not Connected e AirPort Off DNS Server Search Domains 802 1X WPA ZyXELO4 A rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Apply 4 From the Configure list select Using DHCP for dynamically assigned settings 5 For statically assigned settings do the following e From the Configure list select Manually e In the IP Address field enter your IP address e In the Subnet Mask field enter your subnet mask 472 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address e In the Router field enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Figure 286 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Preferences gt Ethernet BOO Location Automatic E e Internal Modem QS Not Connected Status Not Connected The cable for Ethernet is connected but PPPoE Q your computer does not have an IP address Not Connected Ethernet f Configure FireWire ws Not Connected 2 Subnet Mask AirPort A or a Router DNS Server Search Domains 802 1X WPA ZyXELO4 en a Click the lock to prevent further changes 6 Click Apply and close the window P 2612HW Series User s Guide 473 App
40. enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3 3 1 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 18 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 9 Manually Assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most Key secure wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3 3 2 Manually Assign a WEP Key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 19 Manually Assign a WEP key On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping Exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 10 Manually Assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The
41. 1 Click K Menu gt Computer gt Administrator Settings YaST Figure 295 openSUSE 10 3 K Menu gt Computer Menu Searchs rR Applications gt Administrator Settings Install Software ea System Information A Home Folder A 2 My Documents ry Network Folders Prat System Folders 2 4G Media 2 0 GB available a Eavorites Applications Computer History Leave User zyxel on linux h20z openSUSE 2 When the Run as Root KDE su dialog opens enter the admin password and click OK Figure 296 openSUSE 10 3 K Menu gt Computer Menu Run as root KDE su Please enter the Administrator root password to continue Command sbin yast2 Password 480 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 3 When the YaST Control Center window opens select Network Devices and then click the Network Card icon Figure 297 openSUSE 10 3 YaST Control Center YaST Control Center linux h20z File Edit Help D Software A Network Services Novell AppArmor Q Security and Users gt Miscellaneous 4 When the Network Settings window opens click the Overview tab select the appropriate connection Name from the list and then click the Configure button Figure 298 openSUSE 10 3 Network Settings YasST2 linux h20z Network Card a Network Settings Overview Obtain an overview of installed network cards Global Opt
42. 192 168 1 13 lt gt 1 2 3 6 1 1 f Other outgoing LAN traffic gt 1 2 3 4 M 1 lt gt Incoming traffic lt 1 2 3 4 Server N O FIP Internet 192 168 1 39 A K a SA m i Mail 192 168 112 192 168 1 13 To set up this network we are going to P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 1 Configure the WAN connection to use the first public IP address 1 2 3 4 2 Configure NAT address mapping for other public IP addresses 1 2 3 5 and 1 2 3 6 3 Configure NAT port forwarding to forward FTP traffic from the WAN to a specific computer on your local network 4 3 2 Configuring the WAN Connection with a Static IP Address The following table shows the information your ISP gave you for Internet connection Encapsulation PPPoE VPI VCI 8 33 Public IP Addresses 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 6 1 2 3 7 Gateway I P Address 1 2 3 89 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 User Name exampleuser Password abcd1234 DNS Server 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 Follow the steps below to configure your ZyXEL Device for Internet access using PPPoE in this example Figure 41 Tutorial Example WAN Connection with a Static Public IP Address LAN WAN Sa oe Internet 4 192 168 1414 NN 1 234 A P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial Click Network gt WAN Make sure the DSL WAN switch on the back of the ZyXEL Device is pushed to
43. AP2 8 9 5 5 Limitations of WPS WPS has some limitations of which you should be aware e WPS works in Infrastructure networks only where an AP and a wireless client communicate It does not work in Ad Hoc networks where there is no AP e When you use WPS it works between two devices only You cannot enroll multiple devices simultaneously you must enroll one after the other For instance if you have two enrollees and one registrar you must set up the first enrollee by pressing the WPS button on the registrar and the first enrollee for example then check that it successfully enrolled then set up the second device in the same way WPS works only with other WPS enabled devices However you can still add non WPS devices to a network you already set up using WPS WPS works by automatically issuing a randomly generated WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key from the registrar device to the enrollee devices Whether the network uses WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK depends on the device You can check the configuration interface of the registrar device to discover the key the network is using if the device supports this feature Then you can enter the key into the non WPS device and join the network as normal the non WPS device must also support WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN e When you use the PBC method there is a short period from the moment you press the button on one device to the mom
44. APA key vould prefer to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all gt with WPA The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 8 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Name SSID wireless LAN Network Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is Selection called a channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device Security Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a Pre Shared Key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 1 on page 49 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 2 on page 50 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving Note The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is
45. Chapter 11 Phone Usage 1 During the call press 97 and then any number up to 8 digits long You need to remember this number in order to pick up the call on another phone Hang up the receiver 2 Pick up another phone s receiver Press 97 followed by the same number you entered before to continue the call 11 5 Checking the ZyXEL Device s IP Address Do the following to listen to the ZyXEL Device s current IP address 1 Pick up your phone s receiver 2 Press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 3 Press 5 followed by the key 4 Listen to the IP address and make a note of it 5 Hang up the receiver 11 6 Auto Provisioning and Auto Firmware Upgrade If your service provider uses an auto provisioning server to set up your device you must first enter the HTTP pincode supplied by your service provider This authenticates your ZyXEL Device with the auto provisioning server allowing you to use the service e On a phone connected to the device enter 99 your SIP number the HTTP pincode you were given then e For example if your SIP number is 0123456 and the HTTP pincode you were given is 9876 you would enter 99 0123456 9876 During auto provisioning the ZyXEL Device checks to see if there is a newer firmware version if your service provider activates this feature If newer firmware is
46. Click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings to open the SIP Settings screen Select a SIP account and click Advanced Setup to open the Advanced SIP Setup screen Use this screen to maintain advanced settings for each SIP account Figure 120 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced SIP Account SIP1 SIP Server Settings URL Type sip 7 Expiration Duration 3600 20 65535 sec Register Re send timer i80 1 65535 sec Session Expires 180 30 3600 sec Min SE 30 20 1800 sec RTP Port Range Start Port 50000 1025 65535 End Port 65535 1025 65535 Yoice Compression Primary Compression Type jemma Secondary Compression Type e723 Third Compression Type ezm x DTMF Mode RFC 2833 Outbound Proxy Tl Enable Server Address Server Port jo 1025 65535 MWI Message Waiting Indication I Enable Expiration Time 1800 1 65535 sec Call Forward Call Forward Table Table 1 x Back Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 53 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account This field displays the SIP account you see in this screen SIP Server Settings URL Type Select whether or not to include the SIP service domain name when the ZyXEL Device sends the SIP number SIP include the SIP service domain name TEL do not include the SIP service domain name Expiration Ente
47. P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 14 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION AnyIP Table Click this link to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Section 5 2 on page 94 WLAN Click this link to display the MAC address es of the wireless stations Status that are currently associating with the ZyXEL Device See Section 5 3 on page 94 VPN Status Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s current VPN connections See Section 14 7 on page 275 Packet Click this link to view port status and packet specific statistics See Statistics Section 5 4 on page 95 VoIP Click this link to view statistics about your VolP usage See Section 5 5 Statistics on page 97 VolP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You have to register SIP accounts with a SIP server to use VolP If the SIP account is already registered with the SIP server e Click Unregister to delete the SIP account s registration in the SIP server This does not cancel your SIP account but it deletes the mapping between your SIP identity and your IP address or domain name e The second field displays Registered If the SIP account is not registered with the SIP server e Click Register to have the ZyXEL Device attempt
48. Programs Advanced Settings t Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing _ Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable Pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 486 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen Figure 305 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings lA Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable C3 information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Preven
49. SIP10 Use this screen to configure SIP settings for up to 10 SIP accounts Settings SIP Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI like 1234 VolP provider com this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters SIP Server Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your Address VoIP service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Service Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI like Domain 1234 VolP provider com this is the part after the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Authentication User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Table 11 VolP Setup Wizard gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Password Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Check here to Select this if you want to set up additional SIP accounts set up SIP settings lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen Apply Click this to register your SIP account s Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main
50. Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of EAP Authentication This section discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEE 802 1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication By using EAP to interact with an EAP compatible RADIUS server an access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP s that supports IEEE 802 1x For EAP TLS authentication type you must first have a wired connection to the network and obtain the certificate s from a certificate authority CA A certificate also called digital IDs can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MD5 authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authenti
51. The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My Certificates screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates One exception is that you can import a PKCS 12 format certificate without a corresponding certification request since the certificate includes the private key Note Remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you import it Certificate File Formats The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats Binary X 509 This is an ITU T recommendation that defines the formats for X 509 certificates PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary X 509 certificate into a printable form Binary PKCS 7 This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data including digital signatures that may be encrypted The ZyXEL Device currently allows the importation of a PKS 7 file that contains a single certificate PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 This Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary PKCS 7 certificate into a printable form Binary PKCS 12 This is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates The private key in a PKCS 12 file is within a password encrypted envelope The file s password is not connected to your certificate s public or private passwords Exporting a PKCS 12 file creates this
52. forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 2 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Appendix B on page 485 4 Ifyou disabled Any IP Section 7 2 1 on page 124 make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step e If there is a DHCP server on your network make sure your computer is using a dynamic IP address See Appendix A on page 459 Your ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server by default e If there is no DHCP server on your network make sure your computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Appendix A on page 459 5 Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 1 5 on page 29 6 If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions e Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service such as Telnet If you can access the ZyXEL Device check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP e If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected
53. gt My Certificates gt Create LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters not including spaces to identify this certificate Subject Information Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate You do not have to fill in every field although the Common Name is mandatory The certification authority may add fields such as a serial number to the subject information when it issues a certificate It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate s owner by IP address domain name or e mail address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation domain name or e mail address in the field provided The domain name or e mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string Organizational Unit Type up to 127 characters to identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 98 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Create continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Organization Type up to 127 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate ow
54. including spaces Interface Select from which interface traffic of this class should come Priority Select a priority level between 0 and 7 or select Auto to have the ZyXEL Device map the matched traffic to a queue according to the internal QoS mapping table See Section 18 5 4 on page 351 for more information 0 is the lowest priority level and 7 is the highest Routing Policy Select the next hop to which traffic of this class should be forwarded Select By Routing Table to have the ZyXEL Device use the routing table to find a next hop and forward the matched packets automatically Select To Gateway Address to route the matched packets to the router or switch you specified in the Gateway Address field WAN Index This field in not configurable at the time of writing Gateway Enter the IP address of the gateway which should be a router or Address switch on the same segment as the ZyXEL Device s interface s that can forward the packet to the destination Order This shows the ordering number of this classifier Select an existing number for where you want to put this classifier and click Apply to move the classifier to the number you selected For example if you select 2 the classifier you are moving becomes number 2 and the previous classifier 2 gets pushed down one Tag Configuration DSCP Value Select Same to keep the DSCP fields in the packets Select Auto to map the DSCP value to 802 1 priority le
55. 0 Packet Direction wan to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number fi x add Jnctive source Destination tr service Action schedulel oo Noy Vv any 192168112 anyen Permit No Vv any 192168113 anyen Permit No anv E aen e No Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 3 6 Testing the Connections 1 Open the web browser on one of the local computers and enter any web site s URL in the address bar If you can access the web site your WAN connection and NAT address mapping are configured successfully If you cannot access it make sure you entered the correct information in the WAN and NAT Address Mapping screens Also check that the Internet account is active and the computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 2 Open your web browser and try accessing the web server 1 2 3 5 from the outside network If you cannot access the web server make sure the NAT address mapping rule is configured correctly and there is a firewall rule to allow HTTP traffic from the WAN to the web server 3 Try accessing the FTP server 1 2 3 4 from the outside network to send or retrieve a file If you cannot access the FTP server make sure the NAT port forwarding rule is active and there is a firewall rule to allow FTP traffic from the WAN to FTP server 4 4 Using NAT with Multiple Game Players If two users behind the ZyXEL Device want to conne
56. 0 bps 0 bps Z l 6 0 bps 0 bps 7 0 bps 0 bps Set Interval Stop The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 115 Advanced gt QoS gt Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION Priority Queue This shows the priority queue number Traffic assigned to higher index queues gets through faster while traffic in lower index queues is dropped if the network is congested Pass This shows how many packets mapped to this priority queue are transmitted successfully Drop This shows how many packets mapped to this priority queue are dropped Poll Interval s Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics in this field Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval s field Stop Click Stop to stop refreshing statistics 18 5 QoS Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS 18 5 1 18 5 2 18 5 3 IEEE 802 1Q Tag The IEEE 802 1Q standard defines an explicit VLAN tag in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges A VLAN tag includes the 12 bit VLAN ID and 3 bit user priority The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network IEEE 802 1p specifies the user priority f
57. 105 110 VBR RT 105 110 VCI 102 115 version DSL 90 ZyNOS 90 Virtual Channel Identifier see VCI Virtual Circuit VC 115 Virtual Local Area Network see VLAN Virtual Path Identifier see VPI Virtual Private Network see VPN VLAN 216 325 802 1P priority 325 336 activation 332 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index example 327 group 216 group settings 333 ID 216 ID tags 216 management group 332 port settings 335 PVC 326 PVI D 336 tagging frames 326 335 voice activity detection 195 451 voice channels 451 voice coding 213 Vol P 206 features 27 peer to peer calls 200 standards compliance 451 tutorial 84 wizard setup 51 VolP features 27 VPI 102 115 VPI amp VCI 115 VPN 257 447 established in two phases 258 IPSec 257 security associations SA 258 see also IKE SA IPSec SA W WAN MTU 105 111 Wide Area Network see WAN 99 warnings 7 warranty 536 note 536 WDS 154 Web 359 Web Configurator 31 WEP 50 143 452 Wi Fi Protected Access see WPA Windows Networking 126 Wired Equivalent Privacy see WEP wireless client configuration 60 profile 63 security 49 512 tutorial 57 wireless client 137 wireless client WPA supplicants 518 Wireless Distribution System see WDS wireless LAN channel 141 MAC address filter 139 452 scheduling 156 wireless network example 137 overview 137 wireless security 512 wizard setup Internet 39 VoIP 51 WLAN 137 802 11 mode 148 AES 155 authenticati
58. 128 255 eee eee eee DP Qum saa ss Dp In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 2 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 2 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 174 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 101
59. 2 to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold Press the flash key and then 0 to disconnect the call presently on hold and keep the current call on line Press the flash key and then 1 to disconnect the current call and resume the call on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 11 7 2 2 European Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to a telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Take one of the following actions e Reject the second call Press the flash key and then press 0 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Phone Usage e Disconnect the first call and answer the second call Either press the flash key and press 1 or just hang up the phone and then answer the phone after it rings e Put the first call on hold and answer the second call Press the flash key and then 2 11 7 2 3 European Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone
60. 2 Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your device 3 Enter your username as requested the default is admin 4 Press ENTER when prompted for a password 5 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 6 Use put to transfer files from the computer to the device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the device and renames it rom 0 Likewise get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 25 7 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload Figure 256 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp gt put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 1103936 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit More commands found in GUI based FTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter Refer to Section on page 414 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN
61. 2007 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 00 Yesterday 12 03 2007 12 03 2007 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 00 Last Week N A N A 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 00 Last Month N A N A 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 00 Po P 2612HW Series User s Guide 407 Chapter 24 Call History The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 152 Maintenance gt Call History gt Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Type of This shows the time period Summary Start Time This shows the date when the period starts End Time This shows the date when the period ends Tx Packets This shows the number of voice packets the ZyXEL Device transmitted within this period Rx Packets This shows the number of voice packets the ZyXEL Device received within this period Duration of This shows how long the analog calls lasted within this period PSTN Duration of This shows how long the Voice over Internet calls lasted within this VoIP period 24 3 Viewing the Call History 408 Click Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History to open the Call History screen Use the Call History screen to see the details of the calls performed on the ZyXEL Device The call history buffer can hold up to 150 entries When the call history buffer fills old records are deleted as new ones are added Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order Figure 238 Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History coy
62. 729 and G 726 can distort the tones SIP INFO send the DTMF tones in SIP messages Outbound Proxy Enable Select this if your VoIP service provider has a SIP outbound server to handle voice calls This allows the ZyXEL Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Turn off any SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the ZyXEL Device to keep it from re translating the IP address since this is already handled by the outbound proxy server Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP outbound proxy server Server Port Enter the SIP outbound proxy server s listening port if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Select this if you want to hear a waiting beeping dial tone on your phone when you have at least one voice message Your VoIP service provider must support this feature Expiration Time Keep the default value for this field unless your VoIP service provider tells you to change it Enter the number of seconds the SIP server should provide the message waiting service each time the ZyXEL Device subscribes to the service Before this time passes the ZyXEL Device automatically subscribes again Call Forward Call Forward Select which call forwarding table you want the ZyXEL Device to use for Table incoming calls You set up these tables in V
63. A A AA AA TE 2 ZR 5 gt _ g a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ia 3 3 3 3 3 3 F 35 F El af aj a BD BD DB B B a S i gad el PERE rity LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 bse SSID4 P C1 ha P C2 P C3 P C4 P YCS P C6 PYC7 PYCS EthernetWAN Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide 335 Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 111 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Ports This field displays the types of ports available to join the VLAN group 802 1Q PVID Assign a VLAN ID for the port The valid VID range is between 1 and 4094 The ZyXEL Device assigns the PVID to untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port SSID or PVC 802 1P Priority Assign a priority for the traffic transmitted through the port SSID or PVC Select Same if you do not want to modify the priority You may choose a priority level from 0 7 with O being the lowest level and 7 being the highest level Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Quality of Service QoS This chapter contains information about configuring QoS editing classifiers and viewing the ZyXEL Device s QoS packet statistics 18 1 Over
64. Apply Cancel 6 Open the Status screen Verify your wireless and wireless security settings under Device Information and check if the WLAN connection is up under Interface Status Figure 27 AP Status ZyXEL gt Status Refresh Interval None E Status Device Information System Status Host Name P2612HW System Uptime 0 07 41 Model Number P 2612HW F1 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 08 43 MAC Address 00 02 cf e8 56 3a System Mode Routing Bridaing ZyNOS Firmware Version 3 70 BLD 0 b3 12 19 2008 CPU Usage Hd 27 25 Wireless LAN WAN Information Memory Usage NAT IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 T Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 D interface status ue LAN Information IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Maski 255 255 255 0 D CHE BHEP WAN Down 100M Full Duplex LAN WLAN Information SSID SSID_Example3 Channel 4 Active 54M Security WPA PSK WPS Unconfiqured Status On LAN Up 100M Full Duplex Summary Firewall Enabled Content Filter Disable Client List AnyIP Table WLAN Status VPN Status Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics VoIP Status SIP 1 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 SIP 2 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 Message P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial Click the WLAN Status hyperlink in the AP s Status screen You can see if any wireless client has connected to the AP Figure 28 AP Status WLAN Station Status
65. Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 84 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Authentication Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable Key Enter 16 characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA 1 authentication Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 7 Viewing SA Monitor Click Security gt VPN gt Monitor to open the screen as shown Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections A Security Association SA is the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel This screen displays active VPN connections Use Refresh to display active VPN connections This screen is read only The following table describes the fields in this tab When there is outbound traffic but no inbound traffic the SA times out automatically after two minu
66. Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key and then 2 to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold Press the flash key and then 0 to disconnect the call presently on hold and keep the current call on line Press the flash key and then 1 to disconnect the current call and resume the call on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring European Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to a telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Take one of the following actions e Reject the second call Press the flash key and then press 0 e Disconnect the first call and answer the second call Either press the flash key and press 1 or just hang up the phone and then answer the phone after it rings e Put the first call on hold and answer the second call Press the flash key and then 2 European Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone Press the flash key to put the caller on hold When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapte
67. Certificate Create screen to have the ZyXEL Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificate Create screen Click Return and check your information in the My Certificate Create screen Make sure that the certification authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the ZyXEL Device to enroll a certificate online 15 5 Trusted CAs Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that you have set the ZyXEL Device to accept as trusted The ZyXEL Device accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on this list as being P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates trustworthy thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities Figure 179 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs coco RIESE Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use 7 Trusted CA Setting Cc CT SS OU Secure Server OU Secure Server Certification Certification 1 VeriSign cer Authority O RSA Authority O RSA aor Ge cae PIR a No SY tw Data Security Data Security Eye ik Inc C US Inc C US Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 99 Se
68. Configuration 357 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 369 Status Screens Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces LAN WAN and WLAN and SIP accounts You can also register and unregister SIP accounts The Status screen also provides detailed information from Any IP and DHCP and statistics from VoIP and traffic 5 1 Status Screen Click Status to open this screen The screen varies slightly depending on the WAN mode you set using the DSL WAN switch Figure 67 Status Screen ADSL WAN mode J Refresh Interval None Apply Device Information System Status Host Name P2612HW System Uptime 0 00 41 Model Number P 2612HW F1 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 03 24 MAC Address 00 02 cf e8 56 3a System Mode Routing Bridging ZyNOS Firmware Version 3 70 BLD O0 b3 12 19 2008 CPU Usage 23 15 DSL Firmware Version Danube_ADSL 2 1 3 6 0 1 29 8 9 11 Memory Usage 63 WAN Information DSL Mode NORMAL IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 gt Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 vpI vel 0 33 nterface Status Rate LAN Information DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 LAN Up 100M Full Duplex mBHGRs Server WLAN Active 54M WLAN Information SSID privat4837jet Channel 5 Security WPA PSK Summary WPS Unconfigured Status On Client List AnyIP Table Security WLAN Status VPN Status F
69. Do in the Wireless LAN Screens This chapter describes the ZyXEL Device s Network gt Wireless LAN screens Use these screens to set up your ZyXEL Device s wireless connection P 2612HW Series User s Guide 137 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN e Use the AP screen see Section 8 2 on page 140 to turn the wireless connection on or off set up wireless security configure the MAC filter set up Quality of Service and make other basic configuration changes e Use the Wireless LAN Advanced Setup screen see Section 8 2 5 on page 148 to change the wireless mode and make other advanced wireless configuration changes e Use the More AP screen see Section 8 3 on page 149 to set up multiple wireless networks on your ZyXEL Device e Use the MAC Filter screen see Section 8 4 on page 151 to configure a MAC Media Access Control address filter to restrict access to the wireless network e Use the WPS screen and the WPS Station screen to use WiFi Protected Setup WPS WPS lets you set up a secure network quickly when connecting to other WPS enabled devices Use the WPS screen see Section 8 5 on page 152 to enable or disable WPS generate a security PIN Personal Identification Number and see information about the ZyXEL Device s WPS status Use the WPS Station see Section 8 6 on page 153 screen to set up WPS by pressing a button or using a PIN e Use the WDS screen see Section 8 7 on page 154 to set up a Wireless Distribu
70. Each field is described in the following table Table 62 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Table Number Select the call forwarding table you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes Forward to The ZyXEL Device checks these rules in the order in which they appear Number Setup after it checks the rules in the Advanced Setup section Unconditional Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward all incoming calls to Forward to the specified phone number regardless of other rules in the Forward Number to Number Setup section Specify the phone number in the field on the right P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 62 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Busy Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified phone number if the phone port is busy Specify the phone number in the field on the right If you have call waiting the incoming call is forwarded to the specified phone number if you reject or ignore the second incoming call No Answer Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to Forward to the specified phone number if the call is unanswered See No Answer Number Waiting Time Specify the phone number in the field on the right No Answer This field is used by the No Answer Forward to Number
71. Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 99 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs continued LABEL DESCRIPTION CRL Issuer This field displays Yes if the certification authority issues Certificate Revocation Lists for the certificates that it has issued and you have selected the Issues certificate revocation lists CRL check box in the certificate s details screen to have the ZyXEL Device check the CRL before trusting any certificates issued by the certification authority Otherwise the field displays No Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificates Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to open a screen where you can Save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates 15 6 Trusted CA Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen and then click Import to open the Trusted CA Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to sa
72. For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 3 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 4 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of entering the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 12 5 4 Triangle Route When the firewall is on your ZyXEL Device acts as a secure gateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the ZyXEL Device to protect your LAN against attacks Figure 148 Ideal Firewall Setup LAN WAN Internet gt wv 12 5 4 1 The Triangle Route Problem A traffic route is a path for sending or receiving data packets between two Ethernet devices You may have more than one connection to the Internet through one or more ISPs If an alternate gateway is on the LAN and its IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address the triangle P 2612HW Series User s Guide 247 Chapter 12 Firewall route also called asymmetrical route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem
73. GNOME 6 About Ubuntu Quit pa Language Support EJ Login Window 3 Network Tools 2 When the Network Settings window opens click Unlock to open the Authenticate window By default the Unlock button is greyed out until clicked You cannot make changes to your configuration unless you first enter your admin password Figure 289 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Connections Fal NeIWOrk Setnngs x ael Location lt Connections General DNS Hosts yProperties Point to point connec This network interface is not c P 2612HW Series User s Guide 475 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 3 In the Authenticate window enter your admin account name and password then click the Authenticate button Figure 290 Ubuntu 8 Administrator Account Authentication Q Authenticate x gt System policy prevents mi modifying the configuration An application is attempting to perform an action that requires privileges Authentication as one of the users below is required to perform this action Q CJ chris x gt Details 4 Inthe Network Settings window select the connection that you want to configure then click Properties Figure 291 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Connections Ta Network Settings E Point to point connec This network interface is not c 476 P 2612HW
74. Hellman exchange and an exchange of nonces a nonce is a random number This mode features identity protection your identity is not revealed in the negotiation Aggressive Mode is quicker than Main Mode because it eliminates several steps when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 However the trade off is that faster speed limits its negotiating power and it also does not provide identity protection It is useful in remote access situations where the address of the initiator is not know by the responder and both parties want to use pre shared key authentication 14 9 7 Keep Alive When you initiate an IPSec tunnel with keep alive enabled the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the tunnel when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires see Section 14 9 5 on page 282 for more on the IPSec SA lifetime In effect the IPSec tunnel becomes an always on connection after you initiate it Both IPSec routers must have a ZyXEL Device compatible keep alive feature enabled in order for this feature to work If the ZyXEL Device has its maximum number of simultaneous IPSec tunnels connected to it and they all have keep alive enabled then no other tunnels can take a turn connecting to the ZyXEL Device because the ZyXEL Device never drops the tunnels that are already connected When there is outbound traffic with no inbound traffic the ZyXEL Device automatically drops the tunnel after two minutes 14 9 8 Remote DN
75. LAN 121 listening port 192 Local Area Network see LAN logical networks 128 logout 32 automatic 32 logs 391 407 firewalls 239 MAC 90 126 MAC address filter 139 action 151 MAC filter 151 Management Information Base see MIB management VLAN 332 managing the device command interface 27 good habits 28 Telnet 27 using FTP See FTP Maximum Burst Size see MBS maximum incomplete 244 Maximum Transmission Unit see MTU MBS 105 111 117 Media Access Control see MAC Media Access Control see MAC Address Message Integrity Check see MIC metric 116 MIB 363 MIC 517 mode 102 model name 90 MTU 105 111 multicast 125 133 multimedia 206 multiple BSSs 149 multiple PVC support 448 multiple SIP accounts 451 multiple voice channels 451 multiplexing 115 LLC based 115 VC based 115 multiprotocol encapsulation 114 my IP address 258 N nailed up connection 116 NAT 131 172 173 503 address mapping rule 177 application 182 definitions 179 how it works 180 IPSec 278 mapping types 182 mode 171 traversal 279 369 tutorial 66 83 what it does 180 negotiation mode 283 NetBIOS 126 Network Address Translation see NAT P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index Network Basic Input Output System see NetBIOS non proxy calls 200 O OAM 448 OK response 211 213 operation humidity 445 operation temperature 445 output power 148 outside header 281 P P2P 243 packet direction 235 Pairwise Master
76. Management gt ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP 21 1 Overview Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use 21 1 1 What You Can Do in the UPnP Screen Use the UPnP screen Section 21 2 on page 371 to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device and allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically configure the ZyXEL Device 21 1 2 What You Need to Know About UPnP How do know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devi
77. Name SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 Security Manually assig Network Key WEP Key Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages page Return to Wizard Main Page View device Status 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct 3 4 VoIP Setup Wizard Use this wizard to set up your VoIP account s Leave the default settings in fields if your VoIP service provider the company that lets you make phone calls over the Internet did not provide any information See Chapter 10 on page 185 and Chapter 11 on page 221 for more information Note You must have a SIP account before you can use this wizard P 2612HW Series User s Guide st Chapter 3 Wizards 3 4 1 SIP Settings Figure 22 VolP Setup Wizard gt SIP Settings STEP 1 gt STEP 2 f VoIP Configuration SIP Number changeme er Address 127 0 0 1 Service Domain 127 0 0 1 WM check here to set up SIP2 settings lt Back Apply J exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 11 VolP Setup Wizard gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP1
78. Network __ Ss A W Ne Ne B G BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate P 2612HW Series User s Guide 507 Appendix D Wireless LANs with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Figure 320 Basic Service Set vd a senese x a ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs An ESSID ESS Dentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate Figure 321 Infrastructure WLAN eee ee 3 ee
79. Network Address Translation NAT host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 50 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host 9 5 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 51 on page 183 NAT offers the additional benefit
80. PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority s web page an e mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment You can copy and paste a certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name except in the case of a self signed certificate which you can also set to be the default self signed certificate that signs the imported trusted remote host certificates Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen You can only import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the ZyXEL Device the certification request contains the private key
81. RESET Button Restores factory defaults mounting WLAN Button 1 second Turn on or off WLAN 5 seconds Start WPS Antenna One attached external dipole antenna 2 9 dBi Operation 02e C 402 C Temperature Storage Temperature 202 602 C Operation Humidity 20 85 RH Storage Humidity 20 90 RH Distance between the 137 20mm centers of the holes for wall mounting on the device s back Screw size for wall M4 tap P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Firmware Specifications Table 165 Firmware Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default User Name admin DHCP Server IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 Size 32 Static DHCP Addresses 10 Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword Static Routes 16 Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on the ZyXEL Device Wireless Functionality wireless devices only Allow the IEEE 802 11b and or IEEE 802 11g wireless clients to connect to the ZyXEL Device wirelessly Enable wireless security WEP WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK and or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware when available from the ZyXEL web site and use the web configurator an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the ZyXEL D
82. Remote MGMT gt DNS to change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration settings This feature is not available when the ZyXEL Device is set to bridge mode Figure 215 Remote Management DNS DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 124 Remote Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS IP queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 20 7 The ICMP Screen To change your ZyXEL Device s securit
83. Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then select Properties Figure 267 Windows XP Control Panel gt Network Connections gt Properties ocal Area Connection Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Rename 4 On the General tab select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties Figure 268 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced _ Connect using ES Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items M E Client for Microsoft Networks v 5 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected P 2612HW Series User s Guide 461 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens Figure 269 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network
84. Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 5 The Properties dialog box opens Figure 292 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Properties m eO Propernes Ea Connection Settings Configuration lt IP address Subnet mask Gateway address cancel e In the Configuration list select Automatic Configuration DHCP if you have a dynamic IP address e In the Configuration list select Static IP address if you have a static IP address Fill in the I P address Subnet mask and Gateway address fields 6 Click OK to save the changes and close the Properties dialog box and return to the Network Settings screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide 477 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 7 Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Settings window and then enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 293 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt DNS Fs Network Settings Be Location s E Connections General DNS Hosts DNS Servers Search Domains Help EJ close 8 Click the Close button to apply the changes Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties by clicking System gt Administration gt Network Tools and then selecting the appropriate Network device from the Devices 478 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setti
85. System General Use this screen to configure your device s name domain name management inactivity timeout and password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to display your device s logs Log Settings Use this screen to select which logs and or immediate alerts your device is to record You can also set it to e mail the logs to you Call History Summary Use this screen to view call history summary of a certain period Call History Use this screen to view the details of the calls performed on the ZyXEL Device Call History Use this screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Settings Device is to send call records and the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send or save the call records Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore your device s configuration settings or reset the factory default settings Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General Use this screen to test the connections to other devices P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 2 3 Main Window The main window displays information and configuration fields It is discussed in the rest of this document Right after you log in the Status screen is displayed See Chapter 5 on page 89 for mor
86. TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall gt Threshold to bring up the next screen Figure 147 Security gt Firewall gt Threshold Threshold One Minute Low One Minute High Denial of Service Thresholds Maximum Incomplete Low Jeo Sessions Maximum Incomplete High fioo Sessions TCP Maximum Incomplete fio Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes Deny New Connection Request for fi Minutes 1 255 fea Sessions per Minute fico Sessions per Minute Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 77 Security gt Firewall gt Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION Denial of Service The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half Thresholds open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions per minute that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this number P 2612HW Series User s Guide C
87. The following figure helps explain the main fields in the web configurator Figure 159 IPSec Summary Fields r r jee w eek egg eg Ngy Rg N eK Remote Network I l I ra Remote I I l 1 lt a IPSec Router SS I Se rita oie i Remote IP Address mmea 4 k Local IP Address f E E E E E PE aia My IP Address Secure Gateway IP Address p Local and remote IP addresses must be static Click Security gt VPN to open the VPN Setup screen This is a menu of your IPSec rules tunnels The IPSec summary menu is read only Edit a VPN by selecting an index number and then configuring its associated submenus Figure 160 Security gt VPN gt Setup Summary Ipsec Secure Gateway io activefomei toca dares remote ates encon ee pene moiit car z aor Pi z y i bal Set TR E on DOH fF WN T O O EU R R A R A A A N N Ep Eb Eb Eb Eb E E E E E E E E E E E EN Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 81 Security gt VPN gt Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the VPN policy index number Click a number to edit VPN policies Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not A Yes signifies that this VPN policy is active No signifies that this VPN policy is not active Name This field displays the identification name
88. Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire IP packet to transmit it securely A Tunnel mode is required for gateway services to provide access to internal systems Tunnel mode is fundamentally an IP tunnel with authentication and encryption This is the most common mode of operation Tunnel mode is required for gateway to gateway and host to gateway communications Tunnel mode communications have two sets of IP headers e Outside header The outside IP header contains the destination IP address of the VPN gateway e Inside header The inside IP header contains the destination IP address of the final system behind the VPN gateway The security protocol appears after the outer IP header and before the inside IP header P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 9 5 IKE Phases There are two phases to every IKE Internet Key Exchange negotiation phase 1 Authentication and phase 2 Key Exchange A phase 1 exchange establishes an IKE SA and the second one uses that SA to negotiate SAs for IPSec Figure 169 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA Phase l Phase 2 IKE SA IPSec SA In phase 1 you must Choose a negotiation mode Authenticate the connection by entering a pre shared key Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose a Diffie Hellman public key cryptography key group DH1 or DH2 Set the IKE SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long an IKE SA should sta
89. UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number 0 means any protocol number Packet Length Select this option and enter the minimum and maximum packet length from 28 to 1500 in the fields provided DSCP Select this option and specify a DSCP DiffServ Code Point number between 0 and 63 in the field provided Ethernet Priority Select this option and select a priority level between 0 and 7 from the drop down list box 0 is the lowest priority level and 7 is the highest VLAN ID Select this option and specify a VLAN ID number between 2 and 4094 Physical Port Select this option and select a LAN port Exclude Select this option to exclude the packets that match the specified criteria from this classifier TCP ACK Select this option to set this classifier for TCP ACK acknowledgement packets Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS 18 4 The QoS Monitor Screen To view the ZyXEL Device s QoS packet statistics click Advanced gt QoS gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Figure 207 Advanced gt QoS gt Monitor QoS Monitor i Queue 0 0 bps 0 bps J 0 bps 0 bps 2 512 bps 0 bps 3 0 bps 0 bps 4 0 bps 0 bps z 5
90. Your ZyXEL Device can add IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID tags to voice frames that it sends to the network This allows the ZyXEL Device to communicate with a SIP server that is a member of the same VLAN group Some ISPs use the VLAN tag to identify voice traffic and give it priority over other traffic 10 13 4 Phone Services Overview Supplementary services such as call hold call waiting and call transfer are generally available from your VoIP service provider The ZyXEL Device supports the following services e Call Hold e Call Waiting e Making a Second Call e Call Transfer e Call Forwarding see Section 10 11 on page 203 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice e Three Way Conference e Internal Calls e Call Park and Pickup e Do not Disturb Note To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider The Flash Key Flashing means to press the hook for a short period of time a few hundred milliseconds before releasing it On newer telephones there should be a flash key button that generates the signal electronically If the flash key is not available you can tap press and immediately release the hook by hand to achieve the same effect However using the flash key is preferred since the timing is much more precise With manual tapping if the duration is too long it may be interpret
91. ZyXEL Device s default rules Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall Change the default password via web configurator Think about access control before you connect to the network in any way Limit who can access your router Don t enable any local service such as telnet or FTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked room P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall 12 5 3 Security Considerations Note Incorrectly configuring the firewall may block valid access or introduce security risks to the ZyXEL Device and your protected network Use caution when creating or deleting firewall rules and test your rules after you configure them Consider these security ramifications before creating a rule 1 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 2 Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific
92. acccuies ds ducesakis ao cctueis see denuid i aanre kaa aiaa aaa a 157 6 9 2 Wireless SOU OVBIVIOW ic cscsdacees acswadadctacst canes psctatestpomacakranddemseanmesteenensened 157 ES E hE E E 160 8 9 4 Wireless Distibution System WDS consi cinwedcasesisieeeeerend mance nunneacnedurandy 160 BS WIR Protected SED aose a cette eee 161 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT ssccccssseeeneeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeensaneeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeneneees 169 Sar o E EE E A A T E N A A EE TOENA E E E VO A E 169 9 1 1 What You Can Doin the NAT SoreenS ais sccsiccecdeasiadedkctccviegsedsctvssgneiassiecantecsinlecoedatias 169 9 1 2 What You Need To Know About NAT sccsiiucscceisissecsceissssstveessiuses scons ssoasderassesedederassoas 169 oe TN See heal MD aiana A a A aaa 170 OS POR FOPWENGING aecenas E ORE 172 9 3 1 Configuring the Port Forwarding SGre cess ccctsessasccesvassdcesasts seradenstaniveends andcenatnese 173 Pe ron Fonna dro ARCOM pece piesa aeaansdetmaniaemeaedaieenias 175 DA Address Mapping cunsistia Ea EE 176 0 4 1 Address Mapping Rule EQT so cescsieesorrtsuerssntcbenesesdcueaeesccsteaesannohubkbandthouribaayduateaaniy 177 oa SEALG sana A 178 SU TSC HIRD RSO a E wansiusa aadedgy ksnanedyh wsaoateeihiios 179 ASINA EAU asiain aaa aE caoneesunsisaanivtsadiuwrsem asain ia 179 9 5 2 Whal NAT DOBES xiccccseatiscascascse eu iaaa a eiaa a 180 Bee Row NAT NONE anaa ie a a a aA 180 SANAT APON aa tu calaa gai tan ainaauei lard deat cnalgussad t
93. ae Yiew Call History View Call History All Call History Email Log Now Clear Call History Next Page 1 al type time _ puration tocal Identifiy Peer Number TxPacketRxPackettinterfacel 1 Missed Call 01 01 2000 16 07 06 0 00 00 55002 22001 0 0 SIP 2 Dialed Call 01 01 2000 16 05 54 0 00 13 Phone 1 0168 0 0 PSTN 3 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 50 23 0 00 02 23 aiai 0 0 ISDN 4 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 47 27 0 00 06 22 aia i 0 0 ISDN 5 Dialed Call 01 01 2000 15 35 35 0 00 09 23 XYI 0 0 ISDN 6 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 34 06 0 00 00 55002 22001 0 0 SIP 7 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 33 37 0 00 00 55002 22001 0 0 SIP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 24 Call History The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 153 Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History LABEL DESCRIPTION View Call Select a category of call records to view History Select All Call History to view any call records on the ZyXEL Device Select Missed Calls to view only calls which were not answered on the ZyXEL Device Select Dialed Calls to view only calls which were dialed from the ZyXEL Device Select Received Calls to view only calls which were received on the ZyXEL Device Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Call History Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Call History S
94. aia E R 216 Chapter 11 Phone USa0E sissiasscsnisansassisainacdaiasiasaeiasiasnaiaasescasedinsiadianeanesdasansaunaasasacianansaiaasackesesiastidaaiensaaare 221 Dish PON OUD E E A EIN AN AI E A E E E S AE A E 221 11 2 Dialing a Telephone NUMmDET sorinisitncrernitoinrn 221 11 3 Using Speed Dial to Dial a Telephone Number sssssssessseessesssesssssssnsssrrssrnnssrnsssnnnssnnns 221 TA Usna CalPak ama PICKUP paatoa a ia a aa 221 11S Checking the ZyXEL Device s IF Addresg cissctascccsdnceiccatanteiacedsiseneictasdaesseteionieraiqncomeesans 222 11 6 Auto Provisioning and Auto Firmware Upgrade assssesssssressssrrnssssrnneurnnnnessrnnnneennnnnnnnena 222 Tie Phone Services CVO asi xected deine aznidesadeetenlecead a niasctiaatvadeigenoaiegihbesniesa aaa aas 223 T17 A The FIGS Key seccsdisccrecevesstpscerecenttnccsdsshecaedtenmccneidesitececatebndneaeneeelneredaateeeaaaaned 223 11 7 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services c ccccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetsaeeseeneees 223 11 7 3 USA Type Supplementary Services cosiccccssscsscasectansiearasceaddastnssesseseeitioesdaneneceeadeesnoess 225 11 Phone Funcions SUNNY sesiinnioieaaa a AA E 227 Chapter 12 Firewalle inona a ee ee 229 Nee WPI N nan a a aie ease pad eatin ce taceactaciradc ou oeaimattaadeae te deme 229 12 1 1 What You Can Do in the Firewall Soreng ccstsccicscisstctadeccdserecesasderssaittestiededeaconaeseu 229 12 1 2 What You Need to Know About Firewall ssaesssseesssrnessssrrresessrnnsss
95. and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 5 LAN Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 5 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 88 LAN and WAN IP Addresses j eee ee ee ee Ne Nee J ee eee LAN i WAN lt gt K Internet a al a a a a a 7 5 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured IP Pool The ZyXEL Device is pre conf
96. and you must provide it to decrypt the contents when you import the file into the ZyXEL Device Note Be careful not to convert a binary file to text during the transfer process It is easy for this to occur since many programs use text files by default P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates 15 3 1 Using the My Certificate Import Screen Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates and then Import to open the My Certificate I mport screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the ZyXEL Device Figure 177 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Import Please spe imported c request wil File Path Certificates MY Certificates Import in one of the following formats a Binary X 509 a PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 a Binary PKCS 7 a PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 For my certificate importation to be successful a certification request corresponding to the cify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be ertificate must already exist on Prestige After the importation the certification automatically be deleted l Browse Back Apply Cancel The followi ng table describes the labels in this screen Table 97 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to up
97. by your network administrator in the field on the right Your LAN and gateway must be configured to use VLAN tags Otherwise clear this field Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 5 The Analog Phone Screen Use this screen to control which SIP accounts and PSTN line each phone uses To access this screen click Vol P gt Phone gt Analog Phone Figure 122 VolP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Analog Phone Outgoing Call Use M sIPi Phone Port Settings Phone 7 SIP Account sit 7 Incoming Call apply to M sIp2 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 55 VolP gt Phone gt Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Phone Port This is the phone port in the ZyXEL Device Settings SIP Account Select the SIP account you want to use when making outgoing calls with the analog phone connected to this phone port Incoming Call Select a SIP account if you want to receive phone calls for the selected apply to SIP account on this phone port If you select more than one SIP account for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls If you do not select a source for incoming calls you cannot receive any calls on thi
98. can also configure your profile for a wireless network that is not in the list Figure 34 ZyXEL Utility Add New Profile Add New Profile Scan Info gt Profile Name PN_Example3 gt SSID SsID_Example3 T CPE_5257_00 T CPE_5548_AP Network Type fe Ss1D_Examples Infrastructure Connect to an Access point T zid_zyxel C Ad Hoc Connect directly to other computers T ZyXEL xl Scan Select Next Exit 3 Give the profile a descriptive name of up to 32 printable ASCII characters Select I nfrastructure and either manually enter or select the AP s SSID in the Scan Info table and click Select P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 Choose the same encryption method as the AP to which you want to connect In this example WPA PSK Figure 35 ZyXEL Utility Profile Security Security Settings gt Encryption Type WPA PSK 7 Back i Next i Exit 5 This screen varies depending on the encryption method you selected in the previous screen Enter the pre shared key and leave the encryption type at the default setting Figure 36 ZyXEL Utility Profile Encryption Security Settings gt Encryption Type reir 7 gt Pre Shared Key ThisismyWPA PSKpre sharedkey Back Next Exit 6 Inthe next screen leave both boxes selected Figure 37 Profile Wireless Protocol Settings Wireless Protocol Settings V 802 11b V 802 11g Back Next Exit P 2
99. cceeesecceeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneneee 66 4 3 1 Example Parameters and Scenario si ccccecccacsaietecsadssss aneiseaaetouesdecgus sess icuetonsiavoueh woesivads 66 4 3 2 Configuring the WAN Connection with a Static IP Address 0 ccccecsseeeeeessneeeeeeees 67 4 3 3 Public IF Address Mapping ics tasssoiedasscrnadeediniuitend ausucciadaduile aaa AE AERE 70 4 3 4 Forwarding Traffic from the WAN to a Local Computer cccccecseeeeeeeteeeeseeteees 74 4 3 5 Allow WAN to LAN Traffic through the Firewall cccccccceesccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeenees 75 AS POEM ihe COMI IOING sroin a a a 83 AA Using NAT with Multiple Game Players ssciccadcss coccinciccantedaase cutie Sanatcengndantanlevensusteay searuaatbasters 83 da PON TO Makea VAR C Ai iana a a ai a aaa AE aN aS 84 4 5 1 VolP Calls With a Registered SIP ACCOUNT c cscccccccccsenoscsssccesessccsstnsanviccareeseseasdecesiane 84 Fart i AOV saca 87 Chapter 5 SUS SOTEN ase ce cc eal le al ace sa a a aa E E 89 Pil SUAS SUGEN sonrasa eaa aa Aaa E AESA E EEOAE 89 eA E T aE A E EO 94 Da WLAN AA ain a E a 94 OE Wade ests AES airna N A E S 95 a VOP AU SUN anra a i 97 Chapter 6 WAN SETUP iraia i a a a E EaD a a 99 SAES a A E E E A beeen E E T 99 6 1 1 What You Can Do in the WAN Screens ecccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeseseeeeeseaaeseeeees 99 6 1 2 What You Need to Know ADout WAN sosictesassisninironnn a 100 eS Bethe YU BOOI seara R 100
100. certificates 15 9 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted Remote Host P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the trusted remote host s certificate and or change the certificate s name Figure 183 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts gt Details Certificate Name Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Details verisign Certificate Path Searching a Refresh Certificate Path Type CA signed X 509 Certificate ersion Serial Number 3558802160848854062232407011527417280 Subj OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security ject ie Inc C US Issuer CN P 2602HW F3 Signature Algorithm rsa pkcsi shal alid From 1994 Nov 9th 00 00 00 GMT alid To 2010 Jan 7th 23 59 59 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 1000 bits Basic Constraint Path Length Constraint 10 MDS5 Fingerprint 97 0f 59 52 cf c8 a6 c9 da 97 d6 f7 c4 e9 49 32 SHA1 Fingerprint fb a1 8c bd b5 72 8c f7 a5 5c 53 25 ac b3 04 0b 9a 90 fc 0c Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MROWEGYDVOQDEwtOLTI2ZMDJIVy1GNzaeFwOSNDEXMDkWMDAWMDBaFwOxMDAxMDcy MzUSNTlaMFSxCzaIJBGQNVBAYTALVTMS AwHGYDVOQOKExdSUOEGRGFOYSBTZUNicm10 esugsUs LIEUNCwGALUECKXMLU2ZVjAXILIFNlcnZlciBDzxJ0aWz
101. contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions Check the settings for bandwidth management If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider changing the allocations Check the settings for QoS If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications 27 5 Phone Calls and VoIP The telephone port won t work or the telephone lacks a dial tone 1 Check the telephone connections and telephone wire can access the Internet but cannot make VolP calls P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 27 6 27 6 1 The PHONE light should come on Make sure that your telephone is connected to the PHONE port You can also check the VoIP status in the Status screen If the VoIP settings are correct use speed dial to make peer to peer calls If you can make a call using speed dial there may be something wrong with the SIP server contact your VoIP service provider Multiple SIP Accounts You can set up two SIP accounts on your ZyXEL Device and your ZyXEL Device is equipped with two phone ports By default your ZyXEL Device uses SIP account 1 with both phone ports for outgoing calls and it uses SIP accounts 1 and 2 for incoming calls With this setting you always use SIP account 1 for your outgoing calls and yo
102. different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyXEL Device located at headquarters The ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection The ZyXEL Device at headquarters can also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names Figure 172 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example A fm AN lt _ lt 192 168 2 12 B HQ mo Lan gt j RAR 192 168 3 2 E o 68 1 10 C Ea LAN Ne 192 168 4 15 Table 94 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS All Telecommuter Rules All Headquarters Rules My IP Address 0 0 0 0 My IP Address bigcompanyhq com Secure Gateway Address Local IP Address 192 168 1 10 bigcompanyhq com Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Peer ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Telecommuter A Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 1 telecommutera dydns org Local ID Type IP Peer ID Type IP Local ID Content 192 168 2 12 Peer ID Content 192 168 2 12 Local IP Address 192 168 2 12 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterl com Remote Address 192 168 2 12 288 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 94 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example c
103. do any data encryption not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 92 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP No Security Wireless Setup I Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID privat7930sum Hide SSID Auto Scan Channel Channel Selection Channel 01 241 2MHz z Scan Security Security Mode No Security 7 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 2 WEP Encryption In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the AP screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list Figure 93 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID privatas37jet Il Hide SSID auto Scan Channel C Channel Selection Channel 01 241 2MHz Security Security Mode Static WEP Y Passphrase WEP Key Note Generate ef6563656c0000000000000000 The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit or 128 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 or 13 characters Please type exactly 10 or 26 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following t
104. drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the dro
105. e Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests e Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests e Select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests e Select WLAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming WLAN and WAN Ping requests e Select WLAN amp LAN to reply to both incoming WLAN and LAN Ping requests e Select WLAN to reply to incoming WLAN Ping requests Do not respond Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by to requests for probing for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will unauthorized not respond to port request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused services ports and the ZyXEL Device unseen If this option is not selected the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP port unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall rule checks before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if a firewall rule stops a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the firewall rule to either send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet P 2612HW Series User s Guide 367 Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Table 125 Advanced gt Remote
106. each bit of the specified destination MAC address that the traffic s MAC address should match Enter O for the bit s of the matched traffic s MAC address which can be of any hexadecimal character s For example if you set the MAC address to 00 13 49 00 00 00 and the mask to ff ff ff 00 00 00 a packet with a MAC address of 00 13 49 12 34 56 matches this criteria Exclude Select this option to exclude the packets that match the specified criteria from this classifier Others Service This field simplifies classifier configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the filter fields SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select the check box and select Vol P SIP from the drop down list box to configure this classifier for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select the check box and select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this classifier for FTP traffic Protocol Select this option and select the protocol TCP or
107. echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk QoS Quality of Service Quality of Service QoS mechanisms help to provide better service on a per flow basis Your device supports Type of Service ToS tagging and Differentiated Services DiffServ tagging This allows the device to tag voice frames so they can be prioritized over the network P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Wireless Features Table 166 Voice Features SIP ALG Your device is a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG It allows VolP calls to pass through NAT for devices behind it such as a SI P based VoIP software application on a computer Other Voice SIP version 2 Session Initiatiion Protocol RFC 3261 Features SDP Session Description Protocol RFC 2327 RTP RFC 1889 RTCP RFC 1890 Voice codecs coder decoders G 711 G 729 Fax and data modem discrimination DTMF Detection and Generation DTMF In band and Out band traffic RFC 2833 PCM SIP INFO Point to point call establishment between two ADs Quick dialing through predefined phone book which maps the phone dialing number and destination URL Flexible Dial Plan RFC3525 section 7 1 14 Table 167 Wireless Features External Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with an attached antenna to provide a clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points
108. feature and Waiting Time No Answer conditions below Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait for you to answer an incoming call before it considers the call is unanswered Advanced Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules after it checks the rules in the Forward to Number Setup section This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL Device checks each rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Activate Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Incoming Call Number Enter the phone number to which this rule applies Forward to Number Enter the phone number to which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number You may leave this field blank depending on the Condition Condition Select the situations in which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number or select an alternative action Unconditional The ZyXEL Device immediately forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number Busy The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when your SIP account already has a call connected No Answer The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Blo
109. fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 3 If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP 4 Disconnect all the cables from your device and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again 5 If the problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 28 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 2 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 3 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network Look at the LEDs and check Section 1 4 on page 28 If the ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications 2 Check the signal strength If the signal strength is low try moving the ZyXEL Device closer to the AP if possible and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network for example microwaves other wireless networks and so on 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 Ifthe problem continues
110. filtering to stop in hour minute format P 2612HW Series User s Guide 255 Chapter 13 Content Filtering Table 79 Security gt Content Filter Schedule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 13 4 The Trusted Screen Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device Click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 156 Security gt Content Filter Trusted Trusted User IP Range Start IP Address End IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 80 Security gt Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Start IP Address Type the IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering End IP Address Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide VPN 14 1 Overview A virtual private network VPN provid
111. for this VPN policy Local Address This is the IP address es of computer s on your local network behind your ZyXEL Device The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Local Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Subnet Remote This is the IP address es of computer s on the remote network behind Address the remote IPSec router This field displays N A when the Secure Gateway Address field displays 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN Setup Edit screen is configured to Subnet Encap This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode Tunnel is the default selection IPSec This field displays the security protocols us
112. gateway IP address if you use the Ethernet or ENET ENCAP encapsulation method Finding Out More e See Section 6 5 on page 113 for advanced technical information on WAN e See Chapter 4 on page 57 for WAN tutorials 6 1 3 Before You Begin You need to know your Internet access settings such as encapsulation and WAN IP address Get this information from your ISP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 2 The Internet Access Setup Screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s WAN settings Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup The screen differs by the WAN mode and encapsulation you select Figure 74 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup PPPoE Internet Access Setup WAN Mode DSLWAN Current Mode DSL WAN General Mode Routing Encapsulation PPPoE v User Name exampleuser Password COLETTE Service Name Multiplexing LLC i Virtual Circuit ID YPI 18 VCI 135 IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address 1 2 3 4 DNS server First DNS Server UserDefined vfi 2 14 Second DNS Server UserDefined y 1 2 1 2 Third DNS Server None mjo Connection Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout 0 sec Q Note Active WAN Mode is selected with the switch on the back of the device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels
113. in this screen Table 19 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION WAN Mode When you set the DSL WAN switch on the back of the ZyXEL Device to the DSL side this shows ADSL WAN The WAN port will be disabled automatically When you set the DSL WAN switch on the back of the ZyXEL Device to the WAN side this shows Ethernet WAN The DSL port will be disabled automatically This allows the ZyXEL Device to work as an Ethernet gateway instead of a DSL router To access the Internet connect the WAN port to a broadband modem or router General Mode This field is not available if you set the WAN mode to Ethernet WAN Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP give you one IP address only and you want multiple computers to share an Internet account Select Bridge when your ISP provides you more than one IP address and you want the connected computers to get individual IP address from ISP s DHCP server directly If you select Bridge you cannot use Firewall DHCP server and NAT on the ZyXEL Device Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field the ZyXEL Device uses RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select DHCP ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user
114. into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network With IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Figure 86 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethernet Interface B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 C 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 24 tye Note Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap Click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings Figure 87 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias client ust ELS IP Alias 1 Clir alias 1 IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None v RIP Version IP Alias 2 CiP Alias 2 IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None v RIP version P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select this to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal no
115. intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites f This zone contains all Web sites you Gree haven t placed in other zones Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone 3 Medium Safe browsing and still functional Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Scripting 4 Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default 5 Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default P 2612HW Series User s Guide 489 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 6 Click OK to close the window Security Settings Settings Scripting B Active scripting Grom 3 Allow paste operations via script Disable Enable Prompt E Scripting of Java applets O Disable Enable Prompt Llenar Auikhanticestian Figure 308 Security Settings Java Scripting m Reset custom settings Reset to Medium x Reset cme Java Permissions 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools I nternet Options and then the Security tab 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Microsoft VM 4 Under Java permissions make sure that a safety
116. none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 9 3 MBSSID Traditionally you needed to use different APs to configure different Basic Service Sets BSSs As well as the cost of buying extra APs there was also the possibility of channel interference The ZyXEL Device s MBSSID Multiple Basic Service Set Dentifier function allows you to use one access point to provide several BSSs simultaneously You can then assign varying QoS priorities and or security modes to different SSI Ds Wireless devices can use different BSSIDs to associate with the same AP 8 9 3 1 Notes on Multiple BSSs e A maximum of eight BSSs are allowed on one AP simultaneously e You must use different keys for different BSSs If two wireless devices have different BSSIDs they are in differen
117. number is not enabled the extension number is simply the sub number You can assign a group number to several phones and use this number to call the group of phones When you dial a group number all of the phones with the same group number ring The phone that picks up first gets the line and the other phones stop ringing Click VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table to access this screen Figure 124 VolP gt Phone gt Ext Table eooo ron SE C Enable Group Number Phone a a Number 11 Phone 1 11 Phone 2 12 12 apply Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 58 VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Group Select this if you want to enable group number for the DECT and analog Number phones connected to the ZyXEL Device Phone Use these fields to assign extension numbers to the phones connected to the ZyXEL Device This is an index number of the phone to be assigned an extension number P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 97 Chapter 10 Voice Table 58 VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table LABEL DESCRIPTION Group Enter a group number for this phone The maximum length of a group Number number is one digit This is only available when the check box of Enable Group Number is selected For example you can assign Phone 1 and Phone 2 a group number 5 and leave the sub numbers at default 11 a
118. numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is O to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 6 5 4 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and Gateway IP Address fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the Gateway IP Address field P 2612HW Series User s Guide 115 Chapter 6 WAN Setup IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP address assignment must be static IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and Gateway IP Address fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and Gateway IP Address fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 6 5 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up
119. of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 9 5 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 117 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global IP Address IP Address WAN 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 13 192 168 1 11 IGA2 192 168 1 12 IGA3 EJ 192 168 1 13 IGA 4 192 168 1 12 i f ta eee rw n wg F z Internet
120. or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done Deleting Custom Tones Do the following to delete a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1301 1308 followed by the key to delete the tone of your choice Press 14 followed by the key if you wish to clear all your custom tones You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 10 13 3 Quality of Service QoS Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to provide bandwidth for real time multimedia applications Type of Service ToS Network traffic can be classified by setting the ToS Type of Service values at the data source for example at the ZyXEL Device so a server can decide the best method of delivery that is the least cost fastest route and so on DiffServ DiffServ is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCP indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on t
121. packets into ATM cells It also receives ATM cells and reassembles them into packets These counters are set back to zero whenever the device starts up inPkts is the number of good ATM cells that have been received inDiscards is the number of received ATM cells that were rejected outPkts is the number of ATM cells that have been sent outDiscards is the number of ATM cells sent that were rejected inF4Pkts is the number of ATM Operations Administration and Management OAM F4 cells that have been received See ITU recommendation 1 610 for more on OAM for ATM outF4Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F4 cells that have been sent inF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been received outF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been sent openChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has opened a logical DSL channel closeChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has closed a logical DSL channel txRate is the number of bytes transmitted per second rxRate is the number of bytes received per second ATM Loopback Test Click this button to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at least one PVC with proper VPIs VCIs before you begin this test The ZyXEL Device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL Device The ATM loopback test is useful for troubleshooting problems with the DSLAM and ATM network P 26
122. procedure shown next Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o Note that the telnet connection must be active before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host get rom 0 config rom aan where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfers the file source on th
123. red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order Figure 234 Maintenance gt Logs gt View Log Yiew Logs Display System Maintenance 7 Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log H Time by NTP 1032121 10 12310 0 Ee 10 19 29 server 11 29 2007 i 2 06 05 02 WEB Login Successfully User TnExtrniRirs 3 11 29 2007 Time initialized by NTP 429 6 15 28 123 10 0 0 138 123 02 43 08 server 01 01 2000 5 4 00 03 59 WEB Login Successfully User TnExtrniRirs The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 129 Maintenance gt Logs gt View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry Time This field displays the time the log was recorded M
124. screen 3 4 2 Registration Complete This screen depends on whether or not the ZyXEL Device successfully registered your SIP account s Figure 23 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Success Congratulation fou have completed the VoIP setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Go to Advanced Setup page P 2612HW Series User s Guide 53 Chapter 3 Wizards The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Success LABEL DESCRIPTION Return to Wizard Main Page Click this to open the main wizard screen See Section 3 2 on page 39 Go to Advanced Setup page Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen Finish Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen If the ZyXEL Device cannot register your SIP account s see the Quick Start Guide for troubleshooting suggestions Figure 24 VolP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Fail STEP 1 STEP f VoIP Configuration SIP Registration Failed Please make sure the DSL cable is connected and SIP configuration is correc You can exit this Register Again button to do SIP Registration again or press Exit button to Register Again Exit The following table describes the labels in t
125. screen You may still configure and store keys but they will not be used while dynamic WEP is enabled Note EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair is more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 183 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity No No Yes Yes No Protection WPA and WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 11i standard WPA2 IEEE 802 11i is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server
126. that you import to the ZyXEL Device This check box is only available with self signed certificates If this check box is already selected you cannot clear it in this screen you must select this check box in another self signed certificate s details screen This automatically clears the check box in the details screen of the certificate that was previously set to sign the imported trusted remote host certificates Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the certificate and the certificate itself If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the certificate itself If the certificate is a self signed certificate the certificate itself is the only one in the list The ZyXEL Device does not trust the certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the Information certificate Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certificati
127. the network support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Use short preamble if you are sure all wireless devices on the network support it and to provide more efficient communications Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all wireless devices on the network support it otherwise the ZyXEL Device uses long preamble Note The wireless devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 119 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11 is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 119 access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has P 2612HW Series User s Guide 511 Appendix D Wireless LANs several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 181 IEEE 802 119 MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5 11 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing 48 54 Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients access points and the wired network Wireless security methods available on the ZyXEL Device are data encrypt
128. the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log RST if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 136 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Attempted access matched a configured filter rule Generic packet filter denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked matched set d rule d or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 145 on page 402 Table 137 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Packet Direction gt lt rule d gt lt type d gt lt code d gt Firewall default policy ICMP ICMP access matched the default policy and was lt Packet Direction gt lt type d gt blocked or forwarded according to the user s lt code d gt setting Firewall rule NOT match ICMP 1ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded ICMP The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a p
129. this function LAN A LAN local area network is typically a network which covers a small area made up of computers and other devices which share resources such as Internet access and printers P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System 22 2 The General Screen Use the General screen to configure system settings such as the system and domain name inactivity timeout interval and system password The System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name Find the system name of your Windows computer by following one of the steps below e In Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen Figure 232 Maintenance gt System gt General System Setup System Name Domain Name Paninira Inactivity 5 minutes 0 means no timeout Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 127 Maintenance gt System gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Choose a
130. turn Refer to Section 12 5 on page 245 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed Figure 142 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Rules o u a Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 1 Packet Direction Create a new rule after rule number Active source ir Destination ir service Action schedule Lou Modify order 100 Lan to LAN Router 7 fo z Add Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 73 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Space in Use LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for Storage recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summar
131. two devices you want to set up are within wireless range of one another 2 Look for a WPS button on each device If the device does not have one log into its configuration utility and locate the button see the device s User s Guide for how to do this for the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 6 on page 153 3 Press the button on one of the devices it doesn t matter which 4 Within two minutes press the button on the other device The registrar sends the network name SSID and security key through an secure connection to the enrollee If you need to make sure that WPS worked check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful PIN Configuration Each WPS enabled device has its own PIN Personal Identification Number This may either be static it cannot be changed or dynamic you can change it to a new random number by clicking on a button in the configuration interface When you use the PIN method you must enter the enrollee s PIN into the registrar Then when WPS is activated on the enrollee it presents its PIN to the registrar If the PIN matches the registrar sends the network and security information to the enrollee allowing it to join the network The advantage of using the PIN method rather than the PBC method is that you can ensure that the connection is established between the devices you specify not just the first two d
132. u Management Vlan ID fi SSID2 u u SSID4 u u Apply PVC2 PYC4 u u Cancel u u naam LAN3 SSIDi SSID3 PYC1 PVC3 PVCS PYCT E PYC6 u u PYcC8 a U g u g 7 E 7 7 7 ww amp ww amp wi amp wi amp wi amp wi amp P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P The port screen should look like this Figure 195 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting Example Group Setting Port Setting __ Ports 8021 9 P ID LAN1 e LAN2 LAN3 kR LAN4 E SsID1 R SsID2 hi SSID3 hi SsID4 hi PYC1 R PYC2 EB PYC3 sb PYC4 i PYCS i PYC6 E PYC7 i PYC8 i EthernetwAN f Same v Same Y Same v Same v Same Same v Same v Same Y Same v Same v Same v UNJUUUIIIUINULII 8021 Q P ID 802 1P Priority Apply Cancel This completes the 802 1Q 1P setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P 17 2 The 802 1Q 1P Group Setting Screen Use this screen to activate 802 1Q 1P and display the VLAN groups Click Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P to display the following screen Figure 196 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting Group Setting ttis 802 1Q 1P Active C Management Vlan ID i Summary i el bey Port Number Name YID EYI LANS SSID1 SSID3 PYCL PYCS PYCS PYC EthernetWAN 5 LAN2 LAN4 SSID2 SSID4 PYC2 PYC4 PYCE6 PYCS 1 Default 1 4 amp wi om f
133. when you configure the ZyXEL Device to be in bridge mode RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version This field is not configurable if you select None in the RIP Direction field Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast Multicast packets are sent to a group of computers on the LAN and are an alternative to unicast packets packets sent to one computer and broadcast packets packets sent to every computer IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 I GMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 20 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM QoS ATM QoS Type These fields are not available if you set the WAN mode to Ethernet WAN Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type for
134. wirelessly use a computer that is connected to a ETHERNET port can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly The default user name is admin These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session or ask the person who is logged in to log out 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 27 2 on page 437 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 27 Troubleshooting cannot Telnet to the ZyXEL Device See the troubleshooting suggestions for cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser cannot use FTP to upload download the configuration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser 27 4 Internet Access cannot access the Internet 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 28 2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These
135. you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 Encryption Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA and WPA2 use Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption than TKIP TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwi
136. your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray Figure 227 System Tray Icon Click here for more information Internet Connection is now connected 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status 1 Figure 228 Internet Connection Status Y internet Connection Status General Internet Gateway Status Duration Speed Activity Internet Internet Gateway w 3 Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Connected 00 00 56 100 0 Mbps My Computer a Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections P 2612HW Series User s Guide 379 Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places Figure 229 Network Connections S Network Connections Edit Tools Advanced Help Back T po Search Folders Gi File view Favorites amp Network Connections
137. 00 to set up shortcuts for dialing frequently used VoIP phone numbers P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice e Use the Incoming Call Policy screen Section 10 11 on page 203 to configure how the ZyXEL Device deals with incoming calls e Use the SIP Prefix screen Section 10 12 on page 205 to set up numbers you dial on your phone that specify which SIP account you want to use You don t necessarily need to use all these screens to set up your account In fact if your service provider did not supply information on a particular field in a screen it is usually best to leave it at its default setting 10 1 2 What You Need to Know About VoIP VoIP VoIP stands for Voice over IP IP is the Internet Protocol which is the message carrying standard the Internet runs on So Voice over IP is the sending of voice signals Speech over the Internet or another network that uses the Internet Protocol SIP SIP stands for Session Initiation Protocol SIP is a signalling standard that lets one network device like a computer or the ZyXEL Device send messages to another In VoIP these messages are about phone calls over the network For example when you dial a number on your ZyXEL Device it sends a SIP message over the network asking the other device the number you dialed to take part in the call SIP Accounts A SIP account is a type of VoIP account It is an arrangement with a service provider that lets you make
138. 01000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 Table 175 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 192 168 1 64 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 192 168 1 127 Table 176 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 192 168 1 191 Table 177 Subnet 4 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The fo
139. 10 g ti Each field is described in the following table Table 61 Phone Book gt Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Speed Dial Use this section to create or edit speed dial entries Select the speed dial number you want to use for this phone number Number Enter the SIP number you want the ZyXEL Device to call when you dial the speed dial number Name Enter a name to identify the party you call when you dial the speed dial number You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters Type Select Use Proxy if you want to use one of your SIP accounts to call this phone number Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL if you want to use a different SIP server or if you want to make a peer to peer call In this case enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or the other party in the field below Add Click this to use the information in the Speed Dial section to update the Speed Dial Phone Book section Speed Dial Use this section to look at all the speed dial entries and to erase them Phone Book P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 61 Phone Book gt Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION This field displays the speed dial number you should dial to use this entry Number This field displays the SIP number the ZyXEL Device calls when you dial the speed dial number Name This field displays the name of the party you call when you dial the speed d
140. 12HW Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Diagnostic Table 163 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DSL Line Status Click this button to view statistics about the DSL connections noise margin downstream is the signal to noise ratio for the downstream part of the connection coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP It is measured in decibels The higher the number the more signal and less noise there is output power upstream is the amount of power in decibels that the ZyXEL Device is using to transmit to the ISP attenuation downstream is the reduction in amplitude in decibels of the DSL signal coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into sub carriers sub channels of 4 3125 KHz each called tones The rest of the display is the line s bit allocation This is displayed as the number in hexadecimal format of bits transmitted for each tone This can be used to determine the quality of the connection whether a given sub carrier loop has sufficient margins to support certain ADSL transmission rates and possibly to determine whether particular specific types of interference or line attenuation exist Refer to the ITU T G 992 1 recommendation for more information on DMT The better or shorter the line the higher the number of bits transmitted for a DMT tone The maximum number of bits that can be transmitte
141. 144 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Edit Edit Customized Services Customized OG Services Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 75 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Edit Edit Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to the Firewall Customized Services Config screen to configure or edit a customized service Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click this to return to the Firewall Edit Rule screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall 12 3 3 Configuring a Customized Service Use this screen to add a customized rule or edit an existing rule Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to display the following screen Figure 145 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Edit Edit Customized Services Config Config Service Name l Service Type TcPADP 7 Port Configuration Type Single Port Range Port Number From 0 To fo Back Apply Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 76 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Edit Edit Customized Services Config LA
142. 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Note Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 7 5 5 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received e Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received EA P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup e None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls th
143. 2 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will
144. 2 11i IEEE 802 11e Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 256 bit WLAN bridge to LAN Up to 32 MAC Address filters IEEE 802 1x External RADIUS server using EAP MD5 TLS TTLS Scheduling lets you set when the WLAN is on The following list which is not exhaustive illustrates the standards supported in the ZyXEL Device Table 168 Standards Supported STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 867 Daytime Protocol RFC 868 Time Protocol RFC 1058 RIP 1 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1112 IGMP v1 RFC 1157 SNMPv1 Simple Network Management Protocol version 1 RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 RFC 1441 SNMPv2 Simple Network Management Protocol version 2 RFC 1483 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 RFC 1631 IP Network Address Translator NAT RFC 1661 The Point to Point Protocol PPP RFC 1723 RIP 2 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1901 SNMPv2c Simple Network Management Protocol version 2c RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol Version 2 RFC 2364 PPP over AAL5 PPP over ATM over ADSL P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 168 Standards Supported continued STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 2408 Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol ISAKMP RFC 2516 A Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet PPPoE RFC 2684 Multiprotocol Encapsulation
145. 2 w E S 68 1 10 G 1 E LAN Ls e n as 192 168 4 15 Table 93 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS My IP Address 0 0 0 0 dynamic IP address Public static IP address assigned by the ISP Secure Gateway Public static IP address 0 0 0 0 With this IP address IP Address only the telecommuter can initiate the IPSec tunnel Local IP Address Telecommuter A 192 168 2 12 192 168 1 10 Telecommuter B 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C 192 168 4 15 Remote IP 192 168 1 10 0 0 0 0 N A Address 14 9 12 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example In this example the telecommuters A B and C in the figure use IPSec routers with domain names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses use Dynamic DNS to do this With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 14 9 6 on page 283 the ZyXEL Device can use the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN rules Telecommuters can each use a separate VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters They can use different IPSec parameters The local IP addresses or ranges of addresses of the rules configured on the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide 287 Chapter 14 VPN at headquarters can overlap The local IP addresses of the rules configured on the telecommuters IPSec routers should not overlap See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a
146. 3 the ZyXEL Device identifies incoming SAs by ID type and content since this identifying information is not encrypted This enables the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between multiple rules for SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses Telecommuters can use separate passwords to simultaneously connect to the ZyXEL Device from IPSec routers with dynamic IP addresses seeSection 14 9 12 on page 286 for a telecommuter configuration example Regardless of the ID type and content configuration the ZyXEL Device does not allow you to save multiple active rules with overlapping local and remote IP addresses P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN With main mode seeSection 14 9 6 on page 283 the ID type and content are encrypted to provide identity protection In this case the ZyXEL Device can only distinguish between up to 12 different incoming SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device can distinguish up to 12 incoming SAs because you can select between three encryption algorithms DES 3DES and AES two authentication algorithms MD5 and SHA1 and two key groups DH1 and DH2 when you configure a VPN rule seeSection 14 4 on page 268 The ID type and content act as an extra level of identification for incoming SAs The type of ID can be a domain name an IP address or an e mail address The content is the IP address domain name or e mail addr
147. 352 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 19 1 Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in applications such as NetMeeting and CU SeeMe You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 19 1 1 What You Can Do in the DDNS Screen Use the Dynamic DNS screen Section 19 2 on page 354 to enable DDNS and configure the DDNS settings on the ZyXEL Device 19 1 2 What You Need To Know About DDNS DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP add
148. 4 5 1 2 Analog Phone Configuration 1 Click VoIP gt Phone to open the Analog Phone screen 2 Select Phonel to configure the first phone port 3 Select SIP1 from the SIP Account drop down list box in the Outgoing Call Use section to have the phone connected to the first phone port use the registered SIP1 account to make outgoing calls 4 Select the SIP1 check box in the Incoming Call apply to section to have the phone connected to the first phone port receive phone calls for the SIP1 account P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 5 Click Apply to save your changes Figure 66 Tutorial Example Analog Phone Phone Port Settings Phonet Outgoing Call Use SIP Account SP1 7 Incoming Call apply to M spi I sip2 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup 4 5 1 3 Making a VolP Call 1 Make sure you connect a telephone to the first phone port on the ZyXEL Device 2 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is on and connected to the Internet 3 Pick up the phone receiver 4 Dialthe VolP phone number you want to call P 2612HW Series User s Guide PART Il Advanced Status Screens 89 WAN Setup 99 LAN Setup 121 Wireless LAN 137 Network Address Translation NAT 169 Voice 185 Phone Usage 221 Firewall 229 Content Filtering 251 VPN 257 Certificates 291 Static Route 321 802 1Q 1P 325 Quality of Service QoS 337 Dynamic DNS Setup 353 Remote Management
149. 5 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks wee ntemmet Protocol Version 4 TCF IF v4 Re i Mapper 1 0 Driver Link Layer Topology Discovery Responder Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks a Properties 2 OK Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 7 The Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP 1Pv4 Properties window opens Figure 276 Windows Vista Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties 8 E General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings 5 Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically i Use the following DNS server addresses Advanced cancel _ 8 Select Obtain an I P address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically Select Use the following I P Address and fill in the I P address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternat
150. 61 for more information on PPP 6 5 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to RFC 1483 for more detailed information 6 5 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP and so on VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 6 5 3 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI
151. 612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 7 Verify the profile settings in the read only screen Click Save to save and go to the next screen Figure 38 Profile Confirm Save Confirm Save gt Network Name SSID SSID_Example3 gt Network Type Infrastructure gt Network Mode 802 11b g gt Channel Auto gt Security WPA PSK Back Save Exit 8 Click Activate Now to use the new profile immediately Otherwise click the Activate Later button If you clicked Activate Later you can select the profile from the list in the Profile screen and click Connect to activate it Note Only one profile can be activated and used at any given time Figure 39 Profile Activate Your network has been configured successfully Activate Now Activate Later 9 When you activate the new profile the ZyXEL utility returns to the Link Info screen while it connects to the AP using your settings When the wireless link is established the ZyXEL utility icon in the system tray turns green and the Link Info screen displays details of the active connection 10 Open your Internet browser enter http www zyxel com or the URL of any other web site in the address bar and press ENTER If you are able to access the web site your new profile is successfully configured 11 If you cannot access the Internet go back to the Profile screen select the profile you are using and click Edit Check the details you ent
152. AN to WAN WAN to WAN Router WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is to take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this to display more information Basic Click this to display less information Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall 12 3 The Firewall Rule Screen Note The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in
153. Active Source Address Address Type Any Address 7 Start IP Address End IP ooo Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Address Type Single Address 7 Start IP 192 168 1 39 Address 192 168 1 39 End IP boso Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Service Action for Matched Packets Permit gt Source Address List Add gt gt Any Destination Address List MEAS 192 168 1 39 Edit lt lt P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 10 Select FTP TCP 20 21 in the Available Services box on the left and click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right Click Apply Figure 62 Tutorial Example Firewall Rule WAN to LAN Service Edit for FTP Server Service Selected Services FTP TCP 20 21 Available Services Any TCP a Any UDP _Add gt gt Any iICMP AIMINEWY ICQ TCP 51 90 Remove AUTH TCP 113 xl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply Vv Everyday sun mon M Tue M wed M Thu M Fri Sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Iv all day stardo hourfa minute Endjo hour minute Log T Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Back Apply Cancel 11 When you are done the Rules screen looks as shown Figure 63 Tutorial Example Firewall Rules Done Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 1
154. Algorithms The ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol RFC 2406 and AH Authentication Header protocol RFC 2402 describe the packet formats and the default standards for packet structure including implementation algorithms The Encryption Algorithm describes the use of encryption techniques such as DES Data Encryption Standard and Triple DES algorithms The Authentication Algorithms HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 and HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 provide an authentication mechanism for the AH and ESP protocols Key Management Key management allows you to determine whether to use IKE ISAKMP or manual key configuration in order to set up a VPN IPSec and NAT Read this section if you are running IPSec on a host computer behind the ZyXEL Device NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both Transport and Tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data 278 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 9 3 payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet When using AH protocol packet contents the data payload are not encrypted A NAT device in between the IPSec endpoints will rewrite either the source or destination address with one of its own choosing The VPN device at the receiving end will verify the integrity of the incoming packet by computing its own hash value and complain that the hash value appended to the received packet doesn t match The VPN d
155. BCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD_ MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Certificate Click the button to use a certificate for authentication Select the certificate you want to use from the list You can create import and configure certificates in the Security gt Certificates screens or click the My Certificates link My Certificates Click this to go to the Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates screen If you do not click Apply first your VPN settings will not be saved P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 82 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Encryption Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box Algorithm When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NUL
156. BEL DESCRIPTION Config Service Type a unique name for your custom port Name Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized service Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings Delete Click this to delete the current rule 12 4 The Firewall Threshold Screen For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to start dropping sessions that do not become fully established half open sessions These thresholds apply globally to all sessions P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established Figure 146 Three Wa
157. CRIPTION Name Enter a descriptive name for the VLAN group for identification purposes The text may consist of up to 8 letters numerals _ and VLAN ID Assign a VLAN ID for the VLAN group The valid VID range is between 1 and 4094 Default Gateway Select the default gateway for the VLAN group Ports This field displays the types of ports available to join the VLAN group P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P Table 110 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Control Select Fixed for the port to be a permanent member of the VLAN group Select Forbidden if you want to prohibit the port from joining the VLAN group Tx Tag Select Tx Tagging if you want the port to tag all outgoing traffic transmitted through this VLAN You select this if you want to create VLANs across different devices and not just the ZyXEL Device Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 17 3 The 802 1Q 1P Port Setting Screen Use this screen to configure the PVID and assign traffic priority for each port Click Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting to display the following screen Figure 198 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting Port Setting rr rs es AHAAA HA HA A
158. DS casiscisissiveiacanvnssvesiscrsovacannedveiarentenverananmeneeeas 437 ero YAEL Device Access and Logi scsscsisstniunsssioasistauateionsenaaanniar nian 438 er UAE Fa ccna esas acc aacad seadicedud ace aiaematcnioneusd satan ledangen biadsig guisaceaawednieaaes aumideieyaiaadeaneans 440 219 Phone cale and VolP scdensteecoseceectscceenuchy lie a a 441 COACH UC e sare ear ACUUT a 442 ere ONDON SAE anena Meeeere trerere en errarr ert tere teen st rem ret ret errererr tren terre tee 442 7 fe ISS ai pen agente ential antes A aentdateaeaiaa 443 Chapter 28 Prodiit SpECIC ANON S aaa a E aeae reer 445 Part IV Appendices and Index ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseees 457 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address c cceeeescceeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeensaeeeneeaes 459 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions ccceeeeseeeeeeeees 485 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting 0 cccecccesscecsseceseeeeeesseeeseeeeeeseeeeseeeeeseneeees 495 Append D Wireless LANS DEP ee ee eee ne ey eer rr Pes nee ere enp rr er rer ere eeee errr 507 Appendix E Common ce ct sh ee ee 531 Appendix F 2 TAL 1 Ci iL 2 pe pee ne ee or nr lone ee nent sem SPE ENE a rere Serer mney 535 i E A A A E 537 P 2612HW Series User s Guide a Table of Contents 22 P 2612HW Series User s Guide PART Introduction Introduc
159. Dactive Syslog IP Address 0 0 0 0 Server Name or IP Address Log Facility Locali Active Log and Alert Log Send Immediate Alert o System Maintenance Fi System Errors oO System Errors E Access Control Daccess Control Cl Blocked Web Sites Cl uPnP C attacks C Forward Web Sites O iPsec Cl Blocked Web Sites Ce C attacks Orki C1psec Dike Dany IP Olek O s802 1x Osip EI RTP Clrsm Citroes P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 130 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Sett ings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field Send Log to The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail Send Alerts to Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors atta
160. EL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described next Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or NULL from the drop down list box When DES is used for data communications both sender and receiver must know the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Encapsulation Key only with ESP With DES type a unique key 8 characters long With 3DES type a unique key 24 characters long Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated
161. EWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix E Common Services Table 185 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling GRE Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Inte
162. ID column for LAN1 LAN2 and PVC1 3 Select 7 from the 802 1P Priority drop down list box for LAN1 LAN2 and PVC1 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P 4 Click Apply Figure 193 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting Example Port Setting TAIT 8021 Q P ID 802 1P Priority LAN1 4 LAN2 LAN3 v LAN4 Ad SSID1 aa SSID2 v SSID3 X SSID4 4 PYC1 P C2 v PYC3 v PYC4 v PYCS v PYC6 v PYC 7 X PYCS8 ame v Ethernet WAN v Apply Cancel Ports 3 and 4 are connected to desktop computers and are used for Internet traffic You want to set a lower priority for this type of traffic so you want to group these ports and PVC2 into one VLAN VLAN3 PVC2 priority is set to low level of service SSID1 and SSID2 are two wireless networks You want to create medium priority for this type of traffic so you want to group these ports and PVC3 into one VLAN VLAN4 PVC3 priority is set to medium level of service P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P Follow the same steps as in VLAN2 to configure the settings for VLAN3 and VLAN4 The summary screen should display as follows Figure 194 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting Example Group Setting 802 1Q 1P Active Summary 1 Default 1 2 VoIP 2 3 Data 3 4 Wireless 4 Port Setting r LAN2 LAN4 u u u u u U
163. IP account s SIP number In order to make or receive a VoIP call you need to enable and configure a SIP account and map it to a phone port The SIP account contains information that allows your ZyXEL Device to connect to your VoIP service provider If you want to make only peer to peer VoIP calls there is no VoIP service provider involved so the SIP account information does not have to match a real VolP service provider s SIP account You can make up the SIP numbers However you should still activate a SIP account and configure its number and map it to a phone port so that the person you call knows what SIP number you are using and the ZyXEL Device knows to which phone port it should forward an incoming VolP call You must use speed dial to make peer to peer VoIP calls See Section 10 5 on page 194 for how to map a SIP account to a phone port P 2612HW Series User s Guide 187 Chapter 10 Voice Use this screen to maintain basic information about each SIP account You can also enable and disable each SIP account To access this screen click Vol P gt SIP gt SIP Settings Figure 119 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings SIP Settings SIP Settings SIP Service Domain ftnvoip1 nse no M Send Caller ID Authentication User Name Password SIP Account SP1 v I Active SIP Account Number SIP Local Port 5060 1025 65535 SIP Server Address ftnvoip1 nse no SIP Server Port 5060 1 65535 REGISTER Serve
164. IPSec router by a domain name Select E mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e mail address Content The configuration of the peer content depends on the peer ID type For IP type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection If you configure this field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank the ZyXEL Device will use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field refer to the Secure Gateway Address field description For DNS or E mail type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify the remote IPSec router Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 82 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Set this field to 0 0 0 0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address the I
165. Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 1 2 VoIP Features You can register up to 2 SIP Session Initiation Protocol accounts and use the ZyXEL Device to make and receive VoIP telephone calls Figure 2 ZyXEL Device s VoIP Features e Peer to Peer calls A Use the ZyXEL Device to make a call to the recipient s P address without using a SIP proxy server e Calls via a VolP service provider B The ZyXEL Device sends your call to a VoIP service provider s SIP server which forwards your calls to either VoIP or PSTN phones 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device e Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a Supported web browser e Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers FTP for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore e SNMP The device can be monitored by an SNMP manager See the SNMP chapter in this User s Guide e SPTGEN SPTGEN is a text configuration file that allows you to configure the device by uploading an SPTGEN file This is especially convenient if you need to configure many devices of the same type P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the ZyXEL Device more e
166. Key PMK 517 519 park 450 passphrase 143 PCR 105 111 117 Peak Cell Rate see PCR peer to peer calls 27 200 Per Hop Behavior see PHB PHB 216 351 phone book speed dial 200 phone config 450 phone functions 227 pickup 450 pincode 222 Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 114 point to point calls 452 Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet see PPPoE ports 28 power adaptor 453 power specifications 445 PPP Point to Point Protocol Link Layer Protocol 449 PPP over ATM AAL5 448 PPP over Ethernet 448 PPP over Ethernet see PPPoE PPPoE 100 114 447 benefits 114 preamble 148 preamble mode 511 pre shared key 286 probing firewalls 230 product registration 536 profile 63 protocol 100 PSK 155 517 PSTN call setup signaling 213 pulse dialing 214 PVC 326 PVI D 336 Q QoS 215 337 338 350 451 class configuration 343 Quality of Service 451 Quality of Service see QoS quick dialing 452 Quick Start Guide 31 R RADIUS 453 513 message types 513 messages 513 shared secret key 514 Reach Extended ADSL 448 Real time Transport Protocol see RTP re authentication timer 145 147 region 450 registration product 536 reinitialize ADSL line 436 related documentation 3 remote hosts and certificates 311 remote management limitations 358 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index NAT 359 Telnet 360 REN 451 Request To Send see RTS RESET button 29 restore co
167. L to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Algorithm Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management P 2612HW Series User s Guide 267 Chapter 14 VPN 14 4 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings Click Advanced Setup in the VPN Setup Edit screen to open this screen Figure 162 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Advanced Setup PN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol fo Enable Replay Detection NO Local Start Port fo Endjo Remote Start Port fo Endfo Phasel Negotiation Mode Main 7 Pre Shared Key l Encryption Algorithm DES 7 Authentication Algorithm ios 7 SA Life Time Seconds 28800 Key Group DH Ba Phase2 Active Protocol ESP x Encryption Algorithm DES 7 Authentication Algorithm 5Ha 7 S Life Time Seconds 28800 Encapsulation Tunnel z Perfect Forward Se
168. N Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an Ethernet connection with the LAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Table 1 LED Descriptions LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION WLAN Green On The wireless network is activated and is operating in IEEE 802 11b g mode Blinking The ZyXEL Device is communicating with other wireless clients Off The wireless network is not activated DSL Green On This light applies when the ZyXEL Device is in DSL WAN mode The DSL line is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is initializing the DSL line Off The DSL line is down INTERNET Green On The ZyXEL Device has an IP connection but no traffic Your device has a WAN IP address either static or assigned by a DHCP server PPP negotiation was successfully completed if used and the DSL connection is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving IP traffic Red On The ZyXEL Device attempted to make an IP connection but failed Possible causes are no response from a DHCP server no PPPoE response PPPoE authentication failed Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an IP connection WAN Green On This light applies when the ZyXEL Device is in Ethernet WAN mode The ZyXEL Device has an Ethernet connection with a device on the WAN Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data to from the WAN Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an Et
169. P Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen Note If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP 1 72 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet Figure 111 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 192 168 1 33 LAN WAN gt il B 192 168 1 34 N E gt c DO O M Internet A Tapai IP Address assigned by ISP S2 c C 192 168 1 35 D_192 168 1 36 9 3 1 Configuring the Port Forwarding Screen Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Appendix E on page 531 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 112 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding neral Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Name W
170. P IP Address Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered 26 3 The DSL Line Diagnostic Screen Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next This screen is not available when you set the WAN mode to Ethernet WAN in the WAN gt Internet Access Setup screen using the DSL WAN switch Figure 258 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line DSL Line inPkts outPkts inF4Pkts inF5Pkts nN SAR Driver Counters Display 0x00000000 inDiscards 0x00000000 outDiscards 0x00000000 outF4Pkts 0x00000000 outFS5SPkts 0x00000001 closeChan 0 rxRate Bps nN ATM Status ATM Loopback Test Capture All Logs 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 o0x00000000 0x00000000 ia DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line gi P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Diagnostic The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 163 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view your DSL connection s Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM statistics ATM is a networking technology that provides high speed data transfer ATM uses fixed size packets of information called cells With ATM a high QoS Quality of Service can be guaranteed The Segmentation and Reassembly SAR driver translates
171. PSec Key Mode field must be set to IKE In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol VPN Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described below Pre Shared Key Click the button to use a pre shared key for authentication and type in your pre shared key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a 0x zero x which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789A
172. Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced Analog Phone 1 Echo Cancellation M G 168 Active Fax Option G 711 Fax Passthrough T 38 Fax Relay Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Select 3 7 Yoice Active Detector I VAD Support Auto Dial I Active Auto Dial Auto Dial Phone Number Back Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 56 VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Analog Phone This field displays the analog phone port you see in this screen Echo Cancellation Active G 168 Select this if you want to eliminate the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk Fax Option This field controls how the ZyXEL Device handles fax messages G 711 Fax Select this if the ZyXEL Device should use G 711 to send fax messages Passthrough The peer devices must also use G 711 T 38 Fax Relay Select this if the ZyXEL Device should send fax messages as UDP or TCP IP packets through IP networks This provides better quality but it may have inter operability problems The peer devices must also use T 38 Dialing Interval Selection Dialing Interval Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you Selection stop dialing numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends on how quickly
173. Point Protocol link layer protocol sh cs Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols RIP I RIP II ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB II support RFC 1213 IP Multicasting IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter SNMP v1 amp v2c with MIB II Embedded FTP TFTP Server for firmware upgrade and configuration file backup and restore Telnet for remote management Remote Management Control Telnet FTP Web SNMP and DNS Remote Firmware Upgrade Syslog Voice Specifications Note To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone port you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider Note Not all features are supported by all service providers Consult your service provider for more information P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 166 Voice Features Call Park and Pickup Call park and pickup lets you put a call on hold park and then continue the call pickup The caller must still pay while the call is parked When you park the call you enter a number of your choice up to eight digits which you must enter again when you pick up the call If you do not enter the correct number you cannot pickup the call This means that only someone who knows the number you have chosen can pick up the call You can hav
174. Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device e JavaScripts enabled by default e Java permissions enabled by default Note Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable Pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 303 Pop up Blocker Tools Mail and News Pop up Blocker urn Off Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Pop up Blocker Setting Synchronize a j Windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 304 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PIR General Security Privacy Content Connections
175. R2 You create another static route to communicate with a separate network behind a router R3 connected to the LAN Figure 187 Example of Static Routing Topology Internet l Nm SSSS gt My l Ew l im i l I SNS woe 16 1 1 What You Can Do in the Static Route Screens Use the Static Route screens Section 16 2 on page 322 to view and configure IP static routes on the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide 321 Chapter 16 Static Route 16 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen Figure 188 Advanced gt Static Route Static Route Static Route Rules Lt Active Name Destination Netmask Gateway Modify 1 o a F s m m m oP POn ont WN et Ann k WN eb E C N N R R R O N R R A A A A A Eb Eb Eb Eb Eb Eb E E E E E E E Et E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 107 Advanced gt Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not Clear the check box to disable the rule Select the check box to enable it Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Netmask This parameter sp
176. Refresh Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Apply Click this to update this screen immediately Device Information Host Name _ This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification You can change this in the Maintenance gt System gt General screen s System Name field Model This is the model name of your device Number MAC This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to Address your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS This field displays the current version of the firmware inside the device Firmware It also shows the date the firmware version was created Click this to go Version to the screen where you can change it DSL This field is not available when the WAN mode is Ethernet WAN Firmware Version This field displays the current version of the device s DSL modem code WAN Information P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 14 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION DSL Mode This field is not available when the WAN mode is Ethernet WAN This is the DSL standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN Mask Default This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable Gateway VPI VCl This field is not ava
177. S Server In cases where you want to use domain names to access Intranet servers ona remote network that has a DNS server you must identify that DNS server You P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 9 9 cannot use DNS servers on the LAN or from the ISP since these DNS servers cannot resolve domain names to private IP addresses on the remote network The following figure depicts an example where three VPN tunnels are created from ZyXEL Device A one to branch office 2 one to branch office 3 and another to headquarters In order to access computers that use private domain names on the headquarters HQ network the ZyXEL Device at branch office 1 uses the Intranet DNS server in headquarters The DNS server feature for VPN does not work with Windows 2000 or Windows XP Figure 170 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example ISP DNS Servers 212 54 64 170 212 54 54 17 1 L im LA E E DNS 212 54 64 170 HQ 10 1 1 1 200 S Gma Remote SN 212 54 64 171 _ IPSec Route a amp ______ Internet ___ _ i _ Rm ete oe L ti A J aa ea Intranet DNS VPN DNS 10 1 1 10 eae 9 VPN Tunnel 192 168 1 1 50 If you do not specify an Intranet DNS server on the remote network then the VPN host must use IP addresses to access the computers on the remote network ID Type and Content With aggressive negotiation mode seeSection 14 9 6 on page 28
178. SCR and MBS Figure 80 Example of Traffic Shaping Cell Rate PC SCR re lt gt gt Time 6 5 8 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification P 2612HW Series User s Guide 11 7 Chapter 6 WAN Setup Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics The VBR nRT n
179. SCRIPTION Content When you select IP in the Local I D Type field type the IP address of your computer in the local Content field The ZyXEL Device automatically uses the IP address in the My IP Address field refer to the My IP Address field description if you configure the local Content field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 in the local Content field or use the DNS or E mail D type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the remote IPSec router to be able to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses When you select DNS or E mail in the Local ID Type field type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify this ZyXEL Device in the local Content field Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel Peer ID Type Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address Select DNS to identify the remote
180. SSID profile is the set of parameters relating to one of the ZyXEL Device s BSSs The SSID Service Set Dentifier identifies the Service Set with which a wireless device is associated This field displays the name of the wireless profile on the network When a wireless client scans for an AP to associate with this is the name that is broadcast and seen in the wireless client utility Security This field indicates the security mode of the SSID profile Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the SSID profile Click the Remove icon to delete the SSID profile Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 3 1 More AP Edit Use this screen to edit an SSID profile Click the Edit icon next to an SSID in the More AP screen The following screen displays Figure 98 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP gt Edit T Hide SSID Security Mode MAC Filter Common Setup Network Name SSID ZyxEL02 No Security 7 Deny Association Edit Back Apply Cancel See Appendix E on page 531 for a list of commonly used services and destination ports The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 36 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Name SSID The SSID Service Set Dentity identif
181. Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for your device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering P 2612HW Series User s Guide Ea Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION VPN Setup Use this screen to configure each VPN tunnel Monitor Use this screen to look at the current status of each VPN tunnel VPN Global Use this screen to allow NetBIOS traffic through VPN Setting tunnels Certificates My Certificates Use this screen to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Trusted CAs Use this screen to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Trusted Remote Hosts Use this screen to import self signed certificates Directory Servers Use this screen to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates Advanced Static Route Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes to tell your device about networks beyond the directly connected remote nodes 802 1Q 1P Group Setting Use this screen to activate 802 1Q 1P specify the management VLAN group display the VLAN groups and configure the settings for each VLAN group Port Setting Use this screen to configure the P
182. Service QoS 18 3 1 The Class Configuration Screen Click the Add button or the Edit icon in the Modify field to configure a classifier Figure 206 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup gt Add Calss Configuration IV Active Name Default Interface From LAN 7 Priority 2 Defaut x Routing Policy By Routing Table 7 WAN Index fi zj Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Order 5 7 Tag Configuration DSCP Value Same 7 0 0 63 802 19 Tag Same 7 Ethernet Priority BE z VLAN ID 2 2 4094 Filter Configuration Source I Address fo 0 0 0 Subnet Netmaskj0 0 0 0 IF Exclude l Port o l I Exclude T mac MAC Mask 0 00 00 00 00 00 T Exclude Destination I Address PM Exclude I Port I Exclude m mac 0 00 00 00 00 00 F Exclude Others I Service FTP z I Protocol TCP z 0 IF Exclude I Packet Length fo fo TM Exclude m pscp 2 0 63 I Exclude I Ethernet Priority 0 BE z F Exclude I VLAN ID E 24094 TP Exclude I Physical Port fi z F Exclude Ci TCP ACK Back Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS See Appendix E on page 531 for a list of commonly used services The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 114 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup gt Add LABEL DESCRIPTION Class Configuration Active Select the check box to enable this classifier Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 20 printable English keyboard characters
183. Summary Enabled Disable Client List AnyIP Table P VoIP Statistics WLAN Status Packet Statistics oIP Status SIP 1 changeme 127 0 0 1 Inactive SIP 2 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 As illustrated above the main screen is divided into these parts A title bar e B navigation panel e C main window e D status bar 2 2 1 Title Bar The title bar allows you to change the language and provides some icons in the upper right corner P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator The icons provide the following functions Table 2 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar ICON DESCRIPTION Wizards Click this icon to go to the configuration wizards See Chapter 3 on page 39 for more information Logout Click this icon to log out of the web configurator 2 2 2 Navigation Panel Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure ZyXEL Device features The following tables describe each menu item Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Status This screen shows the ZyXEL Device s general device and network status information Use this screen to access the statistics and client list Network WAN Internet Use this screen to configure ISP parameters WAN IP Access Setup address assignment DNS servers and other advanced properties LAN IP Use this screen to co
184. T E E EAT TE EAS E E E E 278 14 9 3 YPN NAT and NAT Traversal siccsiiseicicisacsculaanactetudssaniiandeanaseniaidenaenieaass wanaenseds 279 WS En PUO a esee en onee Reawtea pe eee 281 HSS EE PSS usin ere teatinnrideaaimuastntannsndedeiiigee te Nau i N 282 TAD Nogolaion MOG a isssctesccrunsctcccedoasepescnatoueeeceetandenanensniepe ccs saubepnaiaansuveannensntveranerauebates 283 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents PAST ISGP FIV E A A A AAAA anna A A AA E A A T teats 283 ESS ROM Ramae DNO SENEI sianar ii aR A reenter tery se 283 1S9 1D Type aii COMEDI orria aca ete ee 284 De DC ike i Be aes cehaveasnn a N yeen ie 286 14 9 11 Diffie Hellman DH Key GrOUpS siressa nnna 286 14 9 12 Telecomm ter VPNAP Sec Examples xccccccucscssccsiceaiciciaiedddocntammetcacusieeescetetanestan 286 Chapter 15 COrCA ES sssini eira niaaa AETERNE AEE tessctaasedceeacasietnesasesaansece 291 TL a TA 291 15 1 1 What You Can Do in the Certificate Screens o oo eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeseeneees 291 15 1 2 What You Need to Know About Certificates 0 c ecccccceeeceeeceeececeeeeeeeeeseeaeesseneees 291 Ero venynig a ic la lot Ik emetre enero reer erner en erent re trerr rte t rrser rer frarrrrrr erie weerrrecr ere ree 293 TM A TNS e A E E A E E E T 295 193 My Cenfceate Dede Sci scienatias can sesseacaceaniy aalstia a i A 297 15 3 1 Using the My Certificate Import SCHOO ci caccccsecccessccens ceevaxsenesssuceae snterdcantewedeceeonis 301 TSA M
185. Table 37 Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless devices that are allowed or denied Address access to the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 8 5 WPS Use this screen to configure WiFi Protected Setup WPS on your ZyXEL Device WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security without having to configure security settings manually Set up each WPS connection between two devices Both devices must support WPS See Appendix D on page 507 for more information about WPS Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS The following screen displays Figure 100 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS WPS Setup WPS Status Status 7 Enable WPS PIN Number 75790271 Generate q Note If you enable WPS the UPnP service will be turned on automatically Unconfigured Apply Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 38 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS LABEL DESCRIPTION WPS Setup Enable WPS Select the check box to activate WPS on the ZyXEL Device PIN Number This shows the PIN Personal Id
186. The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up Demand all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 2 1 Advanced Internet Access Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Access Setup screen The screen appears as shown Figure 75 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None v RIP version Multicast None ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR v Peak Cell Rate 0 cell sec Sustain Cell Rate o cell sec Maximum Burst Size 0O cell MTU MTU 1500 apply The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup This section is not available
187. This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time required to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre authentication These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the time of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP
188. Transfer Mode see ATM ATM 435 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 114 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 see AAL5 audience 3 authentication server 147 auto dial 450 auto firmware upgrade 222 automatic logout 32 auto negotiating rate adaptation 448 auto provisioning 222 backup 423 backup type 112 bandwidth management 337 Basic Service Set see BSS blinking LEDs 28 bridge mode 102 BSS 507 BYE request 211 P 2612HW Series User s Guide 537 Index C CA 291 515 call forwarding 451 call hold 218 219 224 226 call park and pickup 450 call return 450 call service mode 217 219 223 225 call transfer 218 220 225 226 call waiting 218 220 224 226 450 caller ID 451 CBR 105 110 certificate creation 301 details 297 factory default 295 Certificate Authority see CA certificates 291 and directory servers 316 and remote hosts 311 CA 291 creating 301 importing 301 remote hosts 315 replacing 295 storage space 295 thumbprint algorithms 294 thumbprints 294 trusted CAs 304 306 verifying fingerprints 293 Certification Authority see CA certifications 535 notices 535 viewing 536 channel 509 interference 509 channel ID 141 channel scan 141 Class of Service 215 Class of Service see CoS client server protocol 208 codecs 452 comfort noise generation 195 451 command interface 27 configuration file 413 content filtering 251 447 activation 254 example 252 keywords 254 schedules 255 trusted IP addresses 256
189. Trusted CAs screen since the ZyXEL Device automatically accepts any valid certificate signed by a trusted certification authority as being trustworthy Figure 182 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts PKI Storage Space in Use 6 oo 080 Trusted Remote Host Certificates Issuer My Default Self signed Certificate CN P 2602HW F3 ma valid rrom aldo Mody OU Secure Server Certification 1994 Nov 3th 2010 Jan 7th ay a 2 Verisign Authority O RSA 00 00 00 GMT 23 59 59 GMT Data Security INC c US Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 102 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage Space in Use space that is currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Issuer My This field displays identifying information about the default self signed Default Self certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the signed trusted remote host certificates Certificate This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays t
190. UPnP in Windows AP Example ss ssiaadeessasassssessssaasnash ssuassaaassoaasdees sinusnaseiradexeyiaainase 375 Part Ill Maintenance Troubleshooting and Specifications 383 Chapter 22 SYSTE iranian EEEE EES ENET AENA ANEETA NETERA 385 E io a drama sen E R 385 22 1 1 What You Can Do in the System Settings Screens ccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 385 22 1 2 What You Need to Know About System Settings ccccecsceeceeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeneeeee 385 Be TS TSE OR SOON is daca satvadueidiea E E Puasa E A E E EAEAN 386 22 3 The Time Setting SOM GN xieccesctendrccer sen tearrceeiasvesae antici aap aaar a aaia 388 Chapter 23 UGGS anscaiissns sasnateniasininenaisadcnicanasasiandasdivansianssessaseadasiakia sianaididansausaadad E 391 CEEE T Spates T T th aera Susie alan E E N T O E E E 391 23 1 1 What You Can Do in the Log SCree ie sisisss cuissccaaeecacsecrsciaceceeeapetadarcaenidgsehvacinsagnedess 391 22 1 2 What You Need To Know About Logs scsi ssissecnisssaseesssiuatdeuinn manecein souaweuntasaateesianess 391 23 2 The View Log SOBEN aisiieiaiin a aaa i aA a a aa aaia 391 239 The Lg Sating SOON aerosani aio eao e ar Eaa RAEE SEEE 392 oo TP Enor Nescagag miurshd parni anin E N AA ghNiaaneieae 395 LTE ae E LO a E 395 239 Log DeSCNPIONS sscan EE 396 Chapter 24 CAN PISTON Srina a ee a ERS a e a eee er 407 REE T a E AA E A EO A A A T A ETE ET E 407 24 1 1 What You Can Do in the Call History Screens sooss
191. URL 251 Continuous Bit Rate see CBR copyright 535 CoS 215 351 country code 450 CTS Clear to Send 510 customized services 239 240 241 D default 425 default LAN IP address 31 Denial of Service see DoS Denials of Service see DoS device management command interface 27 Telnet 27 DH 286 DHCP 91 122 130 353 server 131 static 127 DHCP relay 446 DHCP server 446 diagnostic 433 differentiated services 216 Differentiated Services see DiffServ Diffie Hellman key groups 286 DiffServ Differentiated Services 215 code points 215 marking rule 216 351 directory servers adding editing 318 and certificates 316 disclaimer 535 DnD 450 DNS 122 130 365 DNS Server for VPN host 283 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index Do not Disturb see DnD domain name system see DNS DoS 230 three way handshake 242 thresholds 230 241 242 243 DS Differentiated Services 351 DS field 216 351 DSCP 215 351 DSL firmware version 90 DSL line reinitialize 436 DSL mode 91 DSL WAN switch 102 DTMF 213 detection and generation 452 Dual Tone MultiFrequency see DTMF dynamic DNS 353 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol see DHCP dynamic jitter buffer 451 dynamic secure gateway address 259 dynamic WEP key exchange 516 DYNDNS wildcard 353 E EAP Authentication 514 EAP MD5 453 echo cancellation 195 451 e mail log example 395 encapsulated routing link protocol ENET ENCAP 114 encap
192. User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 6 Select Any All in the Available Services box on the left and click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right Click Apply Figure 58 Tutorial Example Firewall Rule WAN to LAN Service Edit for Web Server Service Available Services Selected Services Any ICMP a Any All AIMINEVV ICQ TCP 5190 _Add gt gt AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 PE SE BOOTP_CLIENT UIDP 68 xl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply M Everyday F sun M mon Tue M wed M Thu F Fri Sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day Starfa hour minute Endjo hour minute Log Ci Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched wear Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 7 Click the Add button to configure a firewall rule to allow traffic from the WAN to the mail server Select Any in the Destination Address List box and click Delete Select Single Address as the destination address type Enter 192 168 1 13 and click Add Figure 59 Tutorial Example Firewall Rule WAN to LAN Address Edit for Mail Server Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit x Source Address Source Address List Address any Address 7 Type Start IP Address End IP Address pi Subnet Mask 0 0 J i Destination Address Destinat
193. User s Guide Table of Contents Chapter 18 Guality of Service 09 e a E a 337 WT NIE iniaiaiai iada eu bi ei alah sinuses can be gabe nada 337 18 1 1 What You Can Do in the QoS Screen scicccdcsscecdeccdacetiatclimmspanteaneclcutasedcsgaanmedaace 337 18 1 2 What You Need to Know About QoS ou cceceeeecesssecceseeeeceeceeseesseaaaesseeeeseeeeeeeseeees 338 TO 18 009 Class Sete EX ANI Ga scassosecsrcceanicgeibieeusasmelaepiuderaaaadagneesialesn baeladacbeanacapieasis 338 18 2 The QoS General Serafi csc sca saeadeiass seats iasiesdtis aaa tieiatsaasdea ls eudssiaa webeadanantaredeadtsaadetaa sds 341 10 3 THe Claes Soup ONY tec ausss nein attuctias tient a aodvia ein aaa a 343 18 3 1 The Class CONGR GOGEN seb ccc ccncc se scehcascitaccetstepcteasitaedancitemiaiedeanvealacstareacs 345 18 4 The QoS Monitor SCIEN dis sssstazeotissastvesbsannneisiansarisiidamatdivaasmesieiasaneeiamugddenaamasieriaadd 349 19 5 Wes Technical RelerencG srucnsnitiesnrede di e aa e ditaa 349 TEI EEE SeT I ae 350 185 2 IP PECENE acin e a EE a A E a 350 Toa DIDO aiea a E 350 18 5 4 Automatic Priority Queue Assignment sseessssssssssrnesrressreessnesssrssrenssrnssrnnssennsens 351 Chapter 19 Dynami DNS UN sssini a aa A A iA aa AAAA iae a 353 MM tiene ea cc ae ak Gah ch aan nc a Padre i tel 353 19 1 1 What You Can Do in the DDNS SOGN sess ssccsesscckcecvasvcnncresunccnumetouoccetersansdeas aace 353 19 1 2 What You Need To Know About DDNS sii ccccccccccceccecissseccese
194. VID and assign traffic priority for each port Qos General Use this screen to enable QoS and traffic prioritizing and configure bandwidth management on the WAN Class Setup Use this screen to define a classifier Monitor Use this screen to view each queue s statistics Dynamic DNS This screen allows you to use a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Remote HTTP Use this screen to configure through which MGMT interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to set whether or not your device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available UPnP General Use this screen to turn UPnP on or off Maintenance
195. WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check WAN to LAN Drop z Vv LAN to WAN Permit gt Vv WAN to WAN Router Drop gt Vv LAN to LAN Router Permit E Basic Apply Cancel 234 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 72 Security gt Firewall gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Route If an alternate gateway on the LAN has an IP address in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address return traffic may not go through the ZyXEL Device This is called an asymmetrical or triangle route This causes the ZyXEL Device to reset the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device permit the use of asymmetrical route topology on the network not reset the connection Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to the LAN without passing through the ZyXEL Device A better solution is to use IP alias to put the ZyXEL Device and the backup gateway on separate subnets See Section 12 5 4 1 on page 247 for an example Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN Router L
196. WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 ASCII characters or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings Figure 20 Wireless LAN Setup 3 STEP STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN Please Click the Apply Button to Note If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Note No wireless LAN settings display if you chose not to configure wireless LAN settings Figure 21 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet wW Setup configuration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Enet Encap Network
197. XEL Device Use the Telnet screen Section 20 3 on page 360 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device Use the FTP screen Section 20 4 on page 361 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device Use the SNMP screen Section 20 5 on page 362 to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management Use the DNS screen Section 20 6 on page 365 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Use the ICMP screen Section 20 7 on page 366 to set whether or not your ZyXEL Device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available What You Need to Know About Remote Management Remote Management Limitations Remote management does not work when You have not enabled that service on the interface in the corresponding remote management screen You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall ru
198. XEL Device s PKI storage Space in Use space that is currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates The index number of the directory server The servers are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this directory server Address This field displays the IP address or domain name of the directory server Port This field displays the port number that the directory server uses Protocol This field displays the protocol that the directory server uses Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen where you can change the information about the directory server Click the Remove icon to remove the directory server entry A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the directory server Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Add Click Add to open a screen where you can configure information about a directory server so that the ZyXEL Device can access it P 2612HW Series User s Guide 31 7 Chapter 15 Certificates 15 12 Directory Server Add and Edit Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen Click Add or the details icon to open the Directory Server Add screen Use this screen to config
199. a sent between APs is not encrypted Anyone can read it TKIP Select this to use TKIP Temporal Key Integrity Protocol encryption AES Select this to use AES Advanced Encryption Standard encryption This is the index number of the individual WDS link Active Select this to activate the link between the ZyXEL Device and the peer device to which this entry refers When you do not select the check box this link is down Remote Bridge Type the MAC address of the peer device in a valid MAC address format MAC Address six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc PSK Enter a Pre Shared Key PSK from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide 155 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 8 Scheduling Screen Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt Scheduling to open the Wireless LAN Scheduling screen Use this screen to configure when the ZyXEL Device enables or disables the wireless LAN Figure 103 Network gt Wireless LAN gt Scheduling Scheduling Wireless LAN Scheduling 7 Enable Wireless LAN Scheduling WLAN status C off on C off on C off on C off on C off on C off on C off on off on q Note 1 Specify the same begin time and e
200. able describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 31 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Mode Passphrase Enter a passphrase up to 32 printable characters and clicking Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP key is used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 or 13 characters ASCII string or 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit or 128 bit WEP key respectively P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 3 WPA 2 PSK In order to configu re and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the AP screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list Figure 94 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 PSK Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID privat4e37jet I Hide SSID Auto Scan Channel C Channel Selection Channel 01 241 2MHz Security Security Mode M wea Compatible Pre Shared Key WPA2 PSK y ficbhjnxxwt ReAuthentication Timer fisoo In Seconds Idle Timeout 3600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer fisoo In Seconds Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following t
201. able describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 32 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 PSK Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK simultaneously Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 32 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION ReAuthentication Timer in seconds Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wir
202. account you should have applied for a SIP account with the VoIP service provider 4 5 1 1 SIP Account Registration Follow the steps below to register and activate your SIP account 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device is connected to the Internet 2 Open the web configurator P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 3 Go to the Status screen to check if your SIP account has been registered successfully If registration failed check your Internet connection and click Register to register your SIP account again Figure 65 Tutorial Example Status gt Status irmware Version WAN Information 10 7 9 33 ii F DSL Mode NORMAL IP Address 1 2 3 4 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway N A interface status VPI VCI 8 35 DSL Up 0 kbps 0 kbps haguna LAN Up 100M Full Duplex IP Address 10 0 0 138 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 WLAN Active 54M DHCP Server WLAN Information SSID SSID Example3 fenne Channel 1 Security WPA PSK WPS Configured Client List AnyIP Table Security WLAN Status VPN Status Firewall Disable Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics Content Filter Disable YoIP Status Account Registration URI SIP 1 UnRegister On Register 12345678 voipprovider com Register Inactive ChangeMe tnvoipl nsc no SIP 2 E Configuration updated successfully 0000 l
203. ach packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static I P Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Gateway IP address Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 22 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Connection Nailed Up Connection Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Conn
204. acket that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 138 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d The router received the setup requirements for a call call d s C01 Outgoing Call call is the reference count number of the call dev x ch x s dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line 0 channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected call d s C02 OutCall Connected d s board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected call d s C02 Call Terminated Table 139 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP The PPP c
205. address You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 165 Firmware Specifications continued IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers The ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol used to join multicast groups see RFC 2236 Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device You can also set the time manually These dates and times are then used in logs Logs Use logs for troubleshooting You can send logs from the ZyXEL Device to an external syslog server Universal Plug and A UPnP enabled device can dynamically join a network obtain an Play UPnP IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network Firewall Your device has a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs Content Filtering Content filtering allows you to block access to Internet web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can also schedule when to perform the filtering and give tru
206. address uniquely identify a particular Security Association SA The SPI is transmitted from the remote VPN gateway to the local VPN gateway The local VPN gateway then uses the network encryption and key values that the administrator associated with the SPI to establish the tunnel Current ZyXEL implementation assumes identical outgoing and incoming SPIs P 2612HW Series User s Guide 271 Chapter 14 VPN 14 6 Configuring Manual Key 272 You only configure VPN manual key when you select Manual in the IPSec Key Mode field on the VPN Setup Edit screen This is the VPN Setup Manual Key screen as shown next Figure 163 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Manual Key IPSec Setup I Active Name 2488393585 IPSec Key Mode Manual 7 SPI fo Encapsulation Mode Transport z DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Range x IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type Range z IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information My IP Address Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol IPSec Protocol ESP x Encryption Algorithm DES 7 Encapsulation Key Authentication Algorithm SHAN x Authentication Key Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 84 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Manual Key LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy Name Ty
207. administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Advanced 6 Select Obtain an I P address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically Select Use the following I P Address and fill in the I P address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternate DNS server if that information was provided 7 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 8 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window Verifying Settings 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also go to Start gt Control Panel gt Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab to view your IP address and connection information Windows Vista This section shows screens from Windows Vista Professional 1 Click Start gt Control Panel Figure 270 Windows Vista Start Menu Dr eye 7 0 Professional Connect To fal Media Player C
208. ail Tolerance b Recovery Interval 0 sec Timeout fo sec Traffic Redirect T Active Traffic Redirect Metric i Backup Gateway 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP_ Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type Address1 3 the IP address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection 112 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 24 Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup
209. always use UDP Message This field indicates whether or not there are any messages waiting for Waiting the SIP account Last Incoming This field displays the last number that called the SIP account It Number displays N A if no number has ever dialed the SIP account P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 18 VolP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Last Outgoing This field displays the last number the SIP account called It displays N Number A if the SIP account has never dialed a number Call Statistics Phone This field displays each phone port in the ZyXEL Device Hook This field indicates whether the phone is on the hook or off the hook On The phone is hanging up or already hung up Off The phone is dialing calling or connected Status This field displays the current state of the phone call N A There are no current VoIP calls incoming calls or outgoing calls being made DIAL The callee s phone is ringing RING The phone is ringing for an incoming VoIP call Process There is a VoIP call in progress DISC The callee s line is busy the callee hung up or your phone was left off the hook Codec This field displays what voice codec is being used for a current VoIP call through a phone port Peer Number This field displays the SIP number of the party that is currently engaged in a VoIP call through a phone port
210. ame on the rom File ZyXEL Device Uploading the rom 0 file replaces the entire ROM file system including your ZyXEL Device configurations system related data including the default password the error log and the trace log FILE TYPE EXTERNAL NAME ER Firmware Ras This is the generic name for the ZyNOS bin firmware on the ZyXEL Device FTP Restrictions FTP will not work when P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 1 The firewall is active turn the firewall off or create a firewall rule to allow access from the WAN 2 You have disabled the FTP service in the Remote Management screen 3 The IP you entered in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP If it does not match the device will disallow the FTP session immediately 25 1 3 Before You Begin e Ensure you have either created a firewall rule to allow access from the WAN or turned the firewall off otherwise the FTP will not function e Make sure the FTP service has not been disabled in the Remote Management screen 25 1 4 Tool Examples Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration This example shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup configuration file stored on disk FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current
211. an 7 Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Add r Active service Nome startrort End ort Server IP Address Modify 1 Vv HTTPS 443 443 AAAA amp S wi Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 73 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 174 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 45 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Address Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not Clear the check box to disable the rule Select the check box to enable it Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP This is the server s IP a
212. an Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one P 2612HW Series User s Guide hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Chapter 22 System Table 128 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Daylight Savings The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click C
213. an also both act as a SIP user agent to receive the call Figure 130 SIP User Agent E aa A B SIP Proxy Server A SIP proxy server receives requests from clients and forwards them to another server In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C The client device A in the figure sends a call invitation to the SIP proxy server B P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 2 The SIP proxy server forwards the call invitation to C Figure 131 SIP Proxy Server SIP Redirect Server A SIP redirect server accepts SIP requests translates the destination address to an IP address and sends the translated IP address back to the device that sent the request Then the client device that originally sent the request can send requests to the IP address that it received back from the redirect server Redirect servers do not initiate SIP requests In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 Client device A sends a call invitation for C to the SIP redirect server B 2 The SIP redirect server sends the invitation back to A with C s IP address or domain name P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Client device A then sends the call invitation to client device C Figure 132 SIP Redirect Server A Mn SIP Register Server A SIP registe
214. an the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this to update this screen 5 3 WLAN Status Click Status gt WLAN Status to access this screen Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device Figure 70 WLAN Status 001 Wireless LAN Association List a ee 00 0 43 01 05 05 04 19 58 2007 11 28 Refresh Ooo O P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station Association This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the Time ZyXEL Device Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 5 4 Packet Statistics Click Status gt Packet Statistics to access this screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll I nterval s field is configurable The screen varies slightly depending on the WAN mode you set using the DSL WAN switch Figure 71 Packet Statistics System Monitor System up Time 0 12 45 Current Date Time 0170172000 00 12 46 CPU Usage 7 39 Memory Usage 75 WAN Port Statist
215. ancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Logs 23 1 Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 23 1 1 What You Can Do in the Log Screens Use the View Log screen Section 23 2 on page 391 to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen e Use The Log Settings screen Section 23 3 on page 392 to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record 23 1 2 What You Need To Know About Logs Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 23 2 The View Log Screen Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 23 3 on page 392 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Log entries in
216. applications with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation Select VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type for connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation Peak Cell Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Rate Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell The Sustained Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term Rate that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that Burst Size can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 MTU The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU defines the size of the largest packet allowed on an interface or connection Enter the MTU in this field For ENET ENCAP the MTU value is 1500 For PPPoE the MTU value is 1492 For PPPoA and RFC 1483 the MTU is 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 3 The More Connections Screen The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure more than one Internet access connection To configure additional Internet access connections click Network gt WAN gt More Connections The screen differs by the encaps
217. are able to access the web site your wireless connection is successfully configured If you cannot access the web site try changing the encryption type in the Security Settings screen check the Troubleshooting section of this User s Guide or contact your network administrator 62 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 2 3 2 Creating and Using a Profile A profile lets you easily connect to the same wireless network again later You can also configure different profiles for different networks for example if you connect a notebook computer to wireless networks at home and at work This example illustrates how to set up a profile and connect the wireless client to an AP configured for WPA PSK security In this example the SSID is SSID_Example3 the profile name is PN_Example3 and the pre shared key is ThisismyWPA PSKpre sharedkey You have chosen the profile name PN_Example3 1 Open the ZyXEL utility and click the Profile tab to open the screen shown next Click Add to configure a new profile Figure 33 ZyXEL Utility Profile Profile Name _ ___ ssb Network Type Infrastructure g DEFAULT Network Mode 802 11b g Channel Auto Security DISABLE Connect Add Delete Edit 2 The Add New Profile screen appears The wireless client automatically searches for available wireless networks and displays them in the Scan Info box Click Scan if you want to search again You
218. asa ss A a a thai ds rede depen glial seg 121 7 1 1 What You Can Do in the LAN Sreang cc cicsccccecscasisase soaasaddaccanaxesartaecsadaseasanticcncteceie 121 7 1 2 What You Need To Know About LAN siscccacccanssceececianiedanscauieebieledasentciaconwedasehankiemesads 122 PAP o VU UM E A E E E A A A A TE E A 122 Te WV ON IP SIEEN sca ea hs hdc dda a oc edna deco esent eh ae Ed dade eee es 122 7 2 1 The Advanced LAN Setup SGMRGN sain eiedendisgeaents di ieiica aa A AAAS 124 7 2 2 Configuring the Advanced LAN Setup Screen cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeaes 125 Fa WEA Cent Liet SPORTY aiaeei Soeeeacade anes EOT 126 ZA The LANIP Alias SGOEN exis seicctessxseerestesaindaxinnrantamen e n N a 128 7O LAN Technical Fete ere csnreuisiniiinn noe R aaadadieend 129 79 LANS WANs and the ZyXEL DEVICE csc cccccttrcntncetiscasdecguetp a a 130 ToL DACP EUD aasa A 130 Fe DNS Server Fee sncsbrnccnsssnei n causation 130 CTE saris anduassisantens apiece a ates eae eared eases 131 PREET EE HU E A T E E E A N EN tamiidakians 132 TEELT e EEA E E I EE pene E E P anche ETE E T E 133 TOT Be P uraa a aA aa aa Aan 133 Chapter 8 iiidclice rng T E rr rere rsTryrrirrererrrrerrrrrirrere rrr rerrsrtrn reer rrr retry Tre 137 oT TUNE secs asec seus ednc ec adeee aed ba dece sk ad eane aaah a 137 8 1 1 What You Can Do in the Wireless LAN Screens cccccccccssceceeeeeseeeeeeeesstteeeeeseees 137 8 1 2 What You Need to Know About Wireless 00 ccceecee
219. at You Can Do in the NAT Screens e Use the NAT General Setup screen Section 9 2 on page 170 to configure the NAT setup settings e Use the Port Forwarding screen Section 9 3 on page 172 to configure forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network e Use the Address Mapping screen Section 9 4 on page 176 to change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings e Use the SIP ALG screen Section 9 4 2 on page 178 to enable and disable the SIP VoIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device 9 1 2 What You Need To Know About NAT Inside Outside and Global Local Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT NAT In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination a
220. ately online Select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online to have the ZyXEL Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen When you select this option you must select the certification authority s enrollment protocol and the certification authority s certificate from the drop down list boxes and enter the certification authority s server address You also need to fill in the Reference Number and Key if the certification authority requires them Enrollment Protocol Select the certification authority s enrollment protocol from the drop down list box Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco Certificate Management Protocol CMP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X 509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF and is specified in RFC 2510 CA Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of the certification authority server P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 98 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Create continued LABEL DESCRIPTION CA Certificate Select the certification authority s certificate f
221. ausing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 15 1 3 on page 293 for how to verify a remote host s certificate P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 103 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts gt Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 15 1 3 on page 293 for how to verify a remote host s certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As screen opens browse to the location that y
222. available the ZyXEL Device plays a recording when you pick up your phone s handset e Press 99 to upgrade the ZyXEL Device s firmware e Press 99 to not upgrade the ZyXEL Device s firmware 222 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Phone Usage 11 7 Phone Services Overview Supplementary services such as call hold call waiting and call transfer are generally available from your VoIP service provider The ZyXEL Device supports the following services Call Hold e Call Waiting e Making a Second Call Call Transfer Call Forwarding see Section 10 11 on page 203 e Three Way Conference Internal Calls e Call Park and Pickup e Do not Disturb Note To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone port you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider 11 7 1 The Flash Key Flashing means to press the hook for a short period of time a few hundred milliseconds before releasing it On newer telephones there should be a flash key button that generates the signal electronically If the flash key is not available you can tap press and immediately release the hook by hand to achieve the same effect However using the flash key is preferred since the timing is much more precise With manual tapping if the duration is too long it may be interpreted as hanging up by the ZyXEL Device You can invoke all the suppl
223. b names for example www zyxel com to IP numbers P 2612HW Series User s Guide 531 Appendix E Common Services Table 185 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation IPSEC_TUNNEL Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including TCP 21 large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic or routing purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP User Defined 2 Internet Group Management Protocol MULTI CAST is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program N
224. bar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing Fa gt Restore Defaults Mozilla Firefox Mozilla Firefox 2 0 screens are used here Screens for other versions may vary You can enable Java Javascripts and pop ups in one screen Click Tools then click Options in the screen that appears Figure 311 Mozilla Firefox Tools gt Options ICAS Help Web Search Ctrl K Downloads Ctrl J Add ons Web Developer Error Console Adblock Plus Ctrl Shift 4 Page Info EireFTP Clear Private Data Ctrl Shift Del Tab Mix Plus Options Session Manager _ Options T P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Click Content to show the screen below Select the check boxes as shown in the following screen Figure 312 Mozilla Firefox Content Security a mw Feeds Privacy Security Advanced wa a Main Tabs v Block pop up windows Exceptions IV Load images automatically Exceptions IV Enable JavaScript Advanced IV Enable Java r Fonts amp Colors Default Font Times New Roman 7 Size 16 Advanced Colors File Types Configure how Firefox handles certain types of Files Manage ee H Cancel Help P 2612HW Series User s Guide 493 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions
225. bin ras Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the device Commands that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter P 2612HW Series User s Guide 417 Chapter 25 Tools Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt FTP Command Configuration Backup Example This figure gives an example of using FTP commands from the DOS command prompt to save your device s configuration onto your computer Figure 242 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp gt get r
226. can change it Content This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is Filter activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it System Status P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Table 14 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION System This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been running since it Uptime last started up The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it see Section 1 5 on page 29 Current This field displays the current date and time in the ZyXEL Device You Date Time can change this in Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting System This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a Mode bridge CPU Usage __ This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently used When this percentage is close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is running at full load and the throughput is not going to improve anymore If you want some applications to have more throughput you should turn off other applications Memory This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s memory is Usage currently used Usually this percentage should not increase much If memory usage does get close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is probably becoming unstable and you should restart the device See Section 25 4 o
227. cates Certificates offer the following benefits P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates 15 1 3 e The ZyXEL Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust no matter how many devices you need to authenticate e Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys Self signed Certificates You can have the ZyXEL Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates Verifying a Certificate Before you import a trusted CA or trusted remote host certificate into the ZyXEL Device you should verify that you have the actual certificate This is especially true of trusted CA certificates since the ZyXEL Device also trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported trusted CA certificates You can use a certificate s fingerprint to verify it A certificate s fingerprint is a message digest calculated using the MD5 or SHAI algorithms The following procedure describes how to check a certificate s fingerprint to verify that you have the actual certificate Browse to where you have the certificate saved on your computer Make sure that the certificate has a cer or crt file name extension Figure 173 Certificates on Your Computer a kd EJLondon Office cer 7 1 Lj La office crt Certificates P 2612HW Series User s Guide
228. cates of trusted CAs to the ZyXEL Device You can also export the certificates to a computer e Use the Trusted Remote Hosts screens see Section 15 8 on page 311 to import self signed certificates from trusted remote hosts e Use the Directory Servers screen see Section 15 11 on page 316 to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates What You Need to Know About Certificates Certification Authorities A Certification Authority CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification authorities You can use the ZyXEL Device to generate certification requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification requests to a certification authority P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Public and Private Keys When using public key cryptology for authentication each host has two keys One key is public and can be made openly available the other key is private and must be kept secure Public key encryption in general works as follows Tim wants to send a private message to J enny Tim generates a public private key pair What is encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available Tim uses his private key to enc
229. cation server sends a challenge to the wireless client The wireless client proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs However MD5 authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MD5 authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management over
230. ce to create a certificate using your P 2612HW F1 s MAC address that will be specific to this device Replace Factory Default Certificate My Certificate Setting Type subject issuer valid From valid To Modify CN P 2612HW CN P 2612HW Fi Factory Fi Factory mere Saeed E ii Default Default GMT GMT Certificate Certificate 1 auto_generated_self_signed_cert SELF The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 95 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage Space in Use space that is currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Replace This button displays when the ZyXEL Device has the factory default certificate The factory default certificate is common to all devices of this model ZyXEL recommends that you use this button to replace the factory default certificate with one that uses your ZyXEL Device s MAC address This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is REQ represents a
231. cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustained Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 MTU The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU defines the size of the largest packet allowed on an interface or connection Enter the MTU in this field For ENET ENCAP the MTU value is 1500 For PPPoE the MTU value is 1492 For PPPoA and RFC 1483 the MTU is 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 4 The WAN Backup Setup Screen Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s WAN backup Click Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup Setup This screen is not available if you set the WAN type to Ethernet in the Internet Access Setup screen Figure 79 Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type DSL Link gt Check WAN IP Address 1 foooo Check WAN IP Address 2 booo Check WAN IP Address 3 ooo F
232. certificate s name and set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check a P 2612HW Series User s Guide 307 Chapter 15 Certificates certification authority s list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Figure 181 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CA gt Details Certificate Name Property Certificate Path Certificate Informations Type Yersion Serial Number Subject Issuer Signature Algorithm alid From alid To Key Algorithm MDS5 Fingerprint SHA1 Fingerprint MARUI Fe AO A Ae TITRA Certificates Trusted CAs Details Vv Issues certificate revocation lists CRL Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format ALUEBHNCVVMx IDAeBgNVBAOTF1JTOSBEYXZRhIFN1 1Y3VyaXRS5LCEJbrmMuMS4wLAYD VOQLEYVTZWUN1cmUgU2VydmVyIENlcenRpZmljYXRph24gQXxV0aG9yaXR5MB4XDTKO MNTEWOTAwMD AWMF oXDTEWMDEwNzIzNTk10VowXzELMAkGA1UEBhMNCVVMx IDAeBGNV BAoTF1IJTOSBEYXRHIFNLY3VyaXRSLCBJbmMuMNS4wLAaAYDVOOLE yVTZUNicmUgu2Vy anVyIEN lenRpZm1jYXRpb2 4gOxV0aG9 yaXRSMIGHMANGCS AGS Ib3 DOEBAQUAASGI ADCBhQJ AaJLOesGugzSaqomDV6wlAXYMra6OLD O06zV4ZFOD5YRAUcm jwjiioll OhaGN1xXpsSECrXZogZoFokvdJSyVmIlZsidseP94F ZbYOHZXATCXY m3 AN41CIVphi uR2nKRoTLkoRWZweFaVIVCx zOmmCs Zc5nG1wZ0513S3WyBS7AgGMBAAEWDOYIKoZI hvcNAGECBOADEgB13X7hsuyw4 jrg7HF GmhkRuNPHoOLODOCYCPomc4RKzOVr2N6u3 ae ea TTT SE min Ta ne Ot IRD TTA RTOS RO ATI PE PTTL AM zl VeriSign cer off Self
233. certification request and is not yet a valid certificate Send a certification request to a certification authority which then issues a certificate Use the My Certificate I mport screen to import the certificate and replace the request SELF represents a self signed certificate SELF represents the default self signed certificate which the ZyXEL Device uses to sign imported trusted remote host certificates CERT represents a certificate issued by a certification authority P 2612HW Series User s Guide 295 Chapter 15 Certificates Table 95 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field dis
234. ces and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following e Dynamic port mapping e Learning public IP addresses e Assigning lease times to mappings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 370 Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 21 2 The UPnP Screen Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next S
235. cification UNI 3 1 Version TR 069 TR 069 DSL Forum Standard for CPE Wan Management 1 363 5 Compliant AAL5 SAR Segmentation And Re assembly Power Adaptor Specifications Table 169 Power Adaptor Specifications NORTH AMERICAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model MT18 Y180100 A1 Input Power 120V 60Hz 0 5A P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 169 Power Adaptor Specifications continued EUROPEAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model MV18 Y180100 C5 Input Power 230V 50Hz 0 5A UNITED KINGDOM PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model MV18 Y180100 B2 Input Power 230V 50Hz 0 5A Wall mounting Instructions Do the following to hang your ZyXEL Device on a wall Note See Table 164 on page 445 for the size of screws to use and how far apart to place them Locate a high position on a wall that is free of obstructions Use a sturdy wall Drill two holes for the screws Make sure the distance between the centers of the 2 holes matches what is listed in the product specifications appendix Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when drilling holes for the screws 3 Do not screw the screws all the way into the wall Leave a small gap of about 0 5 cm between the heads of the screws and the wall 4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall They need to hold the weight of the ZyXEL Device with the con
236. cimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 9 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See Section 8 9 2 3 on page 158 for information about this Table 43 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER Weakest No Security Static WEP t WPA PSK WPA Stronges WPA2 PSK WPA2 t For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you have a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network Note It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption The other types of encryption are better than
237. ck The ZyXEL Device rejects calls from the Incoming Call Number Accept The ZyXEL Device allows calls from the Incoming Call Number You might create a rule with this condition if you do not want incoming calls from someone to be forwarded by rules in the Forward to Number section Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 12 SIP Prefix Screen The SIP prefix screen allows you to set up numbers you dial on your phone to specify which SIP account you want to use for a call If you dial only the phone number no prefix number the ZyXEL Device uses default SIP settings to make the call Click Vol P gt Phone Book gt SIP Prefix The following screen displays SIP Selection by Prefix zo z SIP Prefix Phone Book 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Figure 129 Phone Book gt SIP Prefix SIP Prefix 5P z Clear Eee ftnvoip1 nsc no Add A GY CY YY GY OY YY E Eb E E E E E Eb E E Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 63 Phone Book gt SIP Prefix LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Selection by Prefix Select the index number of the rule you want to edit Prefix Enter the prefix number 1 8 digits This is the number you dial before yo
238. cks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail Enable SMTP Authentication SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail e Daily e Weekly e Hourly e When Log is Full e None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the Sending Log logs Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals Sending Log 11 00 pm to send the logs Clear log after Select this to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of sending mail the lo
239. compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 e 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space IP Add
240. computer configuration to your device since FTP is faster Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically restart after the file transfer is complete Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device When the Restore Configuration process is complete the device automatically restarts Restore Using FTP Session Example Figure 240 Restore Using FTP Session Example ftp gt put config rom rom 0 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR rom 0 226 File received OK 221 Goodbye for writing flash ftp 16384 bytes sent in 0 06Seconds 273 07Kbytes sec ftp gt quit Refer to Section 25 1 2 on page 413 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads These examples show you how to upload firmware and configuration files Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client The following sections give examples of how to upload the firmware and the configuration files FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer 2 Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your device 3 Press ENTER when prompt
241. connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 6 5 6 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 6 5 7 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL Device s routes to the Internet For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 then the normal route acts as the primary default route If th
242. crecy PFS NONE z Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 83 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION VPN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol Enter 1 for ICMP 6 for TCP 17 for UDP and so on 0 is the default and signifies any protocol Enable Replay Detection As a VPN setup is processing intensive the system is vulnerable to Denial of Service DoS attacks The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks Select YES from the drop down menu to enable replay detection or select NO to disable it Local Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Local Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 83 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Ent
243. crypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IPSec SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Key Group You must choose a key group for phase 1 IKE setup DH1 default refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers P 2612HW Series User s Guide to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number Chapter 14 VPN 270 Table 83 Security gt VPN gt Set
244. ct to the same server to play online games at the same time but the server does not allow more than one login from the same IP address you can configure a many to many rule instead of a many to one rule In this example you have four static IP addresses 1 2 3 4 to 1 2 3 7 from your ISP After you set up your WAN connection see Section 4 3 2 on page 67 use the NAT gt Address Mapping screen to map the third and forth public IP addresses to the mail server 192 168 1 12 and web server 192 168 1 13 respectively The first and second public IP addresses are mapped to other outgoing LAN traffic See Section 4 3 3 on page 70 for more information about IP address mapping P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial When you finish configuration the screen looks as shown Figure 64 Tutorial Example NAT Address Mapping Done Game Playing Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules Local startip Localendip Global Startip Global End IP Modify 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 13 d 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 254 Note To allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device you must also create a firewall rule Refer to Section 4 3 5 on page 75 for more information 4 5 How to Make a VoIP Call You can register a SIP account with the SIP server and make voice calls over the Internet to another VoIP device 4 5 1 VoIP Calls With a Registered SIP Account To use a registered SIP
245. ctions in this chapter to change the device s configuration file or upgrade its firmware After you configure your device you can backup the configuration file to a computer That way if you later misconfigure the device you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the device to the original default settings The firmware determines the device s available features and functionality You can download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site or www zyxel com to use to upgrade your device s performance Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device 25 1 1 What You Can Do in the Tool Screens e Use the Firmware Upgrade screen Section 25 2 on page 420 to upload firmware to your device e Use the Configuration screen Section 25 3 on page 423 to backup and restore device configurations You can also reset your device settings back to the factory default e Use the Restart screen Section 25 4 on page 426 to restart your ZyXEL device 25 1 2 What You Need To Know About Tools Filename Conventions The configuration file often called the romfile or rom 0 contains the factory default settings in the menus such as password DHCP Setup and TCP IP Setup It P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools arrives from ZyXEL w
246. curity gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage Space in Use This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is currently in use The bar turns from blue to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an
247. custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail Information This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Table 74 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Edit continued Administrator When Matched LABEL DESCRIPTION Send Alert Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when Message to the rule is matched Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 12 3 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the ANA Internet Assigned Number Authority website See Appendix E on page 531 for some examples Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Figure
248. d Table 135 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out Default timeout values ICMP idle timeout s 60UDP idle timeout s 60TCP connection three way handshaking timeout s 30TCP FIN wait timeout s 60TCP idle established timeout s 3600 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 135 TCP Reset Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When
249. d RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 I GMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it P 2612HW Series User s Guide 125 Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 26 Network gt LAN gt IP gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Any IP Setup Enable Any IP to allow a computer to access the Internet without changing its network settings such as IP address and subnet mask even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet When you disable Any IP only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL Device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets Networking that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For NetBIOS over some dial up services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause TCP IP unwanted calls However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN Allow between Select this to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and LAN and WAN from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with t
250. d again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide 387 Chapter 22 System 22 3 The Time Setting Screen To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 233 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting Current Time Current Date ouu Tie Setting Current Time and Date 00 52 08 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup Manual New Time hh mm ss New Date yyyy mm dd Get from Time Server Time Protocol Time Server Address Time Zone Setup fo 50 58 fzooo sft ft Time Zone I Daylight Savings Start Date End Date GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London 7 z z of z 2000 01 02 at o clock z z of Januar z 2000 01 02 at o clock Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 128 Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device
251. d per DMT tone is 15 There will be some tones without any bits as there has to be space between the upstream and downstream channels Reset ADSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this button to display information and statistics about your ZyXEL Device s ATM statistics DSL connection statistics DHCP settings firmware version WAN and gateway IP address VPI VCI and LAN IP address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Troubleshooting 27 1 Overview This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories e Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e ZyXEL Device Access and Login e Internet Access e Phone Calls and VolP 27 2 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on 2 Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor
252. ddress Address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 3 2 Port Forwarding Rule Edit Use this screen to add or edit a port forwarding rule Select User define in the Service Name field of the Port Forwarding screen or click an existing rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 113 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit Rule Setup M Active Service Name Www Ww Start Port eo End Port so Server IP Address 10 10 1 2 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 46 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field E
253. ddress the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 51 on page 183 e Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device e Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Finding Out More See Section 9 5 on page 179 for advanced technical information on NAT 9 2 NAT General Setup Note You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device 1 70 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen Figure 110 Network gt NAT gt General NAT Setup k M Active Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only C Ful
254. ded for busy networks Threshold while a larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy 8 9 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 8 9 2 1 SSID Normally the ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the ZyXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 57 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 8 9 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see the device s User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device is allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct informatio
255. descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores _ are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 22 System Table 127 Maintenance gt System gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Administrator Type how many minutes a management session either via the web Inactivity configurator or telnet can be left idle before the session times out The Timer default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password Old Password Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the system in this field New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new passwor
256. e Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Local ID Type Select IP to identify this ZyXEL Device by its IP address Select DNS to identify this ZyXEL Device by a domain name Select E mail to identify this ZyXEL Device by an e mail address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 82 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DE
257. e code numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority web site e Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like e Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number e Port s This value depends on the Protocol Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers e If the Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number e If the Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol number e Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 185 Commonly Used Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication IPSEC_TUNNEL Header tunneling protocol uses this service AI M New I CQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service It is also used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 DHOP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software UDP 24032 DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches we
258. e P N E hs A PEE E ea E E ds Mer peed E E A E baad Rady 57 PAIVORGCOG csstesnessaiasinsiaisinss sesaasdssnsdahansannassassnsnrensaiasnesdasdaananeasaidsaashesaanaanaieaaserasnaseanaiasdasieanaanaan 87 EI EEE e A A N ania eee Eanes aaa E 89 WAN U aaae EE O 99 LAN GEW onaniaa O rr cere cr Terre rere error ee rere 121 MNES LI csi ccs cruised as E E A tien E A T A data cesta neneud dees 137 Network Address Translation NAT sccsccciscassueicicrnanetcinnntweeaenninenneduntetanannunee inner aaa 169 Ea E LIE E EEIT AA A EATA OA AA E E A A E E ATA 185 E U E a oic ccs pase oc back Ganado eee an eae ondee eaten eeedmeeeo 221 PUG Walll serscssssiniaceesus R 229 Coment EIEIO soii A 251 UPD nanpa n T TR 257 E TE EELE A EEE anche NI PANE IIA EN A A A E E E 291 o ad 08 112 a E A teen E ny A E E cer E AA TA re mn N 321 SALE a E E E tec nee E E E A E E ce 325 Qualy of Service Q05 arasia haa AANEEN EAER 337 Byname DNS SS Dea N R 353 Remote Management Connor atiol oiciscisscedsncedcsaineececdecmnseidisvondaddoceereatecssaenaicadanerdeaeqebaeeiels 357 Universa Puger Piy UP NPY sna E ymasaaeen lradtaemnntinss 369 Maintenance Troubleshooting and Specifications nssssnnnnsnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnn nna 383 E E 1 E T A E A E T NO E E E E A E R E Ren AA 385 LOS anaa oucsaiaciaze onalvadsncpe aancda wedehewanetuae danntnecidceatnacneace oagudeme te eee eta 391 fell PIRI carci REN A A A AE AIOE ai eee oad 407 piee cle ews wa ess 95 a ang ele dala E a Dene
259. e available NAT sessions Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide 171 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 3 Port Forwarding Note This screen is available only when you select SUA only in the NAT gt General screen Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports The most often used port numbers and services are shown in Appendix E on page 531 Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Note Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP Default Server I
260. e normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL Device tries the traffic redirect route next P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 5 8 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR
261. e DNS server if that information was provided Click Advanced 9 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 10 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window Verifying Settings 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also go to Start gt Control Panel gt Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab to view your IP address and connection information Mac OS X 10 3 and 10 4 The screens in this section are from Mac OS X 10 4 but can also apply to 10 3 1 Click Apple gt System Preferences Figure 277 Mac OS X 10 4 Apple Menu a Finder File Edit Vie About This Mac Software Update Mac OS X Software System Preferences Dock Location Recent Items Force Quit Sleep Restart Shut Down P 2612HW Series User s Guide 467 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Inthe System Preferences window click the Network icon Figure 278 Mac OS X 10 4 System Preferences ea System Preferences 4 gt Show All fal j Personal TEMA Q Appearance Dashboard amp Desktop amp Dock International Security Spotlight Expos Screen Saver Hardware amp 2 a Q gt w y D A Blueto
262. e Shortcut elete Rename Properties P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created Figure 224 Internet Connection Properties Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using J Intenet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected P 2612HW Series User s Guide 377 Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 378 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings Figure 225 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advanced Settings Services Select the savice uninig an pour relha that inlemek uel car aas Sermices M mema 123168 1 658618 1ER0 TEF Bal memnege 192 1681 669659 27111 UDF mariage 1921681 91 7261 20037 UDF EA meme 192 1610 700 307 TCP Service Settings Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP UDP Internal Port number for this service f 4d Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from
263. e ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 25 5 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients Table 161 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients COMMAN D DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Fetch Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and Fetch to back up the file on your computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote File This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is ras and for the configuration file is rom 0 Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file Refer to Section on page 414 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 25 6 Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration This section shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup c
264. e example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field Figure 136 Firewall Example Rules Loo ae Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 oo 100 Packet Direction wan to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number pz Add Destination Jactive source 1p Destination service action schedule og Modify order Apply Cancel 3 In the Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 In the Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 137 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type TCP x Port Configuration Type Single Port Range Port Number From 123 To fizz Back Apply Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address List box and then click Delete P 2612HW Series User s Guide 231 Chapter 12 Firewall 8 Configure the des
265. e format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 7 5 6 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must j
266. e information about the Status screen 2 2 4 Status Bar Check the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated P 2612HW Series User s Guide Wizards 3 1 Overview Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access wireless and making calls over the Internet with the information given to you by your ISP Note See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 Click the wizard icon lt in the top right corner of the web configurator to go to the wizards The Internet access wizard is not available when you set the DSL WAN switch to the WAN side and the WAN mode is Ethernet WAN in the WAN screen 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Figure 6 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP YOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP 3 Your ZyXEL device attempts to detect your DSL connection and your connection type P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3a The following screen appears if a connection is not detected Check your hardware connections and click Restart the INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP Wizard to return to the wizard welcome screen If you still cannot connect click Manually configure your Internet connection Follow the directions in the wizard and enter your Internet setup info
267. e more than one call on hold at the same time but you must give each call a different number Call Return With call return you can place a call to the last number that called you either answered or missed The last incoming call can be through either SIP or PSTN Country Code Phone standards and settings differ from one country to another so the settings on your ZyXEL Device must be configured to match those of the country you are in The country code feature allows you to do this by selecting the country from a list rather than changing each setting manually Configure the country code feature when you move the ZyXEL Device from one country to another Do not Disturb DnD This feature allows you to set your phone not to ring when someone calls you You can set each phone independently using its keypad or configure global settings for all phones using the command line interpreter Auto Dial You can set the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial a specified number immediately whenever you lift a phone off the hook Use the Web Configurator to set the specified number Use the command line interpreter to have the ZyXEL Device wait a specified length of time before dialing the number Phone config The phone config table allows you to customize the phone keypad combinations you use to access certain features on the ZyXEL Device such as call waiting call return and call forward The phone config table is configu
268. e sure the POWER LED is on not blinking before using the WLAN button e Press the WLAN button for one second and release it The WLAN LED should change from on to off or vice versa e Press the WLAN button for five seconds to turn on WPS See Section 8 9 5 1 on page 161 for more on using WPS to configure your wireless clients P 2612HW Series User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 e JavaScripts enabled by default e Java permissions enabled by default See Appendix B on page 485 if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer Note This document uses the screenshots of P 2612HW F1 for examples 2 1 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Launch your web browser 3 Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL P 2612HW Series User s Guide 31 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 4 A password screen displays T
269. each wireless client s password and allows it to join the network only if the password matches 3 The AP and wireless clients generate a common PMK Pairwise Master Key The key itself is not sent over the network but is derived from the PSK and the SSID P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process the PMK and information exchanged in a handshake to create temporal encryption keys They use these keys to encrypt data exchanged between them Figure 324 WPA 2 PSK Authentication e Ss a an SS i N vr 2 wo Nete Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each authentication method or key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 184 Wireless Security Relational Matrix AUTHENTICATION METHOD KEY ENCRYPTIO ENTER IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT N METHOD MANUAL KEY PROTOCOL Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable P 2612HW Series User s Guide A
270. ecides where to forward the frame and then strips off the VLAN tag To forward a frame from an 802 1Q VLAN unaware device to an 802 1Q VLAN aware switch the ZyXEL Device first decides where to forward the frame and then inserts a VLAN tag reflecting the ingress port s default VID The default PVID is VLAN 1 for all ports but this can be changed Whether to tag an outgoing frame depends on the setting of the egress port ona per VLAN per port basis recall that a port can belong to multiple VLANs If the tagging on the egress port is enabled for the VID of a frame then the frame is transmitted as a tagged frame otherwise it is transmitted as an untagged frame P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P 17 1 3 802 1Q 1P Example This example shows how to configure the 802 1Q 1P settings on the ZyXEL Device Figure 191 802 1Q 1P Example ZyXEL Devi i J z y evice 1 eas VoIP Network Internet PPPoE Internet PPPoE E amp LAN1 and LAN2 are connected to ATAs Analog Telephone Adapters and used for VolP traffic You want to set a high priority for this type of traffic so you will group these ports into one VLAN VLAN2 and then set them to use a PVC PVC1 witha high priority service level You would start with the following steps 1 Click Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit to display the following screen
271. ecifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the Remove icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route Apply Click this to apply your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to return to the previously saved configuration P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Static Route 16 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route Figure 189 Advanced gt Static Route gt Edit Static Route Setup I active Route Name Ll Destination IP Address foooo IP Subnet Mask foooo0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 108 Advanced gt Static Route gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP This parameter specifie
272. ect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA only is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select SUA Only if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT Click Edit to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set Otherwise select None to disable NAT Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the More Connections Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 3 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the More Connections Edit screen The screen appears as shown Figure 78 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast ATM Qos ATM QoS Type Peak Cell Rate Sustain Cell Rate Maximum Burst Size MTU MTU None v None v UBR v 0 cell sec 0 cell sec 0 ce
273. ected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring Similarly when a call comes in from your P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 27 Troubleshooting SIP account 2 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring In either case you are not sure which SIP account the call is coming from Figure 261 Incoming Calls Default PHONE 1 PHONE 2 SIP 2 In the next example phone port 1 is configured to use SIP account 1 and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 for incoming calls In this case every time you receive a call from your SIP account 1 the phone connected to phone port 1 rings Similarly every time you receive a call from your SIP account 2 phone port 2 rings To apply these configuration changes you need to configure the Analog Phone screen See Section 10 5 on page 194 Figure 262 Incoming Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 PHONE 2 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Product Specifications The following tables summarize the ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features Hardware Specifications Table 164 Hardware Specifications Dimensions 218 W x 144 D x 40 H mm Weight 460 g Power Specification 18V 1A DC Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports DSL Port P 2612HW F1 1 RJ45 DSL Port P 2612HW F3 1 RJ11 DSL Port WAN Port 1 RJ 45 WAN Port PHONE Ports 2 RJ 11 FXS POTS ports
274. ed network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key Update Timer The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPAWPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA 2 PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen In order to configure and enable WPA authentication click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the AP screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security Mode list Figure 95 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 AP Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID I Hide SSID Auto Scan Channel Channel Selection Security Security Mode T wea Compatible ReAuthentication Timer Idle Timeout Group Key Update Timer Authentication Server IP Address Port Number Shared Secret Accounting Server optional IP Address Port Number Shared Secret Apply privat4837jet hannel 01 2412MHz apa2 7 1800 In Seconds 3600 In Seconds fisoo In Seconds 0 0 0 0 1812 m 0 0 0 0 i813 m Canc
275. ed as hanging up by the ZyXEL Device You can invoke all the supplementary services by using the flash key Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the Europe Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 67 European Flash Key Commands SUB COMMAND COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call Switch back to the call if there is no second call Flash 0 Drop the call presently on hold or reject an incoming call which is waiting for answer Flash 1 Disconnect the current phone connection and answer the incoming call or resume with caller presently on hold Flash 2 1 Switch back and forth between two calls 2 Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call 3 Separate the current three way conference call into two individual calls one is on line the other is on hold P 2612HW Series User s Guide 217 Chapter 10 Voice Table 67 European Flash Key Commands SUB COMMAND COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash 3 Create three way conference connection Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone European Call Hold
276. ed for a username 4 Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 5 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary 6 Use put to transfer files from the computer to the device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the device and renames it rom 0 Likewise get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload Figure 241 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp gt put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 1103936 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools More commands found in GUI based FTP clients are listed in this chapter Refer to Section 25 1 2 on page 413 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN TFTP File Upload The device also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP Trivial File Tran
277. ed for an SA Algorithm Both AH and ESP increase ZyXEL Device processing requirements and communications latency delay Secure This is the static WAN IP address or URL of the remote IPSec router This Gateway IP field displays 0 0 0 0 when you configure the Secure Gateway Address field in the VPN I KE screen to 0 0 0 0 Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the VPN configuration Click the Remove icon to remove an existing VPN configuration Apply Click this to save your changes and apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this return your settings to their last saved values P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 3 The VPN Edit Screen Click an Edit icon in the VPN Setup screen to edit VPN policies My IP Address Peer ID Type Content Security Protocol VPN Protocol Pre Shared Key C Certificate Encryption Algorithm Figure 161 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit IPSec Setup I Active I Keep Alive I NAT Traversal Name IPSec Key Mode IKE v Negotiation Mode Main x Encapsulation Mode Tunnel 7 DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Single 7 IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End Subnet Mask fo 0 0 0 Remote Remote Address Type Single 7 IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Information Local ID Type IP i Content Secure Gateway Address ed_selt_signed_cert
278. ed settings 21 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP P 2612HW Series User s Guide 371 Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 372 Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs Click the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Figure 218 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Add Remove Programs Properties 21x Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add or remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components Ga Address Book Communications C RY Desktop Themes 0 0 MB V fa Games 10 1 MB a 3 Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB x Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 3 Inthe Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Co
279. ee Section 21 1 on page 369 for more information Figure 217 Advanced gt UPnP gt General UPnP Setup q Note UPnP Device Name ZyXEL P 2602HW F3 Internet Sharing Gateway I Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature M allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 126 Advanced gt UPnP gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously sav
280. eececeeneceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesanaaeeeees 138 oa Bone YOUN OI nassdcabieceaicc a oa iete congener tenet eae dueatecce cap iedasantasendacseguecasts 140 P 2612HW Series User s Guide 13 Table of Contents See SORE aE ORIE ele Moe EA ate ate aR 140 BO enS MAIN E E A aun Seb ina itnSishy hae dss Cana Nath E T baa dor AT ET 142 Bcc WEP ERCP OUI x escceztivis cntcasiis aa a a 143 real aad piesa wor ann parece Meranda bnd pases aires malay ene a RRR 144 8 2 4 WPA Authenmicaton SOOM ciiesesccnadiactescccneses sanvadanerpacsandocetonsvadaeneienategnnmmancede seins 146 8 25 Wireless LAN Advanced SOU ccectiicccinnseanddiccataieicsaaaeds donsdeaneistedaneictdabeiedentemensaiy 148 O aI E E E EE S A E TEREE A E E OAA EN AO E anes 149 Gol NOGA E siuo etneney Peer pre er sper rr rer reer ern yer err re raterere treet rrr tree 150 oR Gal gamrerer eee erry cerrrent ee rrr ere roar eer entre TTT Tree se rere tere reer err metre ttre 151 Be VP ita cuxcosuan ah arin iiatiet oath a a mannan caus 152 BAS VTS AUN ci assctaiccenceee sticengeencicinndonenacstnncestictaseenad Scabaepe bacnabaee dale hiamoped eabbede hesesanenalerarieiaee 153 Bef OEE nasicmmicknuaii tam Bb AEE bese saRtE Od 154 BS SCMORM IE Saee iirinn de iiacauteteieceinesseuluocsdemtudedibaavlegangeunaeieees 156 8 9 Wireless LAN Technical Referenee sc cicesctsctessteren cc snscetasccebmiieeencumiadacnsetuasnneaeeiinenenssieineans 157 8 9 1 Additional Wireless TERNS sisiss cccccucis
281. eeeeeeeeeseeeeeneees 251 ToLo Boe VOU BIOI rasna spoxxSutunsmns casas mrassye Laoacbaiea waisgys woacaasys asondSenienas 251 TS Coment Filening Ee AVA AN i cbc ues Sedan tnd aiaa arawuns dain ASAAN N 252 13a The REWON SIGE ccccascesssacrderetcchertuity S O a EE 254 Tes The Senedi SCEE prrgetecatnotaeisar tells aS E T 255 Tas Tie TSI SC maina aE E aerate es 256 Chapter 14 WEP R E A S NEE tease sexcueevetarzetabsmses dui idatseecnsouday A 257 A Ce e 257 14 1 1 What You Gan Do in the VPN Screens ou io ssc eedinos sco ietiseesssuicetiassouinelaees 257 14 1 2 What You Need to Know About IPSec VPN serisinin 258 EL Boe VOU GSCI crcsssserinariasaedsnsensstdnoradetes mus ianind mttaay i mexadya ek manage nariaays knadeniiae 259 TOVN eUD o EON aeai ee ter te tren fer rer ree reer rrr tr tere ererr ener racer rere rrr reer 260 TES TDO VPN EJK GOCO ianei emer cert preter renee rretetererr freer ees henters preter ree 262 14 4 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings ccccccccsessceseseeeceeeceeesaeeeeeeaeeeaeeseeaaaesnanesteaaeeeseaees 268 TAS Mantal Kay SENIO dirian ia onaddorramnanatenens 271 14 5 1 Security Parameter Index SPM cistssscceissssvena idi 271 TAS COU TAA E E E E A AT EET E 272 14 7 Viewing SA MONRO rorisimircdoniri snenie a a E 275 14 3 Comguring YPN Global Seng siini seared N 277 14 9 P Seg YPN Technical Fate ee oi odek nonssctascnccrancoeespsiadeaetinsedueeusceavagetenceteieeneessadeaeneness 277 TA PSG ACNE iois aa aa 278 ERA aea e T EEE E
282. el Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 33 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA and WPA2 simultaneously P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 33 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 Update Timer LABEL DESCRIPTION ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and Timer in passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between seconds 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying pr
283. ementary services by using the flash key 11 7 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the Europe Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below P 2612HW Series User s Guide 223 Chapter 11 Phone Usage 11 7 2 1 After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 69 European Flash Key Commands SUB COMMAND COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call Switch back to the call if there is no second call Flash 0 Drop the call presently on hold or reject an incoming call which is waiting for answer Flash 1 Disconnect the current phone connection and answer the incoming call or resume with caller presently on hold Flash 2 1 Switch back and forth between two calls 2 Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call 3 Separate the current three way conference call into two individual calls one is on line the other is on hold Flash 3 Create three way conference connection Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone European Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key and then
284. en the hash value and the data and assumes that the data has been maliciously altered NAT is not normally compatible with ESP in transport mode either but the ZyXEL Device s NAT Traversal feature provides a way to handle this NAT traversal P 2612HW Series User s Guide 279 Chapter 14 VPN allows you to set up an IKE SA when there are NAT routers between the two IPSec routers Figure 167 NAT Router Between IPSec Routers B Normally you cannot set up an IKE SA with a NAT router between the two IPSec routers because the NAT router changes the header of the IPSec packet NAT traversal solves the problem by adding a UDP port 500 header to the IPSec packet The NAT router forwards the IPSec packet with the UDP port 500 header unchanged In Figure 167 on page 280 when IPSec router A tries to establish an IKE SA IPSec router B checks the UDP port 500 header and IPSec routers A and B build the IKE SA For NAT traversal to work you must e Use ESP security protocol in either transport or tunnel mode e Use IKE keying mode e Enable NAT traversal on both IPSec endpoints e Set the NAT router to forward UDP port 500 to IPSec router A Finally NAT is compatible with ESP in tunnel mode because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device The compatibility of AH and ESP with NAT in tunnel and transport modes is summarized i
285. endix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties by clicking Applications gt Utilities gt Network Utilities and then selecting the appropriate Network interface from the Info tab Figure 287 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Utility OOO Network utility o Netstat AppleTalk Ping Lookup Traceroute Whois Finger PortScan Please aterface for information Network Interface en1 Sn ee ae L Transfer Statistics Hardware Address 00 30 65 25 6a b3 Sent Packets 1230 IP Address es 10 0 2 2 Send Errors 0 Link Speed 11 Mbit s Recv Packets 1197 Link Status Active Recv Errors 0 Vendor Apple Collisions 0 Model Wireless Network Adapter 802 11 Linux Ubuntu 8 GNOME This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in the GNU Object Model Environment GNOME using the Ubuntu 8 Linux distribution The procedure screens and file locations may vary depending on your specific distribution release version and individual configuration The following screens use the default Ubuntu 8 installation Note Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address in GNOME 474 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 1 Click System gt Administration gt Network 9 aE m E Hardware Drivers elp and Support De Hardware Testing About
286. enerally recommended Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box DNS Server for IPSec VPN If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the ZyXEL Device that can use the VPN tunnel The local IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a ne
287. ent Packets 20607 IP Address es 118 169 44 203 Send Errors 0 Link Speed 100 Mb Recv Packets 22626 Link Status Active Recv Errors 0 Vendor Marvell Collisions 0 Model Yukon Gigabit Adapter 88E8053 470 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Mac OS X 10 5 The screens in this section are from Mac OS X 10 5 1 Click Apple gt System Preferences Figure 283 Mac OS X 10 5 Apple Menu Finder File Edit Vie About This Mac Software Update Mac OS X Software SS System Preferences y R Recent Items gt Force Quit VES Sleep Restart Shut Down 2 In System Preferences click the Network icon Figure 284 Mac OS X 10 5 Systems Preferences e020 System Preferences Personal Appearance Desktop amp Expos amp International ok Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Hardware O P A ee gt o D CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Print amp Fax Sound Saver Mouse Internet amp N e e ej a a QuickTime Sharing System Q A u O Accounts Date amp Time Parental Software Speech Startup Disk Time Machine Universal Controls Update Access P 2612HW Series User s Guide 471 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 3 When the Network preferences pane opens select Ethernet from the list of available connection types Figure 285 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Preferences gt Ethernet 000 Network
288. ent you press the button on the other device when any WPS enabled device could join the network This is because the registrar has no way of identifying the correct enrollee and cannot differentiate between your enrollee and a rogue device This is a possible way for a hacker to gain access to a network You can easily check to see if this has happened WPS works between only two devices simultaneously so if another device has enrolled your device will be unable to enroll and will not have access to the network If this happens open the access point s configuration interface and look at the list of associated clients usually displayed by MAC address It does not matter if the access point is the WPS registrar the enrollee or was not involved in the WPS handshake a rogue device must still associate with the access point to gain access to the network Check the MAC addresses of your wireless clients usually printed on a label on the bottom of the device If there is an unknown MAC address you can remove it or reset the AP P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 67 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT 9 1 Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 9 1 1 Wh
289. entification Number of the ZyXEL Device Enter this PIN in the configuration utility of the device you want to connect to using WPS The PIN is not necessary when you use WPS push button method P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 38 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS LABEL DESCRIPTION Generate Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device create a new PIN WPS Status This displays Configured when the ZyXEL Device has connected to a wireless network using WPS or Enable WPS is selected and wireless or wireless security settings have been changed The current wireless and wireless security settings also appear in the screen This displays Unconfigured if WPS is disabled and there is no wireless or wireless security changes on the ZyXEL Device or you click Release_ Configuration to remove the configured wireless and wireless security settings Release _Co This button is available when the WPS status is Configured nfiguration Click this button to remove all configured wireless and wireless security settings for WPS connections on the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click Refresh to reload the previous configuration for this screen 8 6 WPS Station Use this screen to set up a WPS wireless network using either Push Button Configuration PBC or PIN Configuration Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station The fol
290. er 192 168 1 39 as the server IP address Click Add to add the rule to the table 5 Click Apply to go back to the Edit Address Mapping Rule screen Click Apply again Figure 53 Tutorial Example NAT Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Server Mapping Set 2 Service Namel FTP z Server IP Address 192 168 1 39 Add Fs active service Name startrort EndPort servoriP Address Nod Apply Cancel 4 3 5 Allow WAN to LAN Traffic through the Firewall By default the ZyXEL Device blocks any traffic initiated from the WAN to the LAN To have the ZyXEL Device forward traffic initiated from the WAN to a local computer or server on the LAN you need to configure a firewall rule to allow it In this example you create the firewall rules to allow traffic from the WAN to the following servers on the LAN e Web server P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial e Mail server e FTP server Figure 54 Tutorial Example Allow WAN to LAN Traffic LAN FTP WAN 192 168 1 39 ee A m Internet 192 168 en y Mail 192 168 112 192 168 1 13 1 Click Security gt Firewall 2 Make sure the firewall is enabled and traffic from the WAN to the LAN is dropped Figure 55 Tutorial Example Firewall gt General General Rules Threshold General M Active Firewall l Bypass Triangle Route Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked a
291. er 14 VPN 14 1 3 If the remote secure gateway has a static WAN IP address enter it in the Secure Gateway Address field You may alternatively enter the remote secure gateway s domain name if it has one in the Secure Gateway Address field You can also enter a remote secure gateway s domain name in the Secure Gateway Address field if the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and is using DDNS The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel each time the remote secure gateway s WAN IP address changes there may be a delay until the DDNS servers are updated with the remote gateway s new WAN IP address Dynamic Secure Gateway Address If the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and does not use DDNS enter 0 0 0 0 as the secure gateway s address In this case only the remote secure gateway can initiate SAs This may be useful for telecommuters initiating a VPN tunnel to the company network see Section 14 9 12 on page 286 for configuration examples The Secure Gateway IP Address may be configured as 0 0 0 0 only when using IKE key management and not Manual key management Finding Out More See Section 14 9 on page 277 for advanced technical information on IPSec VPN Before You Begin If a VPN tunnel uses Telnet FTP WWW then you should configure remote management Remote MGMT to allow access for that service P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 2 VPN Setup Screen
292. er a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Remote Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 Phase 1 Negotiation Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs Mode connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a 0x zero x which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD_ MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or AES from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and de
293. er on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 128 entries in this table Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table P 2612HW Series User s Guide 127 Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 4 The LAN IP Alias Screen IP alias partitions a physical network
294. er s Guide Chapter 19 Dynamic DNS Setup Table 118 Advanced gt Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Wildcard Option Enable off line option This option is available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the Address WAN IP address Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between server auto the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS detect IP server automatically detect and use the IP address of the NAT router Address that has a public IP address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP IP Address address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Dynamic DNS Setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide 20 1 Remote Management Configuration Overview Remote management allows
295. ered previously Also refer to the Troubleshooting section of this User s Guide or contact your network administrator if necessary P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 3 Using NAT with Multiple Public IP Addresses This chapter shows you examples of how to set up your ZyXEL Device if you have more than one fixed static IP address from your ISP 4 3 1 Example Parameters and Scenario The following table shows the public IP addresses from your ISP and your ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address Public IP Addresses 1 2 3 4 to 1 2 3 7 ZyXEL Device s LAN IP 192 168 1 1 Address The following figure shows the network you want to set up in this example e Assign the first public address 1 2 3 4 to the ZyXEL Device s WAN port e Map the second and third public IP addresses 1 2 3 5 and 1 2 3 6 to the web and mail servers 192 168 1 12 and 192 168 1 13 respectively for traffic in both directions Map the first public address 1 2 3 4 to outgoing traffic from other local computers Map the first public address 1 2 3 4 to incoming traffic from the WAN Forward FTP traffic using port 21 from the WAN to a specific local computer 192 168 1 39 The last public IP address 1 2 3 7 is not mapped to any device and is reserved for future use Figure 40 Tutorial Example Using NAT with Static Public IP Addresses LAN FTP Mapping rules WAN 192 168 1 39 192 168 1 12 lt gt 1 2 3 5 1 1
296. eries User s Guide Chapter 13 Content Filtering Table 78 Security gt Content Filtering gt Keyword continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 13 3 The Schedule Screen Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 155 Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule Schedule I Block Everyday I Edit Daily to Block I Monday a 0 hi0 min 0 hio min Tuesday O fo h0 min 0 hr min Wednesday T 0 hdo min fo hio min Thursday E 0 h0 min 0 hO min Friday L 0 ho min 0 ho min Saturday 0 bro min 0 hr min Sunday a 0 hrf min 0 bro min Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 79 Security gt Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Block Everyday to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start TI me Enter the time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the time when you want the content
297. ers on the WAN can access which computers or services on the LAN Note You also need to configure NAT port forwarding or full featured NAT address mapping rules to allow computers on the WAN to access devices on the LAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall 12 5 2 e WAN to WAN Router By default the ZyXEL Device stops computers on the WAN from managing the ZyXEL Device or using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN You could configure one of these rules to allow a WAN computer to manage the ZyXEL Device Note You also need to configure the remote management settings to allow a WAN computer to manage the ZyXEL Device You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so For example you may create rules to e Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet e Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a web server e Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the source IP address destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the
298. erview Hostname DNS Routing A Hostname and Domain Name Hostname Domain Name linux h2oz J site _ Change Hostname via DHCP _ Write Hostname to etc hosts X Change etc resolv conf manually Name Servers and Domain Search List Name Server 1 Domain Search 10 0 2 3 Name Server 2 Name Server 3 _ Update DNS data via DHCP 9 Click Finish to save your settings and close the window P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Verifying Settings 484 Click the KNetwork Manager icon on the Task bar to check your TCP IP properties From the Options sub menu select Show Connection I nformation Figure 301 openSUSE 10 3 KNetwork Manager 7 Disable Wireless 3 Switch to Offline Mode T Show Connection Information Configure amp KNetworkManager a Wired Devices X Wired Network Dial Up Connections a Options When the Connection Status KNetwork Manager window opens click the Statistics tab to see if your connection is working properly Figure 302 openSUSE Connection Status KNetwork Manager Connection Status KNetworkManager a Device h Addresse T statistics Received Bytes 2317441 MBytes 2 2 Packets 3621 Errors 0 Dropped 0 KBytes s 0 0 Transmitted 841875 0 8 3140 0 0 0 0 P 2612HW Series User s Guide
299. es User s Guide 177 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 48 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end local IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start This is t
300. es User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 The Confirm Save window appears Check your settings and click Save to continue Figure 31 ZyXEL Utility Confirm Save gt Network Name SSID SSID_Example3 gt Network Type Infrastructure gt Network Mode 802 11b g gt Channel Auto gt Security WPA PSK Back Save Exit 5 The ZyXEL utility returns to the Link Info screen while it connects to the wireless network using your settings When the wireless link is established the ZyXEL utility icon in the system tray turns green and the Link Info screen displays details of the active connection Check the network information in the Link Info screen to verify that you have successfully connected to the selected network If the wireless client is not connected to a network the fields in this screen remain blank Figure 32 ZyXEL Utility Link Info Wireless Network Status Statistics gt Profile Name Transmit Rate 2 Kbps gt Network Name SSID SSID_Example3 Receive Rate 0 Kbps gt AP MAC Address 00 40 C5 CD 1F 64 Authentication None gt Network Type Infrastructure Network Mode 802 119 gt Transmission Rate 18 Mbps Total Transmit 46 gt Security WPA PSK Total Receive 3 gt Channel 6 Link Quality 68 dBm Trend Chart Signal Strength Seeeeeoc 6 Link Quality 909088000 0 0 6 Open your Internet browser and enter http www zyxel com or the URL of any other web site in the address bar If you
301. es and Subnetting The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID Figure 313 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 i i at i p I af I mmmh ff i I I I i I I I I I I I I I I i rt a a ap EB Eee eee eee How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is short for Sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 170 IP Address Network Number and Host ID Example 1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH OCTET OCTET OCTET OCTET 192 168 1 2 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appe
302. es secure communications between sites without the expense of leased site to site lines A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling encryption authentication access control and auditing It is used to transport traffic over the Internet or any insecure network that uses TCP IP for communication Internet Protocol Security IPSec is a standards based VPN that offers flexible solutions for secure data communications across a public network like the Internet IPSec is built around a number of standardized cryptographic techniques to provide confidentiality data integrity and authentication at the IP layer The following figure is an example of an IPSec VPN tunnel Figure 157 VPN Example s I 1 i I lt gt i i _E i I 1 Internet gus i i A gt F X r s w m m e e e e e 14 1 1 What You Can Do in the VPN Screens e Use the Setup screen Section 14 2 on page 260 to view the configured VPN policies and add edit or remove a VPN policy e Use the Monitor screen Section 14 7 on page 275 to display and manage the current active VPN connections e Use the VPN Global Setting screen Section 14 8 on page 277 to allow NetBIOS packets passing through the VPN connection P 2612HW Series User s Guide 257 Chapter 14 VPN 14 1 2 What You Need to Know About IPSec VPN A VPN tunnel is usually established in two phases Each phase establishes a security association SA a contract
303. es the packet to Gateway A which is in Subnet 2 3 The reply from the WAN goes to the ZyXEL Device 4 The ZyXEL Device then sends it to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1 Figure 150 IP Alias LAN Subnet 1 WAN ISP 1 p gt coa N Fi ISP 2 Subnet 2 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall P 2612HW Series User s Guide 13 1 13 1 1 13 1 2 13 1 3 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to block web sites based on keywords in the URL What You Can Do in the Content Filter Screens e Use the Keyword screen Section 13 2 on page 254 to block web sites based on a keyword in the URL e Use the Schedule screen Section 13 3 on page 255 to specify the days and times keyword blocking is active e Use the Trusted screen Section 13 4 on page 256 to exclude computers and other devices on your LAN from the keyword blocking filter What You Need to Know About Content Filtering URL The URL Uniform Resource Locator identifies and helps locates resources on a network On the Internet the URL is the web address that you type in the address bar of your Internet browser for example http www zyxel com Finding Out More See Section 13 1 4 on page 252 for an example of setting up content filtering Before You Begin To use the Trusted screen you need the IP addresses of devices on your network See the LAN section Section 13 4 on page 256
304. ess Table 89 Local ID Type and Content Fields LOCAL ID 2 IP Type the IP address of your computer or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use its own IP address DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address Table 90 Peer ID Type and Content Fields PEER ID TYPE IP Type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field CONTENT DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address The domain name also does not have to match the remote router s IP address or what you configure in the Secure Gateway Address field below 14 9 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples Two IPSec routers must have matching ID type and conte
305. ess Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation when you select DHCP in the Encapsulation field Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when address you select DHCP in the Encapsulation field DNS Server First DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address and you pals DNS select Obtain an IP Address Automatically erver Select UserDefined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter Third DNS Server the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose UserDefined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 UserDefined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second UserDefined changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DNS server on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Connection PPPoE encapsulation only Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all Connection the time
306. ess to the wireless network You can use the MAC address of each wireless client to allow or deny access to the wireless network Finding Out More e See Chapter 4 on page 57 for a tutorial showing how to set up your wireless connection in an example scenario e See Section 8 9 on page 157 for advanced technical information on wireless networks 8 1 3 Before You Start Before you start using these screens ask yourself the following questions See Section 8 1 2 on page 138 if some of the terms used here do not make sense to you e What wireless standards do the other wireless devices support IEEE 802 11g for example What is the most appropriate standard to use e What security options do the other wireless devices support WPA PSK for example What is the best one to use e Do the other wireless devices support WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup If so you can set up a well secured network very easily Even if some of your devices support WPS and some do not you can use WPS to set up your network and then add the non WPS devices manually although this is somewhat more complicated to do e What advanced options do you want to configure if any If you want to configure advanced options such as Quality of Service ensure that you know precisely what you want to do If you do not want to configure advanced options leave them alone 8 2 AP Screen Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wire
307. essage This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry 23 3 The Log Settings Screen Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 23 1 on page 391 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent Figure 235 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings E mail Log Settings Outgoing SMTP Server Name or IP Mail Server Address Mail Subject Send Log to E mail Address Send Alerts to E Mail Address Cl Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password S Log Schedule When Log is Full Day for Sending Log Sunday A Time for Sending Log 0 thouro minute E clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging
308. esses Click Apply Figure 45 Tutorial Example NAT gt NAT Overview NAT Setup Active Network Address Translation NAT O sua Only Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 1024 3 Click the Address Mapping tab P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 Click the first rule s Edit icon Bf in the Modify column to display the Edit Address Mapping Rule screen Figure 46 Tutorial Example NAT gt Address Mapping neral Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type Modify 1 Fs 5 r A 4 os ne H4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 So 5 Map a public IP address to the web server Select the One to One type and enter 192 168 1 12 as the local start IP address and 1 2 3 5 as the global start IP address Click Apply Figure 47 Tutorial Example NAT Address Mapping Edit One to One 1 Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Type One to One v Local Start IP fi9z 168 1 12 Local End IP N A Global Start IP i 2 3 5 Global End IP N a Server Mapping Set 2 z Edit Details Apply Cancel 6 Click the second rule s Edit icon Bf P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 7 Mapa public IP address to the mail server Select the One to One type and enter 192 168 1 13 as the local start IP address and 1 2 3 6 as the global start IP address Click Apply Figure 48 Tutor
309. etting PN Global Setting PN Global Setting Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 86 Security gt VPN gt Global Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP Networking packets that enable a computer to find other computers It may NetBIOS over TCP sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through IP VPN tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 9 IPSec VPN Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter P 2612HW Series User s Guide 277 Chapter 14 VPN 14 9 1 14 9 2 IPSec Architecture The overall IPSec architecture is shown as follows Figure 166 IPSec Architecture IPSec Algorithms ESP Protocol RFC 2406 ncryption Igorithm AH Protocol RFC 2402 Authentication Algorithm HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 _ HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 IPSec
310. ettings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the call history screen Clear Call Click Clear Call History to delete all call records History Next Page Choose a page from the drop down list box to display the corresponding summary page of the call records This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry Type This field displays the category of the call Time This field displays the time the call was recorded Duration This field displays how long the call lasted Local Identity This field displays the phone number you used to make or receive this call Peer Number This field displays the phone number you called or from which this call is made TxPacket This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has transmitted for the call RxPacket This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received for the call Interface This field displays the type of the call 24 4 Configuring Call History Settings Use the Call History Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send call records and the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send or save the call records P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 24 Call History To change your ZyXEL Device s call history settings click Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History Settings The screen appears as shown Figure 239 Maintenance gt Call Hist
311. evice Note Only upload firmware for your specific model Configuration Backup amp Restoration Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device s configuration You can put it back on the ZyXEL Device later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration Network Address Translation NAT Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address Use NAT to convert your public IP address es to multiple private IP addresses for the computers on your network Port Forwarding If you have a server mail or web server for example on your network you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet IEEE 802 1Q and IEEE 802 1P Use IEEE 802 1Q VLAN and IEEE 802 1P priority tags in implementing QoS Configure VLANs based on port PVC and SSID Specify a PVID to assign to untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port SSID or PVC Assign a priority for the traffic transmitted through a port SSID or PVC DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your Protocol network Your device can also act as a Surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients Dynamic DNS With Dynamic DNS Domain Name System support you can use Support a fixed URL www zyxel com for example with a dynamic IP
312. evice and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Figure 89 Any IP Example ie Internet SS 192 168 10 1 v yg wm 4 ER n l l a Internet 192 168 1 1 j The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address r oO Po OQ o oO Note You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device 1 When a computer which is in a different s
313. evice at the receiving end doesn t know about the NAT in the middle so it assumes that the data has been maliciously altered IPSec using ESP in Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire original packet including headers in a new IP packet The new IP packet s source address is the outbound address of the sending VPN gateway and its destination address is the inbound address of the VPN device at the receiving end When using ESP protocol with authentication the packet contents in this case the entire original packet are encrypted The encrypted contents but not the new headers are signed with a hash value appended to the packet Tunnel mode ESP with authentication is compatible with NAT because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device Transport mode ESP with authentication is not compatible with NAT Table 87 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transpor N t AH Tunnel N ESP Transpor N t ESP Tunnel Y VPN NAT and NAT Traversal NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both transport and tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet but a NAT device between the IPSec endpoints rewrites the source or destination address As a result the VPN device at the receiving end finds a mismatch betwe
314. evices to activate WPS in the area However you need to log into the configuration interfaces of both devices Take the following steps to set up WPS using the PIN method P 2612HW Series User s Guide 523 Appendix D Wireless LANs Decide which device you want to be the registrar usually the AP and which you want to be the enrollee usually the client Look for the enrollee s WPS PIN it may be displayed on the device If you don t see it log into the enrollee s configuration interface and locate the PIN Select the PIN connection mode not PBC connection mode See the device s User s Guide for how to do this for the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 5 on page 152 Log into the configuration utility of the registrar Select the PIN connection mode not the PBC connection mode Locate the place where you can enter the enrollee s PIN if you are using the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 6 on page 153 Enter the PIN from the enrollee device Activate WPS on both devices within two minutes Note Use the configuration utility to activate WPS not the push button on the device itself On a computer connected to the wireless client try to connect to the Internet If you can connect WPS was successful If you cannot connect check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D W
315. ext then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Note Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver Short and long refer to the length of the synchronization field in a packet Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data All IEEE 802 11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble but not all support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other wireless devices on
316. f needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Table 120 Advanced gt Remote Management gt Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate IP with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 20 4 The FTP Screen You can use FTP File Transfer Protocol to upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files please see the User s Guide chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP The screen appears as shown Use this screen to specify which interfaces allow FTP access and from which IP address the access can come Figure 212 Advanced gt Remote Manage
317. f the SIP register server if your VolP service provider gave you one Otherwise enter the same address you entered in the SIP Server Address field You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters REGISTER Server Port Enter the SIP register server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise enter the same port number you entered in the SIP Server Port field SIP Service Domain Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI this is the part after the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Send Caller ID Select this if you want to send identification when you make VolP phone calls Clear this if you do not want to send identification Authentication User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters Password Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this SIP account The Advanced SIP Setup screen appears P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 3 The Advanced SIP Setup Screen
318. ffectively e Change the password Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters e Write down the password and put it in a safe place e Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration 1 4 LEDs Lights The following graphic displays the labels of the LEDs Figure 3 LEDs on the Top of the Device P 7 A oO 12 3 4 7 p 2 ON OFF POWER L ETHERNET WLAN ADSL INTERNET WAN L PHONE None of the LEDs are on if the ZyXEL Device is not receiving power Table 1 LED Descriptions LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and ready for use Blinking The ZyXEL Device is self testing Red On The ZyXEL Device detected an error while self testing or there is a device malfunction Off The ZyXEL Device is not receiving power ETHERNET Green On The ZyXEL Device has an Ethernet connection with a 1 4 device on the Local Area Network LAN Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data to from the LA
319. find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 15 11 Directory Servers Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen This screen displays a summary list of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates that have been saved into the ZyXEL Device If you decide to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates against the issuing certification authority s list of revoked certificates the ZyXEL Device first checks the server s listed in the CRL Distribution Points field of the P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates incoming certificate If the certificate does not list a server or the listed server is not available the ZyXEL Device checks the servers listed here Figure 185 Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers Directory Servers Directory Servers PKI Storage Space in Use 10 dd ih Directory Services CS TT Test 192 168 1 3 LDAP g imi dd The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 105 Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the Zy
320. for more information P 2612HW Series User s Guide a Chapter 13 Content Filtering 13 1 4 Content Filtering Example The following shows the steps required for a parent Bob to set up content filtering on a home network in order to limit his children s access to certain web sites In the following example all URLs containing the word bad are blocked Click Security gt Content Filter to display the following screen Select Active Keyword Blocking In the Keyword field type keywords to identify websites to be blocked Click Add Keyword for each keyword to be entered Click Apply Figure 151 Security gt Content Filter gt Keyword Example Keyword Keyword M active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword hacking Add Keyword Apply Cancel Bob s son arrives home from school at four while his parents arrive later at about 7pm So keyword blocking is enabled for these times on weekdays and not on the weekend when the parents are at home Click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule to display the following screen Click Edit Daily to Block and select all weekdays Under Start Time and End Time type the times for blocking to begin and end 4pm 7pm in this example P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Content Filtering 4 Click Apply Figure 152 Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule Examp
321. formation with other routers P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Multicast and IGMP Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data There are two versions 1 and 2 IGMP version 2 is an improvement over version 1 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use 7 2 2 Configuring the Advanced LAN Setup Screen Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s RIP multicast Any IP and Windows Networking settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 84 Network gt LAN gt IP gt Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Both v RIP Version RIP 1 x Multicast IGMP v1 v Any IP Setup M Active Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M Allow between LAN and WAN Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 Network gt LAN gt IP gt Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RI P 2B an
322. g firmware using FTP TFTP commands P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress Figure 243 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version 3 70 ASC 0 b2 11 23 2007 File Path l Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 158 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current This is the present Firmware version and the date created Firmware Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 244 Firmware Upload In P
323. generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact representation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer m Notebook computer qi Server ll DSLAM Firewall Ns S h Ss Maaaae p llil Telephone Switch Router P 2612HW Series User s Guide Safety Warnings Safety Warnings e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning e Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information e Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports e Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them e Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling e Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device e Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to rest on the po
324. gs Syslog The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Logging Active Click Active to enable syslog logging P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 130 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Syslog IP Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the Address selected categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail Immediate alerts immediately Alert Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 23 4 SMTP Error Messages If there are difficulties in sending e mail the following error message appears SMTP action request failed ret The are described in the following table Table 131 SMTP Error Messages 1 means ZyXEL Device out of socket 2 means tcp SYN fail 3 means smtp server OK fail 4 means HELO fail 5 means MAIL FROM fail 6 means RCPT TO fail 7 means DATA fail 8 means mail data send fail 23 4 1 Example E mail Log
325. gure 72 VolP Statistics SIP Status ast Last Message pccounestrao agi re ee eee SIPL Inactive N A ChangeMe tnvoipi nsc no aS N A SIP2 Inactive N A ChangeMe tnvoipi nsc no UDP No N A N A Call Statistics memme Phonel On N A N A N A 0 00 00 Phone2 On N A N A N A 0 00 00 x 7 Poll Interval s 5 Stop Each field is described in the following table Table 18 VolP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You can change this in the Status screen Registered The SIP account is registered with a SIP server Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in Vol P gt SIP gt SIP Settings Last This field displays the last time you successfully registered the SIP Registration account It displays N A if you never successfully registered this account URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings Protocol This field displays the transport protocol the SIP account uses SIP accounts
326. hapter 12 Firewall Table 77 Security gt Firewall gt Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions per minute that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection attempts For example if you set the one minute high to 100 the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute It stops deleting half open sessions when the number of session establishment attempts detected in a minute goes below the number set as the one minute low Maximum Incomplete Low This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number For example if y
327. hapter 24 Call History Table 154 Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable SMTP Authentication SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication if your mail server requests you to log in to receive or send e mails If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters that you use to log into your mail server usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Send Call This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages History being sent as E mail Schedule e Daily e Weekly Hourly e When Log is Full e None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the Sending Call logs History Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals Sending Call 11 00 pm to send the logs H
328. he Group Setting screen Section 17 2 on page 332 to activate 802 1Q 1P specify the management VLAN group display the VLAN groups and configure the settings for each VLAN group e Use the Port Setting screen Section 17 3 on page 335 to configure the PVID and assign traffic priority for each port 17 1 2 What You Need to Know About 802 1Q 1P IEEE 802 1P Priority IEEE 802 1P specifies the user priority field and defines up to eight separate traffic types by inserting a tag into a MAC layer frame that contains bits to define class of service P 2612HW Series User s Guide 325 Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN Tagged VLAN uses an explicit tag VLAN ID in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges they are not confined to the device on which they were created The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network PVC A virtual circuit is a logical point to point circuit between customer sites Permanent means that the circuit is preprogrammed by the carrier as a path through the network It does not need to be set up or torn down for each session Forwarding Tagged and Untagged Frames Each port on the device is capable of passing tagged or untagged frames To forward a frame from an 802 1Q VLAN aware device to an 802 1Q VLAN unaware device the ZyXEL Device first d
329. he ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy and forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen 7 5 4 TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems on the LAN that support DHCP client capability IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reser
330. he code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going 4 The ZyXEL Device does not support DiffServ at the time of writing P 2612HW Series User s Guide 215 Chapter 10 Voice DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping Figure 134 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field DSCP Unused 6 bit 2 bit The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different priorities of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies VLAN Tagging Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Only stations within the same group can communicate with each other
331. he default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this option to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 3 The LAN Client List Screen Use this table to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Click Network gt LAN gt Client List to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings Figure 85 Network gt LAN gt Client List DHCP Client Table IP Address 0 0 0 0 7 SE ALES Sn TTY MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 192 168 1 33 00 0F FE 1E 44 E0 O The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 Network gt LAN gt Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address that you will also specify MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a comput
332. he name used to identify this certificate P 2612HW Series User s Guide 311 Chapter 15 Certificates Table 102 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a remote host which you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the
333. he starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have IP a dynamic IP address from your ISP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Only available when Type is set to Server Mapping Set Select a number from the drop down menu to choose a port forwarding set Edit Details Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a port forwarding set that you have selected in the Server Mapping Set field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 4 2 SIP ALG 178 A SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG allows SIP calls to pass through NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream When the ZyXEL Device registers with the SIP register server the SIP ALG translates the ZyXEL Device s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP address You do not need to use STUN or an outbound proxy if your ZyXEL Device is behind a SIP ALG P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Use this screen to enable and disable the SIP VoIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt ALG Figure 116 Network gt NAT gt ALG ALG ALG Settings Enable SIP ALG Apply Reset
334. head EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x P 2612HW Series User s Guide 515 Appendix D Wireless LANs Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the wireless security configuration
335. hernet connection with the WAN PHONE Green On A SIP account is registered for the phone port Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook or there is an incoming call Orange On A SIP account is registered for the phone port and there is a voice message in the corresponding SIP account Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook and there is a voice message in the corresponding SIP account Off The phone port does not have a SIP account registered Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections 1 5 The RESET Button If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the device to reload the factory default P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 2 configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the passwords will be reset to the defaults Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking To set the device back to the factory default settings press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the device restarts 1 6 The WLAN Button Use the WLAN button O on the top of the device to turn the wireless LAN off or on Mak
336. his message is sent by the system RAS hr mm ss hostname displays as the system name if you haven t src lt srcIP srcPort gt configured one when the router generates a dst lt dstIP dstPort gt syslog The facility is defined in the web MAIN msg lt msg gt note lt note gt MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is devID lt mac address last three the log s syslog class The definition of messages numbers gt cat lt category gt and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devi D is the last three characters of the MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 147 SIP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION SIP Registration Success by SIP SIP Phone Number The listed SIP account was successfully registered with a SIP register server SIP Registration Fail by SIP SIP Phone Number An attempt to register the listed SIP account with a SIP register server was not successful SIP UnRegistration Success by SIP SIP Phone Number The listed SIP account s registration was deleted from the SIP register server SIP UnRegistration Fail by SIP SIP Phone Number An attempt to delete the listed SIP account s registration from the SIP register server failed Table 148 RTP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Err
337. his read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name and or set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check the CRL that the certification authority issues before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates 15 8 Trusted Remote Hosts Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen This screen displays a list of the certificates of peers that you trust but which are not signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen You do not need to add any certificate that is signed by one of the certification authorities on the
338. his screen Table 13 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Fail LABEL DESCRIPTION lt Back Click this to go to the previous screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Table 13 VoIP Setup Wizard gt Registration Complete Fail LABEL DESCRIPTION Register Again Click this if you want the ZyXEL Device to try to register your SIP account s again Exit Click this to close this screen and return to the main screen The ZyXEL Device saves the information you provided P 2612HW Series User s Guide 55 Chapter 3 Wizards P 2612HW Series User s Guide Tutorial 4 1 Overview This chapter describes e how to set up a wireless network e how to use NAT with multiple public IP addresses e how to use NAT with multiple game players e how to make a VolP call 4 2 How to Set up a Wireless Network This section gives you examples of how to set up an access point and wireless client for wireless communication using the following parameters The wireless clients can access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device wirelessly 4 2 1 Example Parameters SSID SSID_Example3 Security WPA PSK Pre Shared Key ThisismyWPA PSKpre sharedkey 802 11 mode Mixed IEEE 802 11b g An access point AP or wireless router is referred to as the AP and a computer with a wireless network card or USB adapter is referred t
339. ial 200 221 SPI 271 SRA 448 SSID 141 149 150 stateful inspection 447 static DHCP 127 static IP address 67 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index static route 321 status 89 status indicators 28 storage humidity 445 storage temperature 445 SUA 170 subnet 495 subnet mask 131 496 subnetting 498 supplementary services 216 223 Sustained Cell Rate see SCR switch 102 syntax conventions 5 system name 90 386 system timeout 359 T tagging frames 326 335 TCP IP 131 Telnet 27 360 temperature 445 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol see TKIP TFTP file upload 417 431 TFTP and FTP over WAN 414 The 100 three way conference 219 220 225 226 three way handshake 242 thresholds DoS 230 241 242 243 P2P 243 TKIP 155 517 TLS 453 ToS 215 trademarks 535 traffic priority 325 336 traffic redirect 113 119 traffic shaping 117 transparent bridging 449 transport mode 281 triangle route 235 247 solutions 248 trusted CAs and certificates 304 TTLS 453 tunnel mode 281 tutorial NAT 66 83 VoIP 84 wireless 57 Type of Service see ToS U UBR 105 110 Uniform Resource Identifier 207 Universal Plug and Play 369 application 370 Unspecified Bit Rate see UBR upload firmware 416 430 UPnP 369 forum 370 security issues 370 URL 251 USA type call service mode 219 225 V VAD 195 451 Variable Bit Rate non real time see VB nRT Variable Bit Rate real time see VB RT VBR nRT
340. ial Example NAT Address Mapping Edit One to One 2 Edit Address Mapping Rule2 Type One to One d Local Start IP 192 168 1 13 Local End IP NZA Global Start IP 1 2 3 6 Global End IP nA Server Mapping Set 2 E Edit Details Apply Cancel 8 Click the third rule s Edit icon Bf 9 Map a public IP address to other outgoing LAN traffic Select the Many to One type and enter 192 168 1 1 as the local start IP address 192 168 1 254 as the local end IP address and 1 2 3 4 as the global start IP address Click Apply Figure 49 Tutorial Example NAT Address Mapping Edit Many to One Edit Address Mapping Rule3 Type Many to One ba Local Start IP 192 168 1 1 Local End IP 192 168 1 254 Global Start IP 1 2 3 4 Global End IP NA Server Mapping Set 10 z Edit Details Back Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 10 After the configurations the Address Mapping screen looks as shown You still have one IP address 1 2 3 7 that can be assigned to another internal server when you expand your network Figure 50 Tutorial Example NAT Address Mapping Done Address Mapping Rules Local startip tocalEndiP Global Start1P Global End IP 1 1 1 192 168 1 12 a yea a 192 168 1 13 1 2 3 6 A ESE erg g a 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 254 1 2 3 4 z M i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 YY YY yy Eb E E E E E Et 10
341. ial number Destination This field is blank if the speed dial entry uses one of your SIP accounts Otherwise this field shows the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or other party This field corresponds with the Type field in the Speed Dial section Modify Use this field to edit or erase the speed dial entry Click the Edit icon to copy the information for this speed dial entry into the Speed Dial section where you can change it Click the Remove icon to erase this speed dial entry Clear Click this to erase all the speed dial entries Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 11 Incoming Call Policy Screen Use this screen to maintain rules for handling incoming calls You can block redirect or accept them To access this screen click Vol P gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Figure 128 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Incoming Call Policy SIP Pre Table Number Table 1 7 Forward to Number Setup Unconditional Forward to Number l I Busy Forward to Number l No Answer Forward to Number No Answer Waiting Time 5 Second Advanced Setup activate Incoming Call Number Forward to Number 1 a i l Unconditional x oOo N OD HW WRN CI ELE CIELE OE OREO _ Apply Cancel You can create two sets of call forwarding rules Each one is stored in a call forwarding table
342. ice s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Auto Scan Select this option and click Apply to have the ZyXEL Device scan for and Channel select a channel which is not used by another device The ZyXEL Device automatically scans for and selects a channel whenever the device reboots or the wireless setting is changed Channel Select this option and set the operating frequency channel depending on Selection your particular region Select a channel from the drop down list box Scan Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device immediately scan for and select a channel which is not used by another device Security See the following sections for more details about this field Mode Static WEP WPA and WPA2 are available only when WPS is disabled Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 30 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen Setup and edit more details of your WLAN setup 8 2 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless devices to communicate with the access points without Note If you
343. ice Available Services Selected Services MyService TCPAUDP 123 tise y Remove Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply Vv Everyday F sun M mon Tue wed thu M Fri sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day star houro minute Endja houro minute Log I Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN Figure 140 Firewall Example Rules MyService General Rules Threshold Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 ov fl i i Pioo Packet Direction wan to LAN Create a new rule after rule number fi 7 Add pfecwef Os estan __sernce__ aconscheaeogroayorsey 1 WV Any x 10 0010 10 0 0415 7 My Service TCPAUDP 123 7 Permit No No g pN Apply Cancel 12 2 The Firewall General Screen Use this screen to configure the firewall settings Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Figure 141 Security gt Firewall gt General Rules Threshold General I Active Firewall IV Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and
344. ics Link Status Down EI WAN IP Address 0 0 0 0 Upstream Speed 0 kbps Downstream Speed 0 kbps ode ink tons ari ramas errara rarna lia 0 6 Ur Tine 1 PPPoE Idle 0 00 00 LAN Port Statistics ee n aa eoe f conson Ethernet 100M Full Duplex 897 1130 ISRO O Set interval E Stop P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 17 Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization WAN Port Statistics Link Status This is the status of your WAN link WAN IP Address This is the IP address of the ZyXEL Device s WAN port Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL Device DSL interface Downstream This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL Device DSL interface Speed Rate This is the port speed and duplex setting of your Ethernet WAN connection Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are Ethernet and PPPoE Status This field displays Down line is down Up li
345. ide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Table 123 Advanced gt Remote Management gt SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 20 6 The DNS Screen Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to Chapter 7 on page 121 for background information Click Advanced gt
346. ield and defines up to eight separate traffic types The following table describes the traffic types defined in the IEEE 802 1d standard which incorporates the 802 1p Table 116 IEEE 802 1p Priority Level and Traffic Type PRIORITY LEVEL TRAFFIC TYPE Level 7 Typically used for network control traffic such as router configuration messages Level 6 Typically used for voice traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay Level 5 Typically used for video that consumes high bandwidth and is sensitive to jitter Level 4 Typically used for controlled load latency sensitive traffic such as SNA Systems Network Architecture transactions Level 3 Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Level 2 This is for spare bandwidth Level 1 This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Level 0 Typically used for best effort traffic IP Precedence Similar to IEEE 802 1p prioritization at layer 2 you can use IP precedence to prioritize packets in a layer 3 network IP precedence uses three bits of the eight bit ToS Type of Service field in the IP header There are eight classes of services ranging from zero to seven in IP precedence Zero is the lowest pri
347. ient 1 are unconfigured When WPS is activated on both they perform the handshake In this example AP1 is the registrar and Client 1 is the enrollee The registrar randomly generates the security information to set up the network since it is unconfigured and has no existing information Figure 107 WPS Example Network Step 1 ENROLLEE REGISTRAR ye SECURITY INFO CLIENT 1 AP1 In step 2 you add another wireless client to the network You know that Client 1 supports registrar mode but it is better to use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new client since you must connect to the access point anyway in order to use the network In this case AP1 must be the registrar since it is configured it already has security information for the network AP1 supplies the existing security information to Client 2 Figure 108 WPS Example Network Step 2 REGISTRAR EXISTING CONNECTION 6 CLIENT 1 Pn Aa AP1 f ENROLLEE P yo In step 3 you add another access point AP2 to your network AP2 is out of range of AP1 so you cannot use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new access P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN point However you know that Client 2 supports the registrar function so you use it to perform the WPS handshake instead Figure 109 WPS Example Network Step 3 EXISTING CONNECTION E CLIENT 1 AP1 REGISTRAR m ES ae va CLIENT 2 h ENROLLEE Ei CUR NEG amp a N
348. ies the service set with which a wireless device is associated Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Security Mode See Section 8 2 on page 140 for more details about this field MAC Filter This shows whether the wireless devices with the MAC addresses listed are allowed or denied to access the ZyXEL Device using this SSID Edit Click this button to go to the MAC Filter screen to configure MAC filter settings See Section 8 4 on page 151 for more details Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 4 MAC Filter Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC F
349. ificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts gt Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Path These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Type This field displays general information about the certificate With trusted remote host certificates this field always displays CA signed The ZyXEL Device is the Certification Authority that signed the certificate X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the device that created the certificate Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates Signature This field displays the type of algorithm that the ZyXEL Device used Algorithm to sign the certificate which is rsa pkcs1 shal RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and include
350. igured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 7 5 3 DNS Server Addresses DNS Domain Name System maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup e The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen e Some ISPs choose to disseminate the DNS server addresses using the DNS server extensions of PCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen are set to DNS Relay the ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to t
351. ilable when the WAN mode is Ethernet WAN This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the LAN Mask DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is providing to the LAN Choices are Server The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server in the LAN It assigns IP addresses to other computers in the LAN Relay The ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients None The ZyXEL Device is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it WLAN Information SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security This displays the type of security mode the ZyXEL Device is using in the wireless LAN WPS This displays the status of WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Click this to go to the screen where you
352. iled fa Internet Configuration Connection Type Click th Internet c Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3 2 1 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type but the physical line is connected enter your Internet access information in the wizard screen exactly as your service provider gave it to you Leave the defaults in any fields for which you were not given information Figure 10 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters f Internet Configuration Multiplexing fere zll ctthe multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 4 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP give you one IP address only and you want multiple computers to share an Internet account Select Bridge when your ISP provides you more than one IP address and you want the connected computers to get individual IP address from SP s DHCP server directly If you selec
353. ill be disabled You need to manually configure the IP addresses of the computers and other devices on your LAN If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in When DHCP is used the following items need to be set P 2612HW Series User s Guide the Remote DHCP Server field in this case Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 25 Network gt LAN gt IP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP Address address pool Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP Server If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server here DHCP Server DNS Server DNS Servers The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP Assigned by address to the DHCP clients First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address Select UserDefined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose UserDefined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 UserDefined changes to None after you click Apply If y
354. ilter The screen appears as shown se 99 Network gt Wireless LAN gt Filter MAC Filter WPS MAC Filter I Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow C Deny MAC Address ES MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 o0 00 00 00 00 00 14 o0 00 00 00 00700 1s o0 00 00 00 00 00 16 o0 00 00 00 00 00 17 oo 00 00 00 00 00 18 o0 00 00 00 00 00 19 o0 00700 00 00 00 20 o0 00 00 00 00700 21 foo 00 00 00 00 00 22 o0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN
355. indicating what security parameters the ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router will use The first phase establishes an Internet Key Exchange IKE SA between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The second phase uses the IKE SA to securely establish an IPSec SA through which the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router can send data between computers on the local network and remote network The following figure illustrates this Figure 158 VPN IKE SA and IPSec SA IPSec SA e e e e e e e e w m In this example a computer in network A is exchanging data with a computer in network B Inside networks A and B the data is transmitted the same way data is normally transmitted in the networks Between routers X and Y the data is protected by tunneling encryption authentication and other security features of the IPSec SA The IPSec SA is established securely using the IKE SA that routers X and Y established first My IP Address My I P Address is the WAN IP address of the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel if My IP Address changes after setup The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 e The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel Secure Gateway Address Secure Gateway Address is the WAN IP address or domain name of the remote IPSec router secure gateway P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapt
356. ing information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate Some certification authorities use rsa pkcs1 shal RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Other certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the P 2612HW Series User s Guide certificate has not yet become applicable Chapter 15 Certificates Table 101 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CA gt Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the cer
357. ing the ZyXEL Device 25 Introducing the Web Configurator 31 Wizards 39 Tutorial 57 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 1 Overview The P 2612HW Series is an Integrated Access Device IAD that combines an ADSL2 router with Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities to allow you to use a traditional analog telephone to make Internet calls By integrating DSL and NAT you are provided with ease of installation and high speed shared Internet access The ZyXEL Device is also a complete security solution with a robust firewall and content filtering Please refer to the following description of the product name format e H denotes an integrated 4 port hub switch e W denotes wireless functionality There is an embedded mini PCI module for IEEE 802 11g wireless LAN connectivity All wireless features documented in this user s guide refer to the W models only Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device See the chapter on product specifications for a full list of features 1 1 1 Internet Access Your ZyXEL Device provides shared Internet access by connecting the DSL port to the DSL or MODEM jack on a splitter or your telephone jack If you prefer not to use a DSL line and you have another broadband modem or router such as ADSL available you can push the DSL WAN switch on the rear panel to the WAN side and connect the WAN port to
358. initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC OxSx Task ID 0x x The router is saving configuration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol Table 133 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Ss exceeds the max number of session per host This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host setNetBIOSFilter calloc error The r
359. ion wireless client authentication restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the ZyXEL Device identity The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your ZyXEL Device Table 182 Wireless Security Levels SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Least Unique SSID Default Secure Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption EEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA WPA2 Most Secure Note You must enable the same wireless security settings on the ZyXEL Device and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it 512 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are e User based identification that allows for roaming e Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server e Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the
360. ion A T gt hear each other They f annann can hear the AP When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see n
361. ion Address List Address Single Address x Type Start IP 192 168 113 192 168 1 13 Raira 192 168 1 13 Add gt gt Edit lt End IP booo Address Subnet Mask i 0 0 0 Service P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 8 Select Any All in the Available Services box on the left and click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right Click Apply Figure 60 Tutorial Example Firewall Rule WAN to LAN Service Edit for Mail Server Service Selected Services mg jo Available Services Any ICMP AIMINEVY ICQ TCP 51 90 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 x Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply M Everyday E sun M mon M Tue M wed Thu M fri I sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M All day Starf hour minute End o hourfa minute Log I Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched e Cancel 80 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 9 Click the Add button to configure a firewall rule to allow FTP traffic from the WAN to the FTP server Select Any in the Destination Address List box and click Delete Select Single Address as the destination address type Enter 192 168 1 39 and click Add Figure 61 Tutorial Example Firewall Rule WAN to LAN Address Edit for FTP Server Edit Rule 3 M
362. ions Overview Hostname DNS Routing Additionally edit their configuration Name IP Address AMD PCnet Fast 79C971 DHCP Adding a Network Card Press Add to configure a new network card manually Configuring or Deleting Choose a network card to change or remove Then press Configure or Delete as desired AMD PCnet Fast 79C971 MAC 08 00 27 96 ed 3d Device Name eth etho Started automatically at boot IP address assigned using DHCP d Configure Abort P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 5 When the Network Card Setup window opens click the Address tab Figure 299 openSUSE 10 3 Network Card Setup YaST2 linux h20z Address Setup Al a Network Card Setup Select No Address Setup if you do not want any IP address for this device This is configuration Name particularly useful for anneme ile bonding ethernet devices _ No IP Address for Bonding Devices General Select Dynamic _ Dynamic Address DHCP address if you do not have a static IP address assigned by IP Address Subnet Mask Hostname the system administrator or your cable or DSL provider Statically assigned IP Address You can choose one of the dynamic address assignment method Select DHCP if you have a DHCP server running on your local network Ne
363. ireless LANs The following figure shows a WPS enabled wireless client installed in a notebook computer connecting to the WPS enabled AP via the PIN method Figure 325 Example WPS Process PIN Method ENROLLEE REGISTRAR 0 B WITHIN 2 MINUTES SECURE EAP TUNNEL T a C f WPA 2 PSK o COMMUNICATION 4 How WPS Works When two WPS enabled devices connect each device must assume a specific role One device acts as the registrar the device that supplies network and security settings and the other device acts as the enrollee the device that receives network and security settings The registrar creates a secure EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol tunnel and sends the network name SSID and the WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key to the enrollee Whether WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK is used depends on the standards supported by the devices If the registrar is P 2612HW Series User s Guide 525 Appendix D Wireless LANs already part of a network it sends the existing information If not it generates the SSID and WPA 2 PSK randomly The following figure shows a WPS enabled client installed in a notebook computer connecting to a WPS enabled access point Figure 326 How WPS works ACTIVATE ACTIVATE WPS WITHIN 2 MINUTES D CI WPS HANDSHAKE f D a m a E a E mE i t No OQ SS REGISTRAR SECURE TUNNEL lt QD
364. irewall Enabled Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics Content Filter Disable oIP Status Registration SIP 1 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 SIP 2 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens Figure 68 Status Screen Ethernet WAN mode IP Subnet Mask E Default Gateway LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP WLAN Information SSID Channel Security WPS Status Security Firewall Content Filter oIP Status SIP 1 SIP 2 Refresh Interval None x Apply Host Name P2612HW System Uptime 46 42 24 Model Number P 2612HW FL Current Date Time 01 02 2000 22 43 38 MAC Address 00 02 cf e8 56 3a System Mode Routing Bridging PINGS Firmware 3 70 BLD 0 b3 12 19 2008 CPU Usage B 24 19 PENON Memory Usage A i 77 WAN Information IP Address 0 0 0 0 Ra Interf Stat 0 0 0 0 interface Status erface Status f 255 255 255 0 Server WAN Down 100M Full Duplex LAN Up 100M Full Duplex riv Ziet 2 54M WPA PSK Unconfigured On Summary eRe Client List AnyIP Table WLAN Status VPN Status Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 Inactive changeme 127 0 0 1 Each field is described in the following table Table 14 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION
365. istory Clear Call Select this to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of History after the logs sending mail Save Call History Settings Save Call This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages History being saved Schedule f e Daily e Weekly e Hourly If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the ZyXEL Device saves the records If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the ZyXEL Device saves the records Day for Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to save the Saving Call records History Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals Saving Call 11 00 pm to save the records History P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 24 Call History Table 154 Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Summary of Call History Settings Start Date of Every Month Select which day of a month from 1 to 28 on which the Last Month summary of call history displays in the Summary screen starts Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Tools Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your ZyXEL Device 25 1 Overview Use the instru
366. ith a rom filename extension Once you have customized the ZyXEL Device s settings they can be saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension Find this firmware at www zyxel com With many FTP and TFTP clients the filenames are similar to those seen next ftp gt put firmware bin ras This is a Sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device ftp gt get rom 0O config cfg This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file config cfg If your T FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the ZyXEL Device only recognizes rom 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use The following table is a Summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the ZyXEL Device and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyXEL Device that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension may vary After uploading new firmware see the Status screen to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version Table 155 Filename Conventions INTERNAL NAME Configuration Rom 0 This is the configuration filen
367. ity level IP precedence and or packet length Figure 204 Advanced gt QoS gt General General M Active QoS WAN Managed Bandwidth 1000 kbps Traffic priority will be automatically assigned by 1 Ethernet Priority 2 IP Precedence 3 Packet Length Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 112 Advanced gt QoS gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active QoS Select the check box to turn on QoS to improve your network performance You can give priority to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through the WAN interface Give high priority to voice and video to make them run more smoothly Similarly give low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications WAN Enter the amount of bandwidth for the WAN interface that you want to Managed allocate using QoS Bandwidth a The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 100000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 100 Mbps Setting this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed will stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth If you set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed the ZyXEL Device will not use some of the in
368. ix D Wireless LANs e When you use the PBC method there is a short period from the moment you press the button on one device to the moment you press the button on the other device when any WPS enabled device could join the network This is because the registrar has no way of identifying the correct enrollee and cannot differentiate between your enrollee and a rogue device This is a possible way for a hacker to gain access to a network You can easily check to see if this has happened WPS works between only two devices simultaneously so if another device has enrolled your device will be unable to enroll and will not have access to the network If this happens open the access point s configuration interface and look at the list of associated clients usually displayed by MAC address It does not matter if the access point is the WPS registrar the enrollee or was not involved in the WPS handshake a rogue device must still associate with the access point to gain access to the network Check the MAC addresses of your wireless clients usually printed on a label on the bottom of the device If there is an unknown MAC address you can remove it or reset the AP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs P 2612HW Series User s Guide Common Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers For a comprehensive list of port numbers ICMP typ
369. izard screen without saving your changes 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 46 for wireless connection wizard setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Note When you use the connection wizard to configure the Internet access using PPPoE the ZyXEL Device is set to get an IP address from the ISP automatically To set up a static WAN IP address with PPPoE use the Network gt WAN screen Figure 11 Internet Connection with PPPoE fa Internet Configuration rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If rit in the third field User Name Password Service Name optional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet sa Apnly et The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 5 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your change
370. ize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Table 73 Security gt Firewall gt Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Appendix E on page 531 for more information Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Per
371. l Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User fioz4 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 44 Network gt NAT gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing Firewall applications they need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the Session Per number of NAT sessions a single client can establish this can result in all of User the available NAT sessions being used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT Firewall sessions client computers can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is exhausting all of th
372. l hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 11 7 3 2 USA Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to your telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Press the flash key to put the first call on hold and answer the second call 11 7 3 3 USA Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 11 7 3 4 USA Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Phone Usage 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone party A press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Diala phone number directly to make another call to party B 3 When party B answers the second call press the flash key to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone t
373. lassic gt Default Programs All Programs Help and Support omman S _ SelB as 2 Inthe Control Panel click the Network and Internet icon Figure 271 Windows Vista Control Panel GS Control Panel P File Edit View Tools Help e Control Panel Home F System and Maintenance User Accounts ia iia Get started with Windows Change account type Back up your computer Appearance and Personalization Change desktop background Security Check for updates ay Allow a program through Windows ms Firewall a Change the color scheme Adjust screen resolution etwork and Internet Connect to the Internet Clock Language and Region View network status and tasks lk Change keyboards or other input Set up file sharing methods Change display language P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Click the Network and Sharing Center icon Figure 272 Windows Vista Network And Internet 3 CION F gt Control Panel Network and Internet p p Search p File Edit View Tools Help Control Panel Home i EN Network and Sharing Center n am nnect to a network System and Maintenance Security e Network and Internet View network computers and devices Add a device to the network Set up file sharing Internet Options Connect to the Internet Change yourhomepage Manage bro
374. le oo Ee Schedule I Block Everyday IV Edit Daily to Block SSS Monday Vv i6 ho min 19 hi0 min Tuesday Vv i6 hefo min 19 hrf min Wednesday Vv i6 hi0 min iS hea min Thursday M ft hrf0 min iS hefo min Friday Vv i6 hro min 19 bro min Saturday Jo hi0 min fo hrf min Sunday E 0 hio min 0 hi0 min Apply Cancel The children can access the family computer in the living room while only the parents use another computer in the study room So keyword blocking is only needed on the family computer and the study computer can be excluded from keyword blocking Bob s home network is on the domain 192 168 1 xxx Bob gave his home computer a static IP address of 192 168 1 2 and the study computer a static IP address of 192 168 1 3 To exclude the study computer from keyword blocking he follows these steps 1 Click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted to display the following screen 2 Inthe Start IP Address and End IP Address fields type 192 168 1 3 3 Click Apply Figure 153 Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted Example Trusted User IP Range Start IP Address 192 168 1 3 End IP Address 192 168 1 3 Cancel That finishes setting up keyword blocking on the home computer P 2612HW Series User s Guide 253 Chapter 13 Content Filtering 13 2 The Keyword Screen Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable
375. le that blocks it P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled e Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN e Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling 20 2 The WWW Screen To change your ZyXEL Device s World Wide Web settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 210 Advanced gt Remote Management gt WWW Port feo Access Status Lan amp wan Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note 1 For UPnPto function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP 2 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 119 Advanced gt Remote Management gt WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the Z
376. les 2612HW Ser P 802 11g Wireless ADSL VoIP IAD V V Q V ranoni Z L NYM LINIJNI 150V NYM r mm RMO HONO easr ef 241 4 ooooo0oo000000000000000000000000000000 ooooo0o000000000000000000000000000000 ooooo0o000000000000000000000000000000 oooop0000000000000000000000000000000 oooo0o000000000000000000000000000000 ooo0oo0000000 ooooo0oo00000000000000000 oooo0oo00000000000000000 ooooo0oo000000000000000 ooooo0oo000000000000000 oooo0oo0000000000000000 oo0o0000000000000000 T o aa P Q wn G 7S A E vn ES D ppo GE 2s S A LE Sc Lo mee gt ie m f am u c 5 ER act o o pi m User Name admin Administrator Login Password 1234 Firmware Version 3 70 Edition 2 5 2009 www zyxel com lex N lt D gt Q e 5 2 J fo Q e oO N c 2 o c gt e S pm Ww x lt gt N About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation e Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access Note It i
377. less LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the AP screen Figure 91 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID privat4837jet IT Hide SSID auto Scan Channel Channel Selection channel 01 2441 2MHz Scari Security Security Mode No Security x Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 30 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click the check box to activate wireless LAN Wireless LAN Network The SSID Service Set Dentity identifies the service set with which a Name SSID wireless device is associated Wireless devices associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Dev
378. level is selected P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 5 Click OK to close the window Figure 309 Security Settings Java Security Settings Settings Disable Enable E Font download Disable Enable p Prompt 5 Microsoft YM 5 Java permissions custom Qora Jay High safety O Low safety m Reset custom settings j Reset to Medium x Reset ces JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools I nternet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for lt applet gt under Java Sun is selected P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 310 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling s HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections amp Java Q J Use Java 2 v1 4 1_07 fr caplet bequres estat gt 2 1 4 1_0 for J Use Java 2 viA1_07 fr lt appleb emutes estat gt requires restart Ej Microso se Java ae enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio tool
379. ll 1500 apply The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup This section is not available when you configure the ZyXEL Device to be in bridge mode RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RI P 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type for applications with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation Select VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type for connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 23 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM
380. ll LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check Packet Direction Default Action Log WAN to LAN Drop 7 IV LAN to WAN Permit x Vv Apply Cancel 3 Go to the Rules screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial firewall rule 4 Select the WAN to LAN packet direction and click the Add button to create a new Figure 56 Tutorial Example Firewall Rules WAN to LAN Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 1 owl 100 Packet Direction wan to LAN z Create a new rule after rule number o 7 active Source 1P Destination P Service Action Schedule Loa Modify order Apply Cancel 5 Configure a firewall rule to allow traffic from the WAN to the web server Select Any in the Destination Address List box and click Delete Select Single Address as the destination address type Enter 192 168 1 12 click Add gt gt Figure 57 Tutorial Example Firewall Rule WAN to LAN Address Edit for Web Server and Edit Rule 1 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Source Address Source Address List a any Address 7 Address 0 00 a cd aaa Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Destination Address List Address Single Address 7 Type Start IP 192 168 112 192 168 1 12 Address 192 168 1 12 Add gt gt Ene IE fo 0 0 0 Edit lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete P 2612HW Series
381. ller ID The ZyXEL Device supports caller ID which allows you to see the originating number of an incoming call on a phone with a suitable display REN A Ringer Equivalence Number REN is used to determine the number of devices like telephones or fax machines that may be connected to the telephone line Your device has a REN of three so it can support three devices per telephone port Dynamic Jitter Buffer The built in adaptive buffer helps to smooth out the variations in delay jitter for voice traffic This helps ensure good voice quality for your conversations Multiple SIP You can simultaneously use multiple voice SIP accounts and assign Accounts them to the telephone port Multiple Voice Your device can simultaneously handle multiple voice channels Channels telephone calls Additionally you can answer an incoming phone call on a VoIP account even while someone else is using the account for a phone call Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD reduces the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting when you are not speaking Comfort Noise Generation Your device generates background noise to fill moments of silence when the other device in a call stops transmitting because the other party is not speaking as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection Echo Cancellation You device supports G 168 an ITU T standard for eliminating the
382. llowing table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 178 Eight Subnets suser SUBNET rims aponess 4ASTecq REOABSAST 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 179 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO PORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 180 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO BORROWED NO HOSTS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 1 255 255 128 0 17 2 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 4 16382 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 180 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NOST ORS OED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS Soars s PER 3 255 255 224 0 19 8 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 2
383. load in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to clear your settings 15 4 My Certificate Create Click Secu rity gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Create to open the My Certificate Create screen Use this screen to have the ZyXEL Device create a P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates self signed certificate enroll a certificate with a certification authority or generate a certification request Figure 178 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificate Create Enrollment Options Enrollment Protocol CA Server Address CA Certificate Key Certificates My Certificates Create Certificate Name fe Subject Information Common Name Host IP Address Host Domain Name C E Mail Organizational Unit SC tC Organization D Country Cr Key Length 1024 I bits Create a self signed certificate Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment C Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Request Authentication simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP m y l see Trusted CAs CN Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 98 Security gt Certificates
384. long with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Table 6 Internet Connection with DHCP ENET ENCAP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes e If the user name and or password you entered for PPPoE connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Figure 13 Connection Test Failed 1 STEP STEP 2 ff Internet Configuration Your login username and password are wrong Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No lt Back Next gt Exit e If the following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the I nternet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 14 Connection Test Failed 2 f Internet Configuration Cannot entered in Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes lt Back Next Ext 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup See the back panel for the ZyXEL Device s unique wireless SSID network name and WPA PSK encryption key Unless you want to use other wi
385. lowing screen displays Figure 101 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station q Note Add Station by WPS Click the below Push Button to add WPS stations to wireless network Push Button Or input station s PIN number Start 1 The Push Button Configuration requires pressing a button on both the station and AP within 120 seconds 2 You may find the PIN number in the station s utility P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 39 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station LABEL DESCRIPTION Push Button Click this button to add another WPS enabled wireless device within wireless range of the ZyXEL Device to your wireless network This button may either be a physical button on the outside of device or a menu button similar to the Push Button on this screen Note You must press the other wireless device s WPS button within two minutes of pressing this button Or input station s PIN number Enter the PIN of the device that you are setting up a WPS connection with and click Start to authenticate and add the wireless device to your wireless network You can find the PIN either on the outside of the device or by checking the device s settings Note You must also activate WPS on that device within two minutes to have it present its PIN to the ZyXEL Device 8 7 WDS Screen Use
386. m your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools Note that the telnet connection must be active before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host get rom 0 config rom usn where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfer
387. ment gt FTP FTP FTP Port zi Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 121 Advanced gt Remote Management gt FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Table 121 Advanced gt Remote Management gt FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate IP with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 20 5 The SNMP Screen Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP i
388. mit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 12 3 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 12 1 2 on page 230 for more information P 2612HW Series User s Guide 237 Chapter 12 Firewall Use this screen to configure firewall rules In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels Figure 143 Security gt Firewall gt Rules gt Edit Edit Rule 2 M active Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Source Address Address Type Any Addres
389. mponents selection box Figure 219 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components Communications To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components A NetMeeting Phone Dialer 0 2 MB Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB 5 Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details emea 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Inthe Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 220 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools gt Operator Assisted Dialing Back gg it Z 75 Dial up Preferences Address e Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Advanced Setti
390. mputer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode TFTP Upload Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host put firmware bin ras Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the device Commands that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter P 2612HW Series User s Guide Diagnostic 26 1 Overview These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 26 1 1 What You Can Do in the Diagnostic Screens e Use the General Diagnostic screen Section 26 2 on page 433 to ping an IP address e Use the DSL Line Diagnostic screen Section 26 3 on page 434 to view the DSL line statistics and reset the ADSL line 26 2 The General Diagnostic Screen Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 257 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt General General TCP IP Address Ping P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 26 Diagnostic The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 162 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION TC
391. n P 2612HW Series User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright 2009 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerla
392. n SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 8 9 2 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it However every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server This is a server used in businesses more than in homes If you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexade
393. n Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses for instance 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Selected Services Add gt gt Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit lt lt To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit lt lt Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Please see Appendix E on page 531 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new
394. n page 426 or turn off the device unplug the power for a few seconds Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface the ZyXEL Device has Status This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the interface For the DSL interface this field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected I dle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the WAN interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the interface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the LAN interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the interface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the WLAN interface it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or InActive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN interface this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the WAN interface this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the DSL interface it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN interface it displays the maximum transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled Summary Client List Click this link to view current DHCP client information See Section 7 3 on page 126
395. n the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network P 2612HW Series User s Guide 147 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the AP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 96 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP gt Advanced Setup Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2432 0 2432 Fragmentation Threshold 2432 256 2432 Output Power Level fo x Preamble Long 7 802 11 Mode Mixed x Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 34 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP gt Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 Threshold Fragmentation It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value Threshold between 256 and 2432 Output Power Level Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field The higher the number the greater the output power If there is a high density of APs in the area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs See the product specifications for more information on your ZyXEL Device s output power Preamble Select a preamble type Choices are Long Short or Dynamic The default setting is Long See the appendix for more information
396. n the following table Table 88 VPN and NAT K MODE nar AH Transport N AH Tunnel ESP Transport Y ESP Tunnel Y Y This is supported in the ZyXEL Device if you enable NAT traversal P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 9 4 Encapsulation The two modes of operation for IPSec VPNs are Transport mode and Tunnel mode Figure 168 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation Original IP TCP IP Packet Header Header Data Transport Mode IPSec IP TCP Data Protected Packet Header Header Header Tunnel Mode IP IPSec IP TCP Iata Protected Packet Header Header Header Header Transport Mode Transport mode is used to protect upper layer protocols and only affects the data in the IP packet In Transport mode the IP packet contains the security protocol AH or ESP located after the original IP header and options but before any upper layer protocols contained in the packet Such as TCP and UDP With ESP protection is applied only to the upper layer protocols contained in the packet The IP header information and options are not used in the authentication process Therefore the originating IP address cannot be verified for integrity against the data With the use of AH as the security protocol protection is extended forward into the IP header to verify the integrity of the entire packet by use of portions of the original IP header in the hashing process Tunnel Mode
397. n them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your SP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many Savings countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Daylight Savings The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the Europe
398. name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing This field is not available if you set the WAN mode to Ethernet WAN Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Virtual Circuit ID These fields are not available if you set the WAN mode to Ethernet WAN VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information VPI The valid range for the VPI is O to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 19 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This option is available if you set the WAN mode to Ethernet WAN or select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Addr
399. nation Address 193 213 120 027 E4 mi 2 Vv sip From LAN 7 Destination Address 146 172 161 24 28 g wi 3 Vv sip3 From LAN 7 Destination Address 148 122 48 128726 S 4 iv sip4 From LAN 7 Destination Address 148 122 250 024 g A Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 113 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Create a new Click Add to create a new classifier Class Order This is the number of each classifier The ordering of the classifiers is important as the classifiers are applied in turn Active Select the check box to enable this classifier Name This is the name of the classifier Interface This shows the interface from which traffic of this classifier should come P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS Table 113 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Priority This is the priority assigned to traffic of this classifier Filter Content This shows criteria specified in this classifier Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the classifier Click the Remove icon to delete an existing classifier Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of
400. nd 12 When you dial 5 both Phone 1 and Phone 2 ring If Phone 1 picks up the line first it gets the line and Phone 2 stops ringing Sub Number Enter a sub number for this phone The maximum length of a sub number is two digits When the check box of Enable Group Number is not selected the extension number is simply the sub number Extension This read only field displays the extension number which is a Number combination of Group Number and Sub Number When you change group number or sub number the extension number automatically refreshes Use extension number to make calls between phones connected to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 8 The Common Phone Settings Screen Use this screen to activate and deactivate immediate dialing To access this screen click Vol P gt Phone gt Common Figure 125 VoIP gt Phone gt Common Common Settings M Active Immediate Dial Common Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 59 VoIP gt Phone gt Common LABEL DESCRIPTION Immediate Dial Active Immediate Dial Select this if you want to use the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately instead of waiting the number
401. nd with restrictions in France P 2612HW Series User s Guide 535 Appendix F Legal Information Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a par
402. nd Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 75 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 4 Address Mapping Note The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT gt General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules 1 to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so old rules 5 6 and 7 become new rules 4 5 and 6 To change
403. nd includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Tyoe CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm Certificate in
404. nd time means the whole day schedule 2 Please ensure your system time synchronize with Internet time Day The following times 24 Hour Format l Everyday 00 hour 00 7 min 00 7 hour 00 7 min Mon o0 J chour 00 min 00 chour 00 min l Tue o0 J chour 00 min 00 chour 00 min C Wed o0 hour 00 min 00 chour 00 min I Thu 00 chour o0 min 00 chour 00 min M Fri 00 hour 00 min 00 chour 00 min L Sat o hour foo min foo hour oo min l sun foo z hour foo min foo hour foo min Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Network gt Wireless LAN gt Scheduling LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Wireless LAN Scheduling Select this to activate wireless LAN scheduling on your ZyXEL Device WLAN status Select On or Off to enable or disable the wireless LAN Day Select the day s you want to turn the wireless LAN on or off The following times Specify the time period during which to apply the schedule For example if you decide to turn off the wireless LAN everyday but you set an exception from 12 00 to 1 30 Then the wireless LAN is only available from 12 00 to 1 30 everyday Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved setti
405. ndix C IP Addresses and Subnetting By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 171 Subnet Masks BINARY 1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH DECIMAL OCTET OCTET OCTET OCTET 8 bit mask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bit mask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248 Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for tha
406. ne is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up LAN Port Statistics Interface This field displays Ethernet LAN ports Status This displays the port speed and duplex setting TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this interface RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this interface Collisions This is the number of collisions on this interfaces Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens 5 5 VoIP Statistics Click Status gt VoIP Statistics to access this screen Fi
407. necting to the WPS enabled AP via the PIN method Figure 105 Example WPS Process PIN Method ENROLLEE REGISTRAR WITHIN 2 MINUTES SECURE EAP TUNNEL Gi SSID WPA 2 PSK COMMUNICATION 2 8 9 5 3 How WPS Works When two WPS enabled devices connect each device must assume a Specific role One device acts as the registrar the device that supplies network and security settings and the other device acts as the enrollee the device that receives network and security settings The registrar creates a secure EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol tunnel and sends the network name SSID and the WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key to the enrollee Whether WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK is used depends on the standards supported by the devices If the registrar is already part of a network it sends the existing information If not it generates the SSID and WPA 2 PSK randomly P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following figure shows a WPS enabled client installed in a notebook computer connecting to a WPS enabled access point Figure 106 How WPS works ACTIVATE ACTIVATE WPS WPS WITHIN 2 MINUTES D E d E o WPS HANDSHAKE 6 ENROLLEE REGISTRAR i SECURE TUNNEL G0 p SECURITY INFO o M COMMUNICATION The roles of registrar and enrollee last only as long as the WPS setup process is active two minutes The next time yo
408. nection cables Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL Device with the screws on the wall Hang the ZyXEL Device on the screws Figure 263 Wall mounting Example z T LETT P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications The following are dimensions of an M4 tap screw and masonry plug used for wall mounting All measurements are in millimeters mm Figure 264 Masonry Plug and M4 Tap Screw 4 22 0 1 2 01 2 16 J l 1 l lj I 1 l 20 0 2 0 30 0 2 0 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 459 IP Addresses and Subnetting 495 Wireless LANs 507 Common Services 531 Legal Information 535 Index 537 457 Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Note Your specific ZyXEL device may not support all of the operating systems described in this appendix See the product specifications for more information about which operating systems are supported This appendix shows you how to configure the IP settings on your computer in order for it to be able to communicate with the other devices on your network Windows Vista XP 2000 Mac OS 9 OS X and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to use TCP IP on your computer If you manually assign IP information instead of using a dynamic IP make sure that your netwo
409. ner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Country Type up to 127 characters to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Key Length Select a number from the drop down list box to determine how many bits the key should use 512 to 2048 The longer the key the more secure it is A longer key also uses more PKI storage space Enrollment Options These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated Create a self signed certificate Select Create a self signed certificate to have the ZyXEL Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority CA itself This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Select Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment to have the ZyXEL Device generate and store a request for a certificate Use the My Certificate Details screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority Copy the certification request from the My Certificate Details screen see Section 15 3 on page 297 and then send it to the certification authority Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immedi
410. nesscancnacsnscrisasssmedauonnrcens 353 19 2 Comigouing Ey iain ne DNG sameinist tree dai 354 Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration cccsssssseesecceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeeeeeesnseeneneeneneeseeas 357 OW OVEN ondeund aa ae aa aaa aE 357 20 1 1 What You Can Do in the Remote Management Screens ccceeceeeeeeeeeteeeees 358 20 1 2 What You Need to Know About Remote Management ceceeeteeeeeeettteeeeeees 358 20 2 The WWW SGEN oaieiinisiur rinane ienaa k scm aa a aE E a aa a A Aaa AOA Ki andaa 359 20o he Tane SOM Mi agapan oa EO EE 360 204 The FIF SOR asina aa a a E 361 20S Me SNMP OT EE N assii aai SESE a Taa Eii ASISE AASENS ESRA 362 TT Can N ceaiin E a r aR 364 20 6 The DNS Ore aisina aa Aa aka A A 365 20 7 ME TC SOREN ognniaa E 366 Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UIPMP iaisciccsccioscdsnjiccsondnsoisestonensostcrnnvassenicteaccrtestucertsinavdetousetsenestes 369 Ge seca Sa cstete eaasiares ean ds alge Seana epananlshehe ds oede Whiuet saaea etic eyed ash Shoe paneu iG enccast et ales 369 21 1 1 What You Can Do in the UPnP Screen cccecccccecsecesseesseseesecseceeeeeseeeesessnsteaeees 369 21 1 2 What You Need to Know About PIP sec iscicisscdccretccscuciineiecstiamwicasnant i 369 ee me UFP a nenna aa a aa a a R 371 21 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example ass scccvtassed cadadaciutndalasuabeadiaeie seibadedied ae hadas a 371 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents 21 4 Using
411. nfiguration 415 424 429 RFC 1483 114 448 RFC 1631 169 RFC 1889 210 452 RFC 1890 452 RFC 2327 452 RFC 2364 448 RFC 2516 447 448 RFC 2684 448 RFC 3261 452 Ringer Equivalence Number see REN RIP 124 129 132 direction 132 version 133 romfile 413 router features 25 Routing Information Protocol see RIP Routing Information Protocol see RIP routing mode 102 RTCP 452 RTP 210 452 RTS Request To Send 510 threshold 509 510 RTS CTS threshold 148 S safety warnings 7 scan 141 schedules content filtering 255 firewalls 239 scheduling wireless LAN 156 SCR 105 111 117 SDP 452 seamless rate adaptation 448 secure gateway address 258 security associations see VPN Security Parameter Index 271 security network 246 server 183 389 service set 141 150 Service Set Dentification see SSID Service Set Dentity see SSID Session Description Protocol 452 Session Initiation Protocol see SIP setup 222 shared secret 147 silence suppression 195 451 Single User Account see SUA SIP 206 account 51 207 accounts 451 ALG 178 452 Application Layer Gateway 178 452 call progression 210 client 208 identities 207 INVITE request 211 212 number 207 OK response 213 proxy server 208 redirect server 209 register server 210 server address 52 servers 208 service domain 207 settings 51 URI 207 user agent 208 version 2 452 SMTP error messages 395 SNMP 362 449 manager 363 MIBs 363 speed d
412. nfigure LAN TCP IP settings DHCP settings enable Any IP and configure other advanced properties Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign specific IP addresses to individual MAC addresses and host names IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Wireless LAN AP Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN authentication security settings More AP Use this screen to configure multiple BSSs on the ZyXEL Device MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to specific wireless clients or exclude specific wireless clients from accessing the ZyXEL Device WPS Use this screen to configure multiple BSSs on the ZyXEL Device WPS Station Use this screen to configure WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup settings WDS Use this screen to configure your WDS Wireless Distribution System links between the ZyXEL Device and other wireless APs Scheduling Use this screen to configure when the ZyXEL Device enables or disables the wireless LAN P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION NAT General Use this screen to use WPS to set up your wireless network Port Use this screen to make your local servers visible to Forwarding the outside world
413. ng You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 28 2 or 254 possible hosts 498 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 314 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting I I I i 4 i I i I I I i 1 i Internet I I 4 I wa I E y I i a I I 192 168 1 0 24 4 4 eee eee ee ne You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B Figure 315 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 12 B if ry be a D 3 i 2 i ana 1 192 168 1 0 25 4 192 168 1
414. ng Up Your Computer s IP Address tab The Interface Statistics column shows data if your connection is working properly Figure 294 Ubuntu 8 Network Tools Devices Network ooe n n Pay x Tool Edit Help Devices Ping Netstat Traceroute Port Scan Lookup Finger Whois RAEN ST os 9 configure IP Information Protocol IP Address Netmask Prefix Broadcast Scope IPv4 10 0 2 15 255 255 255 0 10 0 2 255 IPv6 fe80 a00 27ff fe30 e16c 64 Link Interface Information Interface Statistics Hardware address 08 00 27 30 e1 6c eeeeytes 684 6 KiB Multicast Enabled Transmitted packets 1425 MTU 1500 Transmission errors 0 Link speed not available Received bytes 219 5 KiB State Active Received packets 1426 Reception errors 0 Collisions 0 Linux openSUSE 10 3 KDE This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in the K Desktop Environment KDE using the openSUSE 10 3 Linux distribution The procedure screens and file locations may vary depending on your specific distribution release version and individual configuration The following screens use the default openSUSE 10 3 installation Note Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address in the KDE P 2612HW Series User s Guide 479 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address
415. ngs P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 9 Wireless LAN Technical Reference This section discusses wireless LANs in depth For more information see the appendix 8 9 1 Additional Wireless Terms The following table describes some wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device s Web Configurator Table 42 Additional Wireless Terms TERM DESCRIPTION RTS CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area wireless devices are sometimes not aware of each other s presence This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through By setting this value lower than the default value the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device The lower the value the more often the devices must get permission If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value see below then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes long and short If a device uses a different preamble mode than the ZyXEL Device does it cannot communicate with the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommen
416. ngs Optional Networking Components Network Tasks P 2612HW Series User s Guide 373 Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details Figure 221 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox 4 shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components Stj Management and Monitoring Tools 1 9 MB Networking Services 0 3 MB C 85 Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 9 MB 374 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 5 Inthe Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Figure 222 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services amp RIP Listener 0 0 MB EI Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB
417. nmaacasiacaaneecanan 31 2 1 Web Coniig rator CVU iasanen a aia ii aaa kaa 31 2 1 1 Actessing he Web Conf iguUtAIOT serisine iasan iarrata anaana aas 31 22 Web Conigutrator Main SCEN sinirmariniisasiikii ariens a REA AA G 33 2e TTE BaT on S 33 eee NAVIGON PONGOL soriant a tekernabineaesesnieeaanes 34 B N OO E saa tomlin a a a AT aa 38 Be e E E E A E N E T 38 Chapter 3 WIZA S s a a Ea a eaea Ea A aS eaesendeayasvaeiaes 39 EOE ON preka nn etena eine AAA RI 39 Se memei Access Wizard SOUP sacma Ee A a ER RTAS 39 SAT Manual CSU UPN eaae E EA 42 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Lat Table of Contents 3 9 Wireless Connection Wizard SetuP scar ensiassiiverauiaaitinaueararianaudeteniers 46 d Manually Assign a WPA PSK KOY dicionais anid enina n aAA ROTRA 49 3 9 2 Manually Assign a WEP KOY rorssiasiinnsoani noori a aN Oair 50 ee VAF Sew UG aana ES A E 51 e E e E E E E PTE E A E E E E E T 52 TAA Redi FDO Compel serrin aeea E R E E 53 Chapter 4 TREC sa ssinxasisssistniassatsarntnastenaniassasininanainasienndtavensinianaainssnsnaianseasananseninisanmaiansesdesnessanadisaanneaantainns 57 ARE OND EAE PE A A A E E E E E E TA 57 42 How to Set upa Wireless NEDNOIK sciacccacceicstscbcuedsontesaeeeatetbenaedcualiuedasteennttanaiuaters sasauetannaes 57 4 25 ENP F a E a ema ona 57 2S Ta ANU INW ME AF aunan EE 58 423 Configuring the Wireless UG snio sminiia inna aaa eats 60 4 3 Using NAT with Multiple Public IP Addresses ce
418. nnected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation Gateway The ZyXEL Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet connection terminates Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 5 WAN Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter 6 5 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods P 2612HW Series User s Guide 113 Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 5 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the Gateway IP Address field in the wizard or WAN screen You can get this information from your ISP 6 5 1 2 PPP over Ethernet The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE is an IETF Draft s
419. nnections The ZyXEL Device forwards traffic that is initiated from either the LAN or the WAN to the destination IP address Note The many to one or many to many NAT address mapping rules are for outgoing connections only That means only traffic initiated from the LAN or returned packets are allowed to go through the ZyXEL Device In this example you create two one to one rules to map the internal web server 192 168 1 12 and mail server 192 168 1 13 to different static public IP addresses The many to one rule maps a public IP address 1 2 3 4 that is the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address to outgoing LAN traffic It allows other local P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial computers on the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address to use this IP address to access the Internet Figure 44 Tutorial Example Mapping Multiple Public IP Addresses to Inside Servers LAN Mapping rules WAN 192 168 1 39 192 168 1 12 lt gt 1 2 3 5 1 1 n 192 168 1 13 lt gt 1 2 3 6 1 1 K Other outgoing LAN traffic gt 1 2 3 4 M 1 pa Ss ei mn Tma S Internet 192 168 1 39 Y j M eer Mai 168 112 499 168 1 13 Note The ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify You should put any one to one rules before a many to one rule 1 Click Network gt NAT gt General 2 Enable NAT and select Full Feature as you have multiple public IP addresses to map to private IP addr
420. nnnnnsrnnnnesrnnnnnnna 230 12 13 Firewall Rule Setup Example sccccsssscceiestiacnsacadecoitaicoivascniaandemiaedieataiadentaaeeniewehs 230 laa The Firewall General Serea riinan aA E ersge ree 234 12 3 Ihe Firewall Rule Ory a sucse crsurcinate oausi sara n a a a a aiiai 236 1e Conigunig Firewall RUES siisii anaia a 237 P 2612HW Series User s Guide 15 Table of Contents 12 3 2 CASIOIIEBe SB PVICES arara a A RT A 240 1233 Configunng A Customized SEVICE sun soushce ciustersasnruissarasdeeresndewuncdeaunsabaice aiia 241 124 The Firewall Threshold GOrEET orsi tocrniri aeueo aeaaaee A aa ASA 241 12A WAP aN saaien a sa aaa aa 242 12 4 2 Configuring Firewall Thresholds gascccssaccsesssnvasaoentascneassdesuvdciernenianontntseuiecantsereaunees 243 12 5 Firewall Technical Referente saccccsccisincarasmviacchanerneseqrnrepiennanneadderateenenenannngdennbaaneieectaaneiae 245 1201 Firewall Rules WEIEN siosio a aiaa 245 12 5 2 Guidelines For Enhancing Security With Your Firewall c cccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 246 1250 opemiy Corder ONS aE TANN 247 Teon Tone RONE a a 247 Chapter 13 Content FiINeriMg sscsciccicsccisascccotecsscaciccsnsnecsastatccraescsnctssicatadeatasuesedsesiesiescaudsisieadanueiecsnciasnasteneie 251 Se cioni a eae dem ed naz anaes cae ee eee 251 13 1 1 What You Can Do in the Content Filter Screens 0 c ceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneees 251 13 1 2 What You Need to Know About Content Filtering ccceccceesecee
421. ns of example log messages Table 132 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION successful Time calibration is The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful W EB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful T LNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 132 System Maintenance Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time
422. nt configuration in order to set up a VPN tunnel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN The two ZyXEL Devices in this example can complete negotiation and establish a VPN tunnel Table 91 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type E mail Local ID type IP Local ID content Local ID content 1 1 1 2 tom yourcompany com Peer ID type IP Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID content tom yourcompany com The two ZyXEL Devices in this example cannot complete their negotiation because ZyXEL Device B s Local ID type is IP but ZyXEL Device A s Peer ID type is set to E mail An ID mismatched message displays in the IPSEC LOG Table 92 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type IP Local ID type IP Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Peer ID type E mail Peer ID type IP Peer ID content aa yahoo com Peer ID content N A 14 9 10 Pre Shared Key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation see Section 14 9 5 on page 282 for more on IKE phases It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection 14 9 11 Diffie Hellman DH Key Groups Diffie Hellman DH is a public key cryptography prot
423. nt to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT e Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses e Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address e Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types The following table summarizes these types Table 51 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILAL gt IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILAL gt IGA1 ILA2 gt IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILAL gt IGA1 ILA2 gt IGA2 ILA3 gt IGA1 ILA4 lt gt IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 lt gt IGA1 ILA2 gt IGA2 ILA3 gt IGA3 Server Server 1 IP gt IGA1 Server 2 IP gt IGA1 Server 3 IP gt IGA1 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT P 2612HW Series User s Guide 10 1 Overview Use this chapter to Connect an analog phone to the ZyXEL Device Make phone call
424. nter the source MAC address of the packet MAC Mask Type the mask for the specified MAC address to determine which bits a packet s MAC address should match Enter f for each bit of the specified source MAC address that the traffic s MAC address should match Enter 0 for the bit s of the matched traffic s MAC address which can be of any hexadecimal character s For example if you set the MAC address to 00 13 49 00 00 00 and the mask to ff ff ff 00 00 00 a packet with a MAC address of 00 13 49 12 34 56 matches this criteria Exclude Select this option to exclude the packets that match the specified criteria from this classifier Destination Address Select the check box and enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Subnet Enter the destination subnet mask Refer to the appendix for more Netmask information on IP subnetting Port Select the check box and enter the port number of the destination 0 means any source port number See Appendix E on page 531 for some common services and port numbers MAC Select the check box and enter the destination MAC address of the packet P 2612HW Series User s Guide 347 Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS Table 114 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup gt Add continued LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Mask Type the mask for the specified MAC address to determine which bits a packet s MAC address should match Enter f for
425. nvitation to User Agent 2 to participate in a SIP telephone call Proxy 1 sends a response indicating that it is trying to complete the request 212 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 2 Proxy 1 sends a SIP INVITE request to Proxy 2 Proxy 2 sends a response indicating that it is trying to complete the request 3 Proxy 2 sends a SIP INVITE request to User Agent 2 4 User Agent 2 sends a response back to Proxy 2 indicating that the phone is ringing The response is relayed back to User Agent 1 via Proxy 1 5 User Agent 2 sends an OK response to Proxy 2 after the call is answered This is also relayed back to User Agent 1 via Proxy 1 6 User Agent 1 and User Agent 2 exchange RTP packets containing voice data directly without involving the proxies 7 When User Agent 2 hangs up he sends a BYE request 8 User Agent 1 replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated Voice Coding A codec coder decoder codes analog voice signals into digital signals and decodes the digital signals back into analog voice signals The ZyXEL Device supports the following codecs e G 711 is a Pulse Code Modulation PCM waveform codec PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into digital samples G 711 provides very good sound quality but requires 64 kbps of bandwidth e G 726 is an Adaptive Differential PCM ADPCM waveform codec that uses a l
426. o record custom tones for the Caller Ringing Tone and On Hold Tone functions The same recordings apply to both the caller ringing and on hold tones Table 66 Custom Tones Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Total Time for All Tones 128 seconds for all custom tones combined Time per Individual Tone 20 seconds Total Number of Tones 8 Recordable You can record up to 8 different custom tones but the total time must be 128 seconds or less Recording Custom Tones Use the following steps if you would like to create new tones or change your tones Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu Press a number from 1101 1108 on your phone followed by the key Play your desired music or voice recording into the receiver s mouthpiece Press the key You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done Listening to Custom Tones Do the following to listen to a custom tone 3 The ZyXEL Device does not support pulse dialing at the time of writing P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1201 1208 followed by the key to listen to the tone 3 You can continue to add listen to
427. o as the wireless client here The M 302 utility screens are used here as an example The screens may vary slightly for different models P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 4 2 2 Configuring the AP Follow the steps below to configure the wireless settings on your AP 1 Open the Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP screen in the AP s web configurator Figure 25 AP Wireless LAN gt AP Wireless Setup F Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID Chide ss1D Auto Scan Channel O Channel Selection Security Security Mode Pre Shared Key ReAuthentication Timer Idle Timeout Group Key Update Timer SSID_Example3 WPA PSK Y Thisismy WPA PSKpre sharedkey j 1800 In Seconds 3600 In Seconds 1800 In Seconds Advanced Setup 2 Make sure Active Wireless LAN is selected 3 Enter SSID_Example3 as the SSID and select a channel which is not used by another AP 4 Set security mode to WPA PSK and enter ThisismyWPA PSKpre sharedkey in the Pre Shared Key field Click Apply P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 5 Click the Advanced Setup button and select Mixed in the 802 11 Mode field Click Apply Figure 26 AP Wireless LAN gt AP gt Advanced Setup Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2432 0 2432 Fragmentation Threshold 2432 256 2432 Output Power Level fo 7 Preamble Long 7 802 11 Mode Mixed 7 _Back
428. o authenticate itself in order to assess the directory server Type the login name up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 106 Security gt Certificates gt Directory Server gt Add LABEL DESCRIPTION Password Type the password up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority Back Click Back to return to the Directory Servers screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen A At the time of writing LDAP is the only choice of directory server access protocol P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates P 2612HW Series User s Guide Static Route 16 1 Overview The ZyXEL Device usually uses the default gateway to route outbound traffic from computers on the LAN to the Internet To have the ZyXEL Device send data to devices not reachable through the default gateway use static routes For example the next figure shows a computer A connected to the ZyXEL Device s LAN interface The ZyXEL Device routes most traffic from A to the Internet through the ZyXEL Device s default gateway R1 You create one static route to connect to services offered by your ISP behind router
429. o drop the connection 5 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections with party A on line and party B on hold press the flash key 6 If you want to go back to the three way conversation press the flash key again 7 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections again press the flash key This time the party B is on line and party A is on hold 11 8 Phone Functions Summary The following table shows the key combinations you can enter on your phone s keypad to use certain features Table 71 Phone Functions Summary ACTION FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QQ HTTP pincode Use this if your service provider gave you a personal identification number to enter in order to start using the service See Section 11 6 on page 222 99 Enable firmware update Use these to upload or not upload new firmware to the ZyXEL Device if requested by your service provider See Section 11 6 on page 222 99 Disable firmware update 98 Call transfer Transfer a call to another phone See Section 11 7 2 on page 223 Europe type and Section 11 7 3 on page 225 USA type 97 Call park Use these to place a call on hold on one phone and then continue it on another if supported by your TAIA Call picup service provider See Chapter 28 on page 445 66 Call return Place a call to the last person who called you See Chapter 28 on page 445
430. ocess is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA 2 PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server optional IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same o
431. ocol that allows two parties to establish a shared secret over an unsecured communications channel Diffie Hellman is used within IKE SA setup to establish session keys 768 bit Group 1 DH1 and 1024 bit Group 2 DH2 Diffie Hellman groups are supported Upon completion of the Diffie Hellman exchange the two peers have a shared secret but the IKE SA is not authenticated For authentication use pre shared keys 14 9 12 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples The following examples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a single ZyXEL Device at headquarters The telecommuters use IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device at headquarters has a static public IP address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 9 12 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple telecommuters A B and C in the figure to use one VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure The telecommuters do not have domain names mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers The telecommuters must all use the same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses or ranges of addresses should not overlap Figure 171 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example A pa LAN ks lt gt a 192 168 2 12 SY B NANN HO i LAN LAN L lt Ne Internet __ _ qE 192 168 3
432. of seconds you selected in the Dialing Interval Selection in Vol P gt Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced Setup If you select this dial the phone number and then press the pound key The ZyXEL Device makes the call immediately instead of waiting You can still wait if you want Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 9 The Phone Region Screen Use this screen to maintain settings that depend on which region of the world the ZyXEL Device is in To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Region Figure 126 VolP gt Phone gt Region Region Settings Region Settings A Caution settings effect Call Service Mode Europe Type 7 CAUTION When Region Settings is changed you need to reboot device to take Default iad Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 60 VoIP gt Phone gt Region LABEL DESCRIPTION Region Settings Select the place in which the ZyXEL Device is located Call Service Mode Select the mode for supplementary phone services call hold call waiting call transfer and three way conference calls that your VoIP service provider supports Europe Type use supplementary phone services in European mode USA Type use supplementary
433. of the desired coverage area WiFi Protected Setup Your ZyXEL Device supports WiFi Protected Setup WPS which is an easy way to set up a secure wireless network WPS is an industry standard specification defined by the WiFi Alliance WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security without having to configure security settings manually Each WPS connection works between two devices Both devices must support WPS check each device s documentation to make sure Depending on the devices you have you can either press a button on the device itself or in its configuration utility or enter a PIN a unique Personal Identification Number that allows one device to authenticate the other in each of the two devices When WPS is activated on a device it has two minutes to find another device that also has WPS activated Then the two devices connect and set up a secure network by themselves 522 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Push Button Configuration WPS Push Button Configuration PBC is initiated by pressing a button on each WPS enabled device and allowing them to connect automatically You do not need to enter any information Not every WPS enabled device has a physical WPS button Some may have a WPS PBC button in their configuration utilities instead of or in addition to the physical button Take the following steps to set up WPS using the button 1 Ensure that the
434. oin the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 I GMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces 7 5 7 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually P 2612HW Series User s Guide 133 Chapter 7 LAN Setup configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL D
435. ol P gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Back Click this to return to the SIP Settings screen without saving your changes P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 53 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 4 The SIP QoS Screen Use this screen to maintain ToS and VLAN settings for the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt QoS Figure 121 VoIP gt SIP gt QoS TOS SIP TOS Priority Setting 160 0 255 RTP TOS Priority Setting 160 0 255 LAN Tagging I Voice VLAN ID jo 0 4095 Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 54 VolP gt SIP gt QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP TOS Priority Enter the priority for SIP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Setting Type of Service priority tags with this priority to voice traffic that it transmits RTP TOS Enter the priority for RTP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Priority Setting Type of Service priority tags with this priority to RTP traffic that it transmits Voice VLAN ID Select this if the ZyXEL Device has to be a member of a VLAN to communicate with the SIP server Ask your network administrator if you are not sure Enter the VLAN ID provided
436. old allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice USA Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to your telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Press the flash key to put the first call on hold and answer the second call USA Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone Press the flash key to put the caller on hold When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone USA Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls When you are on the phone talking to someone party A press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone Dial a phone number directly to make another call to party B When party B answers the second call press the flash key to create a three way conversation Hang up the phone to drop the connection If you want to separa
437. ols gt Restart Screen System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again 25 5 Using FTP or TFTP to Back Up Configuration 25 5 1 This section covers how to use FTP or TFTP to save your device s configuration file to your computer Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Enter your username as requested the default is admin Press ENTER when prompted for a password Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 25 5 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example This figure gives an example of using FTP commands from the DOS command prompt to save your device s configuration onto your computer Figure 254 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ft
438. om 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS is disabled NONE by default in phase 2 IPSec SA setup This allows faster IPSec setup but is not so secure Choose DH1 or DH2 from the drop down list box to enable PFS DH1 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number more secure yet slower Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device and return to the VPN IKE screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the VPN IKE screen without saving your changes P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 5 Manual Key Setup Manual key management is useful if you have problems with IKE key management 14 5 1 Security Parameter Index SPI An SPI is used to distinguish different SAs terminating at the same destination and using the same IPSec protocol This data allows for the multiplexing of SAs to a single gateway The SPI Security Parameter Index along with a destination IP
439. om O zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 16384 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI based FTP clients Table 156 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a user I D and password is automatically supplied to the server for anonymous access Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Initial Remote Specify the default remote directory path Directory Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet fro
440. on Backup Example ccssscecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeees 428 25 5 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients ccccccccsssseeeesseteeeeeees 429 25 6 Using FIP or TFTP to Restore Comiguration saitishscaceadar niet 429 25 6 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example ciccc csccccicecicateecseccissee tenner teeeriandtewesnnninsees 430 25 7 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads e ccccceeseseeeeeteeeeeneeeees 430 25 7 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example cccceeeeeeees 430 25 7 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload cccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 431 FS TFTP FIE GNA siseses a Ea aa 431 25 7 4 TFTP Upload Command Example iscccssivecsiunnics Gussebeadalastdslaciaditekeleniaienioens 432 Chapter 26 DiagNOS C sisssissssicsstsenisainisaianiassadsaaceiasiaisennisaiiessaieiasicsidasaldadassesedsecsaelasiaiaasnanadasialoeliaatasasianie 433 GN COSMO E E E N E E A E E Feamtbentee antec tides 433 26 1 1 What You Can Do in the Diagnostic Screens 2 2 ccicssceceiccstiscdecscassatvecerceseventasens 433 26 2 The General Diagnostic SOMIGN az cecsceckessseccadducrs arigzzancenmnticareecaadeats prpdaeen EEEE 433 26 3 The DSL Line DQG SCRE sicccccciseccscadnegacactaaitassuandeaesceracandedacdabiotonacanteeeaanniacteccg 434 Chapter 27 TRUE shoot cieo aa E Aaaa E 437 NONI E a a O cn aeaiana Matin seiate inuisaauin innit ie ie 437 27 2 Power Hardware Connections and LE
441. on authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority or generated by the ZyXEL Device Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same as the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate The ZyXEL Device uses rsa pkcs1 shal RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Some certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 96 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red a
442. on authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity s certificate If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the end entity s own certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust the end entity s certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the Information certificate Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identify
443. on real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 6 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Figure 81 Traffic Redirect Example LAN WAN a Internet A Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 Figure 82 Traffic Redirect LAN Se
444. on server 147 auto scan channel 141 button 30 channel 141 fragmentation threshold 148 group key update timer 145 147 hide SSID 141 idle timeout 145 147 IEEE 802 11b 148 IEEE 802 119 148 interference 509 more AP 149 multiple BSSs 149 output power 148 passphrase 143 preamble 148 PSK 155 re authentication timer 145 147 RTS CTS threshold 148 scheduling 156 security parameters 520 see also wireless TKIP 155 WDS 154 WEP 143 WPA 146 WPA PSK 144 WPA 146 452 516 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index key caching 518 pre authentication 518 user authentication 518 vs WPA PSK 517 wireless client supplicant 518 with RADIUS application example 518 WPA2 516 user authentication 518 vs WPA2 PSK 517 wireless client supplicant 518 with RADIUS application example 518 WPA2 Pre Shared Key see WPA2 PSK WPA2 PSK 516 517 application example 519 WPA PSK 49 144 517 application example 519 Z ZyNOS 414 F W version 414 firmware version 90 ZyXEL Network Operating System see ZyNOS P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index P 2612HW Series User s Guide 547
445. onfiguration file stored on disk FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current computer configuration to your device since FTP is faster Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically restart after the file transfer is complete Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device When the Restore Configuration process is complete the device automatically restarts P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 25 6 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example Figure 255 Restore Using FTP Session Example ftp gt put config rom rom 0 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR rom 0 226 File received OK 221 Goodbye for writing flash ftp 16384 bytes sent in 0 06Seconds 273 07Kbytes sec ftp gt quit Refer to Section on page 414 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 25 7 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads This section shows you how to upload firmware and configuration files Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client The following sections give examples of how to upload the firmware and the configuration files 25 7 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer
446. onnection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is Starting starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 140 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 141 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION amp s block keyword The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword The system forwarded web content P 2612HW Series User s Guide oe n Chapter 23 Logs For type and code details see Table 145 on page 402 Table 142 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP I GMP ESP GRE OSPF ESP GRE OSPF attack attack ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP attack code d land TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF ESP GRE OSPF land attack land ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack code Sd ip spoofing WAN TCP The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN UDP IGMP ESP GRE port OSPF ip spoofing WAN ICMP The firewall detec
447. ontains background material relevant to the VoIP gt SIP screens 10 13 1 VoIP VoIP is the sending of voice signals over Internet Protocol This allows you to make phone calls and send faxes over the Internet at a fraction of the cost of using the traditional circuit switched telephone network You can also use servers to run telephone service applications like PBX services and voice mail Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP companies provide VoIP service Circuit switched telephone networks require 64 kilobits per second Kbps in each direction to handle a telephone call VolP can use advanced voice coding techniques with compression to reduce the required bandwidth 10 13 2 SIP The Session Initiation Protocol SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP signaling is separate from the media for which it handles sessions The media that is exchanged during the session can use a different path from that of the P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice signaling SIP handles telephone calls and can interface with traditional circuit switched telephone networks SIP Identities A SIP account uses an identity sometimes referred to as a SIP address A complete SIP identity is called a SIP URI Uniform Resource Identifier A SIP account s URI identifies the SIP account in a way similar to the
448. ontinued TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS Telecommuter B telecommuterb dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 2 Local ID Type DNS Peer ID Type DNS Local ID Content telecommuterb com Peer ID Content telecommuterb com Local IP Address 192 168 3 2 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterb com Remote Address 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C telecommuterc dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 3 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content myVPN myplace com Peer ID Content myVPN myplace com Local IP Address 192 168 4 15 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterc com Remote Address 192 168 4 15 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN P 2612HW Series User s Guide 15 1 15 1 1 15 1 2 Certificates Overview The ZyXEL Device can use certificates also called digital IDs to authenticate users Certificates are based on public private key pairs A certificate contains the certificate owner s identity and public key Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication What You Can Do in the Certificate Screens e Use the My Certificate screens see Section 15 2 on page 295 to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates e Use the Trusted CA screens see Section 15 5 on page 304 to save the certifi
449. or RTP init fail The initialization of an RTP session failed Error Call fail RTP connect fail A VoIP phone call failed because the RTP session could not be established Error RTP connection cannot close The termination of an RTP session failed Table 149 FSM Logs Caller Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Start Ph Phone Port Number lt Outgoing Call Number Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to initiate a VoIP call to the listed destination VoIP Call Established Ph Phone Port gt Outgoing Call Number Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to make a VoIP call to the listed destination VoIP Call End Phone Phone Port A VoIP phone call made from a phone connected to the listed phone port has terminated P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 150 FSM Logs Callee Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Start from A VoIP phone call came to the ZyXEL Device from the SIP SIP Port Number listed SIP number VoIP Call Established A VoIP phone call was set up from the listed SIP number Ph Phone Port lt to the ZyXEL Device Outgoing Call Number VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call that came into the ZyXEL Device has Port terminated The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to RFC 2408 f
450. or detailed information on each type Table 151 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER_REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DEL Delete VID Vendor ID P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs P 2612HW Series User s Guide 24 1 24 1 1 Call History Overview The ZyXEL Device keeps track of when you use the phone ports for calls What You Can Do in the Call History Screens e Use the Summary screen Section 24 2 on page 407 to view a summary of the calls performed via the ZyXEL Device within a certain period Use the Call History screen Section 24 3 on page 408 to see the details of the calls performed on the ZyXEL Device e Use the Call History Settings screen Section 24 4 on page 409 to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send call records and the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send or save the call records 24 2 Call History Summary Screen Click Maintenance gt Call History to open the Summary screen Use the Summary screen to view a summary of the calls performed via the ZyXEL Device within a certain period Figure 237 Maintenance gt Call History gt Summary Summary of Call History Today 12 04 2007 12 04
451. or traffic that does not match a custom class e Use the Class Setup screen Section 18 3 on page 343 to set up classifiers to sort traffic into different flows and assign priority and define actions to be performed for a classified traffic flow P 2612HW Series User s Guide 337 Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS e Use the Monitor screen Section 18 4 on page 349 to view the ZyXEL Device s QoS related packet statistics 18 1 2 What You Need to Know About QoS 18 1 3 QoS versus Cos QoS is used to prioritize source to destination traffic flows All packets in the same flow are given the same priority CoS class of service is a way of managing traffic in a network by grouping similar types of traffic together and treating each type as a class You can use CoS to give different priorities to different packet types CoS technologies include IEEE 802 1p layer 2 tagging and DiffServ Differentiated Services or DS IEEE 802 1p tagging makes use of three bits in the packet header while DiffServ is a new protocol and defines a new DS field which replaces the eight bit ToS Type of Service field in the IP header Tagging and Marking In a QoS class you can configure whether to add or change the DSCP DiffServ Code Point value IEEE 802 1p priority level and VLAN ID number in a matched packet When the packet passes through a compatible network the networking device such as a backbone switch can provide specific treatmen
452. ore access points and one or more wireless clients The wireless clients connect to the access points e An ad hoc type of network is one in which there is no access point Wireless clients connect to one another in order to exchange information Security Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Use the strongest security that every wireless client in the wireless network supports Table 29 Wireless Security Levels SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Weakest No Security MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption IEEE 802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication WPA PSK Wi Fi Protected Access Pre Shared Key WPA Wi Fi Protected Access WPA PSK2 WPA2 Strongest Note WPA2 or WPA2 PSK security is recommended e WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK do not employ user authentication and are known as the personal version of WPA e WEP is better than no security but it is still possible for unauthorized devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly MAC Address Filter Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address consists of twelve hexadecimal characters 0 9 and A to F and it is usually written in the following format OA A0 00 BB CC DD P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The MAC address filter controls acc
453. ority level and seven is the highest DiffServ QoS is used to prioritize source to destination traffic flows All packets in the flow are given the same priority You can use CoS class of service to give different priorities to different packet types P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS 18 5 4 DiffServ Differentiated Services is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict wi
454. orm the WPS handshake instead Figure 329 WPS Example Network Step 3 EXISTING CONNECTION s Cth ENROLLEE R O es ye AP1 Limitations of WPS WPS has some limitations of which you should be aware e WPS works in Infrastructure networks only where an AP and a wireless client communicate It does not work in Ad Hoc networks where there is no AP e When you use WPS it works between two devices only You cannot enroll multiple devices simultaneously you must enroll one after the other For instance if you have two enrollees and one registrar you must set up the first enrollee by pressing the WPS button on the registrar and the first enrollee for example then check that it successfully enrolled then set up the second device in the same way e WPS works only with other WPS enabled devices However you can still add non WPS devices to a network you already set up using WPS WPS works by automatically issuing a randomly generated WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key from the registrar device to the enrollee devices Whether the network uses WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK depends on the device You can check the configuration interface of the registrar device to discover the key the network is using if the device supports this feature Then you can enter the key into the non WPS device and join the network as normal the non WPS device must also support WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK P 2612HW Series User s Guide Append
455. ory gt Call History Settings Call History Settings E mail Call History Settings Mail Server DO Server Name or Mail Subject Send Call History to E Mail Address Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Send Call History Schedule when Log is Full 7 Day for Sending Call History Sunday z Time for Sending Call History jo hour fo minute I Clear Call History after sending mail Save Call History Settings Save Call History Schedule Hourly 7 Day for Saving Call History Sunday 7 Time for Saving Call History fo hounj0 minute Summary of Call History Settings Start Day of Every Month fo Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 154 Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Call History Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device have this field Send Call The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field History to If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail P 2612HW Series User s Guide C
456. otects your ZyXEL Device and network from attacks by hackers on the Internet and control access to it By default the firewall e allows traffic that originates from your LAN computers to go to all other networks e blocks traffic that originates on other networks from going to the LAN The following figure illustrates the default firewall action User A can initiate an IM Instant Messaging session from the LAN to the WAN 1 Return traffic for this session is also allowed 2 However other traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 3 and 4 Figure 135 Default Firewall Action LAN WAN MI r je JINTERNED 12 1 1 What You Can Do in the Firewall Screens e Use the General screen Section 12 2 on page 234 to enable firewall and or triangle route on the ZyXEL Device and set the default action that the firewall takes on packets that do not match any of the firewall rules e Use the Rules screen Section 12 3 on page 236 to view the configured firewall rules and add edit or remove a firewall rule P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall e Use the Threshold screen Section 12 4 on page 241 to set the thresholds that the ZyXEL Device uses to determine when to start dropping sessions that do not become fully established half open sessions 12 1 2 What You Need to Know About Firewall 12 1 3 DoS Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the In
457. oth CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Print amp Fax Sound Saver Mouse Q a Internet amp Ne Mac QuickTime Sharing System D F5 u Accounts Date amp Time Software Speech Startup Disk Universal Update Access 3 When the Network preferences pane opens select Built in Ethernet from the network connection type list and then click Configure Figure 279 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences 0900 Network 4 Showall Q Location Automatic iz Show Network Status iz Built in Ethernet is currently active and has the IP address Built in Ethernet 10 0 1 2 You are connected to the Internet via Built in Ethernet Internet Sharing is on and is using AirPort to share the connection AirPort Configure Q sconnect n Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now 468 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 4 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure I Pv4 list in the TCP IP tab Figure 280 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences gt TCP IP Tab ean Network lt Show all Q Location Automatic EZ Show Built in Ethernet H CP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet IP Address 0 0 0 0 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask DHCP Client ID If required Router DNS Servers Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address
458. otocol TCP z fo I Exclude Packet Length fo si F Exclude I DSCP fo 0 63 I Exclude 7 Ethernet Priority 0 BE z F exclude T VLAN ID E 24094 I Exclude 7 Physical Port fi z T Exclude 7 TCP ACK Apply Cancel Figure 202 QoS Class Example Boss 1 Calss Configuration JEx_Boss Interface FromLan gt Priority fs x Routing Policy By Routing Table WAN Index ial Gateway Address oooo Order B Tag Configuration P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS Figure 203 QoS Class Example Boss 2 m a _ _s Source MV address 10 0 0 23 Destination I Address joo 0 0 Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 D Port bo m mac MAC Mask Others Ci Service Fr I Protocol TCP X b T Exclude I PacketLength b fo I Exclude m Dscp 0 063 T Exclude 7 Ethernet Priority 05E I Exclude T VLAN ID 2 2w4094 T Exclude I Physical Port A T Exclude I TCP ACK Apply Subnet Netmask 255 255 255 0 MAC Mask I Exclude Exclude I Exclude F Exclude I Exclude I Exclude Cancel 18 2 The QoS General Screen Click Advanced gt QoS to open the screen as shown next Use this screen to enable or disable QoS and select to have the ZyXEL Device automatically assign P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS priority to traffic according to the IEEE 802 1p prior
459. ou set a second choice to UserDefined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you click Apply Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the field to the right read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer You can only select DNS Relay for one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DHCP sever on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup RIP 7 2 1 The Advanced LAN Setup Screen RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing in
460. ou set the maximum incomplete high to 100 the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 It stops deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions drops below the number set as the maximum incomplete low TCP Maximum Incomplete An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a DoS attack is being launched against the host Specify the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth The ZyXEL Device sends alerts whenever the TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded Action taken Select the action that ZyXEL Device should take when the TCP when TCP maximum incomplete threshold is reached You can have the ZyXEL Maximum Device either Incomplete A reached Delete the oldest half open session when a new connection request threshold comes or Deny new connection requests for the number of minutes that you specify between 1 and 255 Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall
461. ou want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name of the certificate Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 15 10 Trusted Remote Hosts Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen and then click Import to open the Trusted Remote Host Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted host s certificate to the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Note The trusted remote host certificate must be a self signed certificate and you must remove any spaces from its filename before you can import it Figure 184 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts gt Import Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats File Path Browse Binary x 509 PEM Base 64 encoded x 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 104 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts gt Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to
462. out having to configure security settings manually Each WPS connection works between two devices Both devices must support WPS check each device s documentation to make sure Depending on the devices you have you can either press a button on the device itself or in its configuration utility or enter a PIN a unique Personal Identification Number that allows one device to authenticate the other in each of the two devices When WPS is activated on a device it has two minutes to find another device that also has WPS activated Then the two devices connect and set up a secure network by themselves 8 9 5 1 Push Button Configuration WPS Push Button Configuration PBC is initiated by pressing a button on each WPS enabled device and allowing them to connect automatically You do not need to enter any information Not every WPS enabled device has a physical WPS button Some may have a WPS PBC button in their configuration utilities instead of or in addition to the physical button Take the following steps to set up WPS using the button 1 Ensure that the two devices you want to set up are within wireless range of one another 2 Look for a WPS button on each device If the device does not have one log into its configuration utility and locate the button see the device s User s Guide for how to do this for the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 6 on page 153 3 Press the button on one of the devices it doesn t matter which Fo
463. outer failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings readNetBIOSFilter calloc error The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface P 2612HW Series User s Guide 397 Chapter 23 Logs Table 134 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Packet Direction gt lt rule d gt Firewall default policy TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or lt Packet Direction gt forwarded according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT match TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched or did not match a configured firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to message TCP TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE pass through OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked TCP UDP IGMP corresponding NAT table entry ESP GRE OSPF Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requeste
464. over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 RFC 2766 Network Address Translation Protocol IEEE 802 11 Also known by the brand Wi Fi denotes a set of Wireless LAN WLAN standards developed by working group 11 of the IEEE LAN MAN Standards Committee IEEE 802 IEEE 802 11b Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11g Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11d Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Media Access Control MAC Bridges IEEE 802 11x Port Based Network Access Control IEEE 802 11e QoS IEEE 802 11 e Wireless LAN for Quality of Service ANSI T1 413 Issue 2 Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL standard G dmt G 992 1 G 992 1 Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line ADSL Transceivers ITU G 992 1 G DMT ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation ITU G 992 2 G Lite ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation ITU G 992 3 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the G dmt bis capability of basic ADSL in data rates ITU G 992 4 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the G lite bis capability of basic ADSL in data rates ITU G 992 5 ADSL2 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the capability of basic ADSL by doubling the number of downstream bits Microsoft PPTP MS PPTP Microsoft s implementation of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol RFC 2383 ST2 over ATM Protocol Spe
465. ower bitrate than standard PCM conversion ADPCM converts analog audio into digital signals based on the difference between each audio sample and a prediction based on previous samples The more similar the audio sample is to the prediction the less space needed to describe it G 726 operates at 16 24 32 or 40 kbps e G 729 is an Analysis by Synthesis AbS hybrid waveform codec that uses a filter based on information about how the human vocal tract produces sounds G 729 provides good sound quality and reduces the required bandwidth to 8 kbps PSTN Call Setup Signaling Dual Tone MultiFrequency DTMF signaling uses pairs of frequencies one lower frequency and one higher frequency to set up calls It is also known as Touch Tone Each of the keys on a DTMF telephone corresponds to a different pair of frequencies P 2612HW Series User s Guide 213 Chapter 10 Voice Pulse dialing sends a series of clicks to the local phone office in order to dial numbers MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Message Waiting Indication MWI enables your phone to give you a message waiting beeping dial tone when you have a voice message s Your VoIP service provider must have a messaging system that sends message waiting status SIP packets as defined in RFC 3842 Custom Tones IVR IVR Interactive Voice Response is a feature that allows you to use your telephone to interact with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device allows you t
466. p down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask P 2612HW Series User s Guide 273 Chapter 14 VPN 274 Table 84 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyX
467. p gt get rom O zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 16384 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit 25 5 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI based FTP clients Table 160 General Commands for GUl based FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a user I D and password is automatically supplied to the server for anonymous access Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Initial Remote Specify the default remote directory path Directory Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path 25 5 4 Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended P 2612HW Series User s Guide 427 Chapter 25 Tools 25 5 5 To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the
468. pY2FOau9SulEFi aGhyeml0eTCBmzanBokqhkiGOwOBAOEF ALOBIiOAWGYUCEgCSznrBroMt iqqJgles JOF2DK2ujiw3 zusleGRUA WEOF HJv48 I4oqCCNIWhj daV6bEhaqizalGaBaJLyUs1l ZiJWbIghHj eBWU2 EB2VwE3F2Ppt3 TONOiVaYSLkdpykak ySKEVmcHhxVSVOsczpp grGxXOZxtcGdl5d0tlsgeewIDAQABoxMwETAPBGNVHRMECD AGAQE AAGEKMAOGCSgG SIb3 DQOEBBQUAAOE ACvav U AOVyqDSuujNul4PCRdcmDEOlvgJUJEToerM20XMiS 1uSd4MFOW1zK3f V datx Ib 1LFLmx22uEBcOZhg Back Export Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 103 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts gt Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Certificate Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s own certificate and a list of certification authority certificates in the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate a certificate s issuing certification authority For a trusted host the list consists of the end entity s own certificate and the default self signed certificate that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign remote host certificates Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates Table 103 Security gt Cert
469. pe up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 84 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management SPI Type a number base 10 from 1 to 999999 for the Security Parameter Index Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box DNS Server for IPSec VPN If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the
470. phone calls over the Internet When you set the ZyXEL Device to use your SIP account to make calls the ZyXEL Device is able to send all the information about the phone call to your service provider on the Internet Strictly speaking you don t need a SIP account It is possible for one SIP device like the ZyXEL Device to call another without involving a SIP service provider However the networking difficulties involved in doing this make it tremendously impractical under normal circumstances Your SIP account provider removes these difficulties by taking care of the call routing and setup figuring out how to get your call to the right place in a way that you and the other person can talk to one another How to Find Out More See Chapter 4 on page 57 for a tutorial showing how to set up these screens in an example scenario P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice See Section 10 13 on page 206 for advanced technical information on SIP 10 1 3 Before You Begin e Before you can use these screens you need to have a VoIP account already set up If you don t have one yet you can sign up with a VoIP service provider over the Internet e You should have the information your VoIP service provider gave you ready before you start to configure the ZyXEL Device 10 2 The SIP Settings Screen The ZyXEL Device uses a SIP account to make outgoing VoIP calls and check if an incoming call s destination number matches your S
471. phone services American mode You might have to subscribe to these services to use them Contact your VolP service provider Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 10 The Speed Dial Screen Use this screen to add edit or remove speed dial numbers for outgoing calls Speed dial provides shortcuts for dialing frequently used VolP phone numbers You also have to create speed dial entries if you want to make peer to peer calls or call SIP numbers that contain letters Once you have configured a speed dial rule you can use a shortcut the speed dial number 01 for example on your phone s keypad to call the phone number In peer to peer calls you call another VolP device directly without going through a VoIP service provider s SIP server Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL in the Type column and enter the callee s IP address or domain name The ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice sends SIP INVITE requests to the peer VolP device when you use the speed dial entry Figure 127 Phone Book gt Speed Dia Speed Dial T SI f Speed Dial EAT Use Proxy eor z Non Proxy Use IP or URL Add Speed Dial Phone Book a oo Number olo Name o o Destination 01 Modify g Wi 02 g i 03 amp 04 g 05 g 06 g i 07 g wi 08 g i 09 g i
472. ping types Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses MM No No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action 9 4 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit To edit an address mapping rule click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next Figure 115 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping gt Edit Edit Address Mapping Rulel Type One to One v Local Start IP 0 0 0 0 Local End IP N A Global Start IP 0 0 0 0 Global End IP n a Server Mapping Set 2 z Edit Details Apply Cancel P 2612HW Seri
473. plays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the Edit icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate You cannot delete a certificate that one or more features is configured to use Do the following to delete a certificate that shows SELF in the Type field 1 Make sure that no other features such as HTTPS VPN SSH are configured to use the SELF certificate 2 Click the Edit icon next to another self signed certificate see the description on the Create button if you need to create a self signed certificate 3 Select the Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates check box 4 Click Apply to save the changes and return to the My Certificates screen 5 The certificate that originally showed SELF displays SELF and you can delete it now Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Create Click Create to go to the screen where you can have the ZyXEL Device generate a certificate or a certification request Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authori
474. ppendix D Wireless LANs Antenna Overview An antenna couples RF signals onto air A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF signal to the antenna which propagates the signal through the air The antenna also operates in reverse by capturing RF signals from the air Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN Antenna Characteristics Frequency An antenna in the frequency of 2 4GHz IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g or 5GHz IEEE 802 11a is needed to communicate efficiently in a wireless LAN Radiation Pattern A radiation pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna s coverage area Antenna Gain Antenna gain measured in dB decibel is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications For an indoor site each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of approximately 2 5 For an unobstructed outdoor site each 1dB increase in gain results in a range increase of approximately 5 Actual results may vary depending on the network environment Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi which is how much the antenna increases the signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna An isotropic antenna is a theoretical perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions dBi represents the true gain that the antenna provides
475. pty configuration to add a new Internet access setup Click the Remove icon to delete the Internet access setup from your connection list Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 3 1 More Connections Edit Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen to configure a connection Figure 77 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit General M active Name ChangeMe Mode Routing z Encapsulation PPPoE z User Name l Password Service Name Multiplexing ve 7 VPI bo VCI 33 IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address fo 0 0 0 Subnet Mask fa 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address fo 0 0 0 Connection Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle timeout 0 sec NAT None SUA Only Edit Detail Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 22 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this connection Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 13 ASCII characters for this connection P 2612HW Series User s Guide 1 07 Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 22 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit continued LABEL
476. r 10 Voice 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone European Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Diala phone number directly to make another call 3 When the second call is answered press the flash key and press 3 to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key and press a USA Type Supplementary Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the USA Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 68 USA Flash Key Commands SUB COMMAND COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call After the second call is successful press the flash key again to have a three way conference call Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone USA Call Hold Call h
477. r Address ftnvoip1 nse no REGISTER Server Port 5060 1 65535 ChangeMe ChangeMe Eak Apply Cancel Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 52 VolP gt SIP gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account Select the SIP account you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes SIP Settings Active SIP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Clear it if Account you do not want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters SIP Local Port Enter the ZyXEL Device s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value SIP Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VoIP service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Server Port Enter the SIP server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value 188 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 52 VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION REGISTER Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name o
478. r IP Addresses Example LAN a WAN W NS i 192 168 1 88 T _ r Internet gt Seem eee ee Conflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses Example More than one device can not use the same IP address In the following example the computer and the router s LAN port both use 192 168 1 1 as the IP address P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting The computer cannot access the Internet This problem can be solved by assigning a different IP address to the computer or the router s LAN port Figure 318 Conflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses Example e SEER TEETH a 1 192 168 1 1 H uai i o 1 I me o o a I 1 i i 192 168 1 1 Internet 3 7 Seam e ee eee P 2612HW Series User s Guide Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless adapters A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 319 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc
479. r server maintains a database of SIP identity to P address or domain name mapping The register server checks your user name and password when you register RTP When you make a VolP call using SIP the RTP Real time Transport Protocol is used to handle voice data transfer See RFC 1889 for details on RTP Pulse Code Modulation Pulse Code Modulation PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into bits SIP Call Progression The following figure displays the basic steps in the setup and tear down of a SIP call A calls B Table 64 SIP Call Progression A B 1 INVITE a lt ____ 2 Ringing P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 64 SIP Call Progression continued A B 3 OK 4 ACK 5 Dialogue voice traffic 6 BYE lt lt ____ gt lt gq _ _ _ 7 OK 1 A sends a SIP INVITE request to B This message is an invitation for B to participate in a SIP telephone call 2 B sends a response indicating that the telephone is ringing 3 B sends an OK response after the call is answered 4 Athen sends an ACK message to acknowledge that B has answered the call 5 Now A and B exchange voice media talk 6 After talking A hangs up and sends a BYE request 7 B replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated SIP Call Prog
480. r the ZyXEL Device you must press the WPS button for more than three seconds 4 Within two minutes press the button on the other device The registrar sends the network name SSID and security key through an secure connection to the enrollee If you need to make sure that WPS worked check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 9 5 2 PIN Configuration Each WPS enabled device has its own PIN Personal Identification Number This may either be static it cannot be changed or dynamic in some devices you can generate a new PIN by clicking on a button in the configuration interface Use the PIN method instead of the push button configuration PBC method if you want to ensure that the connection is established between the devices you specify not just the first two devices to activate WPS in range of each other However you need to log into the configuration interfaces of both devices to use the PIN method When you use the PIN method you must enter the PIN from one device usually the wireless client into the second device usually the Access Point or wireless router Then when WPS is activated on the first device it presents its PIN to the second device If the PIN matches one device sends the network and security information to the other allowing it to join the net
481. r the number of seconds your SIP account is registered with the Duration SIP register server before it is deleted The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to re register your SIP account when one half of this time has passed The SIP register server might have a different expiration Register Re Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device waits before it tries send timer again to register the SIP account if the first try failed or if there is no response Session Expires Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session Min SE Enter the minimum number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on an expiration time for idle sessions This field is the shortest expiration time that the ZyXEL Device accepts RTP Port Range Start Port End Port Enter the listening port number s for RTP traffic if your VolP service provider gave you this information Otherwise keep the default values To enter one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To enter a range of ports e enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field e enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field Voice Compression Selec
482. r to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number This is known as an Internet Protocol address Subnet Mask The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server This ZyXEL Device has a built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability DNS DNS Domain Name System maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask 7 1 3 Before You Begin Find out the MAC addresses of your network devices if you intend to add them to the DHCP Client List screen 7 2 The LAN IP Screen Click Network gt LAN to open the IP screen See Section 7 1 on page 121 for background information Use this screen to set the Local Area Network IP address 122 P 2612HW Series User s Guide
483. rable in command interpreter mode HTTP pincode If your service provider uses an auto provisioning server you need to enter a personal identification number supplied by your service provider before you first use the feature Firmware update enable disable If your service provider uses this feature you hear a recorded message when you pick up the phone when new firmware is available for your ZyXEL Device Enter 99 in your phone s keypad to have the ZyXEL Device upgrade the firmware or enter 99 to not upgrade If your service provider gave you different numbers to use enter them instead If you enter the code to not upgrade you can make a call as normal You will hear the recording again each time you pick up the phone until you upgrade Call waiting This feature allows you to hear an alert when you are already using the phone and another person calls you You can then either reject the new incoming call put your current call on hold and receive the new incoming call or end the current call and receive the new incoming call P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 166 Voice Features Call forwarding With this feature you can set the ZyXEL Device to forward calls to a specified number either unconditionally always when your number is busy or when you do not answer You can also forward incoming calls from one specified number to another Ca
484. raint 1 MDS Fingerprint 21 8f 43 c5 06 b4 c1 99 3e 40 bf 06 96 23 cc 04 SHA1 Fingerprint 67 54 24 64 e8 85 51 2f 56 80 45 98 07 2b 28 db 34 7b 71 9c Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIIBbTCCARegawIBAagIEOGLHLDANBgkqhkiG9SwOBAQUF ADAWUMROWEGYDVOODEwtoQ LTIZNDIIVy1GNzseF wOWNDAXMDEWNDAWMDBaF wOzMDAxMNDEwMDAwMDBaMBYxFDAS BoNVBANTC1AtMNj YwhkhXLUYZMF wwDOYIKoZ IhvcNAQEBBOADS wAwSAIBAIVztTTT UTEBVBESOLI89e8cTI3g4hSCqwMhOtBilyxFEOPxmSMMvRY2 w54jYux ZQaUZAnOzL qBqPmNffhhskVh sC AwE AAaNNMESwDgGYDVROP AGE ABAOD AGKKMNCUGA1UGEQQeMByB GjIAWNT1DOj AWMD AWNUBhaXRvLmda1lbi5j ZXJOMBIGALUGEWEBAAQINAYBATSCAQEW DOYIKoZ IhvcNaQEFBOADOOAGAbgGkCim nCxyTK1yj nuUPBAeLsmjabdas80m3DN1lsu aNKxvZSuRqIkxXxsSKHKIN3nziBt VaovvadLeqxLwGiL END CERTIFICATE j Back Export Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide 297 Chapter 15 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 96 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use this certificate to sign the trusted remote host certificates
485. reless settings you can close the wizard after you configure the Internet connection P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 Figure 15 Connection Test Successful f Internet Configuration the Internet now The Internet Setup configuration is complete Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN Click Next to continue Figure 16 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 STEP 1 STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN W Active Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 7 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 17 Wireless LAN fa Wireless LAN Network name SSID ZyXEL Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients Channel Selection Channel 06 fad eral channels You should use the default channel unless other he same channel Manually assign a
486. ress then you cannot use Dynamic DNS P 2612HW Series User s Guide 353 Chapter 19 Dynamic DNS Setup 19 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 19 1 on page 353 for more information Figure 208 Advanced gt Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Setup I Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider WW DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS Type Dynamic DNS Host Name User Name Eo Password ee 7 Enable Wildcard Option Il Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Address Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C Use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 118 Advanced gt Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Select this check box to use dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Service This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic Type DNS service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you P 2612HW Series Us
487. ress Conflicts Each device on a network must have a unique IP address Devices with duplicate IP addresses on the same network will not be able to access the Internet or other resources The devices may also be unreachable through the network Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example More than one device can not use the same IP address In the following example computer A has a static or fixed IP address that is the same as the IP address that a DHCP server assigns to computer B which is a DHCP client Neither can access the Internet This problem can be solved by assigning a different static IP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting address to computer A or setting computer A to obtain an IP address automatically Figure 316 Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example a a A i ENS i I a I 192 168 1 33 D e Internet I Pa i a fi 5 E i I E eN a I 192 168 1 33 a i a a Conflicting Router IP Addresses Example Since a router connects different networks it must have interfaces using different network numbers For example if a router is set between a LAN and the Internet WAN the router s LAN and WAN addresses must be on different subnets In the following example the LAN and WAN are on the same subnet The LAN computers cannot access the Internet because the router cannot route between networks SSE EEE Figure 317 Conflicting Compute
488. ression Through Proxy Servers Usually the SIP UAC sets up a phone call by sending a request to the SIP proxy server Then the proxy server looks up the destination to which the call should be forwarded according to the URI requested by the SIP UAC The request may be forwarded to more than one proxy server before arriving at its destination The response to the request goes to all the proxy servers through which the request passed in reverse sequence Once the session is set up session traffic is sent between the UAs directly bypassing all the proxy servers in between P 2612HW Series User s Guide 211 Chapter 10 Voice The following figure shows the SIP and session traffic flow between the user agents UA 1 and UA 2 and the proxy servers this example shows two proxy servers PROXY 1 and PROXY 2 Figure 133 SIP Call Through Proxy Servers PROXY 1 PROXY 2 A gt SIP J H m SIP SIP SIP amp RTP Sama SS UA 1 UA 2 The following table shows the SIP call progression Table 65 SIP Call Progression UA 1 PROXY 1 PROXY 2 UA 2 Invite gt Invite 4 100 Trying Invite lt 4 100 Trying 4 180 Ringing lt 180 Ringing qc 180 Ringing m __ 200 OK me _ _ 200 OK e __ 200 OK ACK EEEEEEE s RTP q RTP I BYE 200 OK SS 1 User Agent 1 sends a SIP INVITE request to Proxy 1 This message is an i
489. rk s computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet In this appendix you can set up an IP address for e Windows XP NT 2000 on page 459 e Windows Vista on page 463 e Mac OS X 10 3 and 10 4 on page 467 e Mac OS X 10 5 on page 471 e Linux Ubuntu 8 GNOME on page 474 e Linux openSUSE 10 3 KDE on page 479 Windows XP NT 2000 The following example uses the default Windows XP display theme but can also apply to Windows 2000 and Windows NT P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 1 2 Click Start gt Control Panel Figure 265 Windows XP Start Menu Re Internet Explorer 5 My Documents Q Outlook Express W Paint Files and Settings Transfer W 2 My Recent Documents My Pictures D E BY Command Prompt Co My Music et a Acrobat Reader 4 0 My Computer Tour Windows xP E Windows Movie Maker be Printers and Faxes Help and Support P Search I Run EJ Log OFF Ko Turn OFF Computer All Programs gt untitled Paint In the Control Panel click the Network Connections icon Figure 266 Windows XP Control Panel E Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help X P Search E Folders z Q G Control Panel Address gt va Control Panel GB Switch to Category view See Also Game d Windows Update Controllers P 2612HW
490. rk Places Properties Example ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway x General mj ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Description ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Close Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 21 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2612HW Series User s Guide PART III Troubleshooting and Specifications System 385 Logs 391 Tools 413 Diagnostic 433 Troubleshooting 437 Product Specifications 445 22 1 22 1 1 22 1 2 System Overview This chapter shows you how to configure system related settings such as system time password name the domain name and the inactivity timeout interval What You Can Do in the System Settings Screens e Use the General screen Section 22 2 on page 386 to configure system settings e Use the Time Setting screen Section 22 3 on page 388 to set the system time What You Need to Know About System Settings Domain Name This is a network address that identifies the owner of a network connection For example in the network address www zyxel com support files the domain name is www zyxel com DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is a method of allocating IP addresses to devices on a network from a DHCP Server Often your ISP or a router on your network performs
491. rmation as provided to you by your ISP See Section 3 2 1 on page 42 for more details If you would like to skip your Internet setup and configure the wireless LAN settings leave Yes selected and click Next Figure 7 Auto Detection No DSL Connection STEP F STEP 2 ff Internet Configuration Your router has shed a DSL connecti our loce The DSL light on the router will blink trying to connect an on if it ssfully Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Manually configure your Internet connection Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No 3b The following screen displays if a PPPoE or PPPoA connection is detected Enter your Internet account information username password and or service name exactly as provided by your ISP Then click Next and see Section 3 3 on page 46 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 8 Auto Detection PPPoE STEPI S TEP 2 Internet Configuration Connection Type PPP over Ethernet PPPoE me and fd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If ce Nan nter it in the third field User Name Password Service Name optional Back Next gt Exit P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3c The following screen appears if the ZyXEL device detects a connection but not the connection type Click Next and refer to Section 3 2 1 on page 42 on how to manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access Figure 9 Auto Detection Fa
492. rnet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to P 2612HW Series User s Guide log into remote host systems Appendix E Common Services Table 185 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solutio
493. rogress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 245 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen Figure 246 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 422 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools 25 3 The Configuration Screen See Section 25 5 on page 426 and Section on page 415 for transferring configuration files using FTP TFTP commands Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears in this screen as shown next Figure 247 Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Firmware Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to sa
494. rom the CA Certificate drop down list box You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view and manage the ZyXEL Device s list of certificates of trusted certification authorities Request When you select Create a certification request and enroll for a Authentication certificate immediately online the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request Fill in both the Reference Number and the Key fields if your certification authority uses CMP enrollment protocol J ust fill in the Key field if your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol Key Type the key that the certification authority gave you Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen After you click Apply in the My Certificate Create screen you see a screen that tells you the ZyXEL Device is generating the self signed certificate or certification request After the ZyXEL Device successfully enrolls a certificate or generates a certification request or a self signed certificate you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificates screen If you configured the My
495. rypt the message and sends it to J enny Jenny receives the message and uses Tim s public key to decrypt it Additionally Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny s public key to decrypt the message The ZyXEL Device uses certificates based on public key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to establish a connection The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection For example a VPN tunnel might use the triple DES encryption algorithm The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates Anyone can then use the certification authority s public key to verify the certificates Certification Path A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked Certificate Directory Servers Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL Certificate Revocation List The ZyXEL Device can check a peer s certificate against a directory server s list of revoked certificates The framework of servers software procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI public key infrastructure Advantages of Certifi
496. s Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 17 2 1 Editing 802 1Q 1P Group Setting Use this screen to configure the settings for each VLAN group P 2612HW Series User s Guide 333 Chapter 17 802 1Q 1P In the 802 1Q 1P screen click the Edit button from the Modify filed to display the following screen Figure 197 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit Name VLAN ID Default Gateway Ports control tx tag LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 P C1 P C2 P C3 P C4 PYCS PYC6 PY YC7 PYCS EthernetWAN Fixed Default E Default x Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed C Forbidden Fixed C Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Fixed Forbidden Forbidden Back l Tx Tagging TM Tx Tagging l Tx Tagging C Tx Tagging l Tx Tagging I Tx Tagging l Tx Tagging D Tx Tagging T Tx Tagging F Tx Tagging T Tx Tagging Tx Tagging M Tx Tagging O Tx Tagging Tx Tagging Tl Tx Tagging TT Tagging Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 110 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit LABEL DES
497. s 7 Start IP fo 0 0 0 Address a End IP fo 0 0 0 Address n Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Address Type Any Address x Start IP fo 0 0 0 Address a End IP fo 0 0 0 Address n Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Service Available Services Any All re Any ICMP AIMINEVV ICQCTCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 xl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply M Everyday M All day Starfa hound Log minute I Log Packet Detail Information Alert M sun M mon M Tue M wed M Thu M Fri sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Endjo hound I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Source Address List Add gt gt Any Edit lt Delete ELE Destination Address List Any Add gt gt Edit Delete Selected Services Add gt gt Remoye minute Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 74 Security gt Firewall gt Rules Edit Matched Packet LABEL DESCRIPTION Edit Rule Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule Action for Use the drop down list box to select whether to discard Drop deny and send an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender of Reject or allow the passage of Permit packets that match this rule Source Destinatio
498. s Gass A A pa A aan ahaulub ee A pais 413 DIGNOS ccsctesscissneytuccetinprecceuttyiiadesardeeare dard a 433 TPS DO sada ce sacra ca apirssia T 437 Froduci ORIN CAI AS iriri nan iaaeessamaudanctepsaete cis 445 Appendices and NAER sicir aiaa a aai aiara Vaia 457 P 2612HW Series User s Guide 9 Contents Overview P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Users Guide cc cacti ees ater cece baaa aa aaa aan eid 3 D u ument Conventio mS ne ee ay 5 Salety WANING coco eects chs saaara ra e u aaa vice Aaaa S RE 7 CG ontenis Overy eee eo ne ee ee a Saa 9 Table of Gone See ee aa aR a ee eee ee are eee eer 11 Part l TEMA IN ennan tanana Daa aar nannan 23 Chapter 1 introducing the ZyXEL DEVICE sicissasinssassannasersnssaneciarnansaseadissnsaciansassssaaidsannmaiadsniaaancansnaianiasiante 25 TE NWON ON piana hanna dambevndad bastdevdahar dened aabreraed babi eladeniabeat beeelabatyes 25 hada MEEME POC SS 5 xcasievercicandantsew aces Mem ee ere ened 25 kike VOP FEITO aeaa Ra aaa 27 1 2 Ways t Manage the ZyXEL Devite ssisireirsusnisrrnnuuiiennnuuunnnunannn nananana a a aaa 27 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZYXEL DEvigE sessirnir iaaa 28 TA LEDE LONE aaien a a Rs 28 1o THe RESET BURON bcann nonon detatnrsanananiaioennnaieeeees 29 TO The WLAN BUTON drra a EEA ESE aE NE 30 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web ConfigUratOt sissies iaccacassaccenaccasnarsessssdansssanasseesacnsnstcesancannnca
499. s a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Tyoe CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus c
500. s a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation Note SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Figure 213 SNMP Management Model MANAGER AGENT Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received and node port status A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on
501. s back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Figure 12 Internet Connection with DHCP ENET ENCAP STEP 1 STEP 2S Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP address MAIRAN First DNS Server Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 6 Internet Connection with DHCP ENET ENCAP LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP Address address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you Automatical connect to the Internet 7 Select Obtain an I P Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gave you an IP address to use Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Mask Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you address use DHCP ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to Server the DHCP clients a
502. s over the Internet as well as the regular phone network Configure settings such as speed dial and distinctive ringing Configure network settings to optimize the voice quality of your phone calls 10 1 1 What You Can Do in the VoIP Screens These screens allow you to configure your ZyXEL Device to make phone calls over the Internet and your regular phone line and to set up the phones you connect to the ZyXEL Device Use the SIP Settings screen Section 10 2 on page 187 to set up information about your SIP account Use the SIP QoS screen Section 10 4 on page 193 to configure Quality of Service for VoIP calls QoS can give VolP traffic higher priority on the network so it gets dealt with more quickly Use the Analog Phone screen Section 10 5 on page 194 to control which SIP accounts the phones connected to the ZyXEL Device use Use the Advanced Analog Phone Setup screen Section 10 6 on page 194 to configure audio settings such as volume levels for the phones connected to the ZyXEL Device Use the EXT Table screen Section 10 7 on page 197 to configure extension numbers for the phones connected to the ZyXEL Device so they can be separately identified for intercom use Use the Common Phone Settings screen Section 10 8 on page 198 to turn immediate dialing on or off Use the Region screen Section 10 9 on page 199 to change settings that depend on the country you are in Use the Speed Dial screen Section 10 10 on page 2
503. s phone port Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this phone port The Advanced Analog Phone Setup screen appears 10 6 The Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen Use this screen to configure the volume echo cancellation and VAD Voice Activity Detection settings for each individual phone port on the ZyXEL Device You can also select which SIP account to use for making outgoing calls P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 6 1 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD detects whether or not speech is present This lets the ZyXEL Device reduce the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting silent packets when you are not speaking Comfort Noise Generation When using VAD the ZyXEL Device generates comfort noise when the other party is not speaking The comfort noise lets you know that the line is still connected as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection Echo Cancellation G 168 is an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk Configuring the Advanced Analog Phone Screen To access this screen click Advanced Setup in VolP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Figure 123 VolP gt
504. s recommended you use the web configurator to configure the ZyXEL Device e Supporting Disc Refer to the included CD for support documents e ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw Customer Support In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual you should contact your vendor If you cannot contact your vendor then contact a ZyXEL office for the region in which you bought the device See http www zyxel com web contact_us php for contact information Please have the following information ready when you contact an office P 2612HW Series User s Guide 3 About This User s Guide e Product model and serial number e Warranty Information e Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it 4 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device
505. s the IP network address of the final destination Address Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Enter the IP subnet mask here Mask Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on Address the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2612HW Series User s Guide 323 Chapter 16 Static Route P 2612HW Series User s Guide 802 1Q 1P 17 1 Overview A Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks A VLAN group can be treated as an individual device Each group can have its own rules about where and how to forward traffic You can assign any ports on the ZyXEL Device to a VLAN group and configure the settings for the group You may also set the priority level for traffic transmitted through the ports Figure 190 802 1Q 1P 802 1Q 802 1P VLAN Groups Priority Levels 17 1 1 What You Can Do in the 802 1Q 1P Screens e Use t
506. s the file source on the ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients Table 157 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients COMMAN DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and Fetch to back up the Fetch file on your computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is File ras and for the configuration file is rom 0 Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file Refer to Section 25 1 2 on page 413 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 25 2 Firmware Upgrade Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot See Section on page 416 for upgradin
507. se Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption P 2612HW Series User s Guide 51 7 Appendix D Wireless LANs keys
508. sfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next Use telnet from your computer to connect to the device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address Enter the command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the device and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras Note that the telnet connection must be active and the device in Cl mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the device to the computer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode TFTP Upload Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host put firmware
509. signed X 509 Certificate i1 3558802160848854062232407011527417280 OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc c us OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc c uSsS rsa pkcsi md2 1994 Nov 9th 00 00 00 GMT 2010 Jan 7th 23 59 59 GMT rsaEncryption 1000 bits 74 7b 82 03 43 f0 00 9e 6b b3 ec 47 bf 85 a5 93 44 63 5 31 d7 cc c1 00 67 94 61 2b b6 56 d3 bf 82 57 84 6f Back Export Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 101 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CA gt Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Issues certificate revocation lists CRLs Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Clear this check box to have the ZyXEL Device not check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Certificate Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s certificate and a list of certificati
510. sosseeseeesseeeeeeseesrnessrenssnnsens 407 24A Gall Histor Summary SCOE mirosea NA AANE 407 24 a Vienn TG Call ANSON sangacansinanmpenan e EA a 408 244A Configuring Cal History Seinge rciris anaiai 409 Chapter 25 TOO Iin A E E tee E 413 EL NE aia a renee Serre ne Nee heen tere 413 25 1 4 What You Can Do in the Tool SOECENS siete saccade sceacaneessactenceysscranniedacscteninciaaniedeeces 413 25 1 2 What You Need To Krow About TOOIS nirnsnsnirenininni anaes 413 eke hc Boo POUL EI N eA 415 20124 TOG EKOMPIO S orsica i aAA 415 25 2 Frmware Upgrade SOGN sorurorenoneisieanii ai aaa 420 259 MMe Conmigo SDieEN araneae E aE 423 oboe Resol to Factory Dolaulis csss cssdesivangnderinnaadesiupnasseniioaseeetinpatenaa aa 425 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents ek ROSTE ss aadexnenaaaien tenn aaasasie iaadeadenaananaeaniaaannetaa ieaaseasanlan Uiaaniest ion amie aaa aaas 426 25 5 Using FIP or TFTP to Back Up Configuratio cccvcsinssasinsuesisie civsuesdaprmababasedsicndavbdesaxdounetead 426 25 5 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 426 25 5 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example ccscccescceceeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeenneeees 427 25 5 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients ccccsscecsssseeeeessseeees 427 25 54 Backup Coniguraton Using TFTP sicccccctecisccsssusaccroiesasosncatedcenameendietanericiganmgceocs 427 25 5 5 TFTP Command Configurati
511. sted LAN IP addresses unfiltered Internet access QoS Quality of Service You can efficiently manage traffic on your network by reserving bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service HTTP or FTP traffic for example from a computer on a network LAN or WAN for example can access the ZyXEL Device Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet PPPoE Support RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on your device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers IPSec VPN Capability Establish a Virtual Private Network VPN to connect with business partners and branch offices using data encryption and the Internet to provide secure communications without the expense of leased site to site lines The ZyXEL Device VPN is based on the IPSec standard and is interoperable with other PSec based VPN prod
512. sulation 100 102 113 281 ENET ENCAP 114 PPP over Ethernet 114 PPPoA 114 RFC 1483 114 encryption 517 ESP 278 ESS 508 Europe type call service mode 217 223 Extended Service Set see ESS external accounting server 147 external antenna 452 external authentication server 147 external RADIUS 453 F F4 F5 OAM 448 filename conventions 413 414 filters content 251 activation 254 example 252 keywords 254 schedules 255 trusted IP addresses 256 URL 251 firewalls 229 actions 239 activation 235 address types 239 alerts 240 anti probing 230 asymmetrical routes 235 configuration 234 237 243 customized services 239 240 241 default action 235 DoS 230 thresholds 230 241 242 243 example 230 half open sessions 244 ICMP 230 logs 239 maximum incomplete 244 P2P 243 packet direction 235 rules 236 245 schedules 239 security 246 three way handshake 242 thresholds 241 triangle route 235 247 solutions 248 firmware 414 auto upgrade 222 upload 420 upload error 422 version 90 flash key 217 223 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index flashing 217 223 fragmentation threshold 148 511 frequency range 453 FTP 172 361 file upload 416 430 restrictions 414 FTP restrictions 414 G G 168 195 451 G 711 452 G 729 452 G 992 1 448 G 992 3 448 G 992 4 448 G 992 5 448 group key update timer 145 147 H half open sessions 244 hidden node 509 hide SSID 141 host 387 host name 90 HTTP H
513. t BSSs but have the same keys they may hear each other s communications but not communicate with each other e MBSSID should not replace but rather be used in conjunction with 802 1x security 8 9 4 Wireless Distribution System WDS The ZyXEL Device can act as a wireless network bridge and establish WDS Wireless Distribution System links with other APs You need to know the MAC addresses of the APs you want to link to Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made At the time of writing WDS security is compatible with other ZyXEL access points only Refer to your other access point s documentation for details The following example illustrates how WDS link works between APs Notebook computer A is a wireless client connecting to access point AP 1 AP 1 has no wired Internet connection but can establish a WDS link with access point AP 2 which does When AP 1 has a WDS link with AP 2 the notebook computer can access the Internet through AP 2 Figure 104 WDS Link Example WDS i Internet i AP 1 AP 2 A P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 9 5 WiFi Protected Setup Your ZyXEL Device supports WiFi Protected Setup WPS which is an easy way to set up a secure wireless network WPS is an industry standard specification defined by the WiFi Alliance WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security with
514. t Bridge you cannot use Firewall DHCP server and NAT on the ZyXEL Device Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field the ZyXEL Device uses RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select DHCP ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplexing drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information AUTO Select the check box to use the default VPI and VCI 8 and 35 Otherwise clear the check box and enter the VPI and VCI manually in the fields below VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured SIP ALG This field is not available when you select Bridge in the Mode field Select ON to enable the SIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device and allow SIP calls to pass through NAT Select OFF to disable the SIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the w
515. t for packets traveling from the WAN to the Device ZyXEL Device WAN or the ZyXEL Device Table 145 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable 0 Net unreachable 1 Host unreachable 2 Protocol unreachable 3 Port unreachable 4 A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 23 Logs Table 145 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 4 Source Quench 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network 5 Redirect 0 Redirect datagrams for the Network 1 Redirect datagrams for the Host 2 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network 3 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host 8 Echo 0 Echo message ig Time Exceeded 0 Time to live exceeded in transit 1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem 0 Pointer indicates the error 13 Timestamp 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp reply message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 146 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Facility 8 Severity gt Mon dd T
516. t most pop up windows from appearing 2 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 P 2612HW Series User s Guide 487 488 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 306 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 307 Internet Options Security AE General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings 4 wa O Internet Local
517. t network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 172 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE NAC eae 8 bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits 224 2 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216_ 2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 28 2 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 23 2 6 P 2612HW Series User s Guide 497 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Notation Since the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 173 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation SUBNETMASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetti
518. t or service based on the tag or marker QoS Class Setup Example In the following figure your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 50 Mbps You configure a classifier to assign the highest priority queue 6 to VoIP traffic from the LAN interface so that voice traffic would not get delayed when there is network congestion Traffic from the boss s IP address 192 168 1 23 for example is mapped to queue 5 Traffic that does not match P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS these two classes are assigned priority queue based on the internal QoS mapping table on the ZyXEL Device Figure 199 QoS Example VoIP Queue 6 NS _ a Internet Boss Queue 5 IP 192 168 1 23 L SA es Figure 200 QoS Class Example VoIP 1 Calss Configuration V Active Name JEx_ oIP Interface From LAN 7 Priority fe z Routing Policy By Routing Table v WAN Index iA Gateway Address rooo Order fr Tag Configuration P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS Figure 201 QoS Class Example VoIP 2 urati Source I Address oo 0 0 Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 F Exclude l Port fo o F Exclude M mac MAC Mask I Exclude Destination I Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Netmask 0 0 0 0 F Exclude I Port fo o PT Exclude m mac 00 00 00 00 00 00 MAC Mask 00 00 00 00 00 00 m Exclude Others V Service VoIR SIP z Pr
519. t the type of voice coder decoder codec that you want the ZyXEL Device to use G 711 provides higher voice quality but requires more bandwidth 64 kbps e G 711A is typically used in Europe e G 711u is typically used in North America and Japan G 726 operates at 16 24 32 or 40 kbps By contrast G 729 only requires 8 kbps The ZyXEL Device must use the same codec as the peer When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on a codec P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 53 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Primary Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s first choice for voice coder decoder Secondary Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s second choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first choice Third Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s third choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first or second choice DTMF Mode Control how the ZyXEL Device handles the tones that your telephone makes when you push its buttons You should use the same mode your VolP service provider uses RFC 2833 send the DTMF tones in RTP packets PCM send the DTMF tones in the voice data stream This method works best when you are using a codec that does not use compression like G 711 Codecs that use compression like G
520. ta A SIP registration has a limited lifespan The User Agent Client must renew its registration within this lifespan If it does not do so the registration data will be deleted from the SIP registrar s database and the connection broken P 2612HW Series User s Guide 207 Chapter 10 Voice 1 The ZyXEL Device attempts to register all enabled subscriber ports when it is switched on When you enable a subscriber port that was previously disabled the ZyXEL Device attempts to register the port immediately Authorization Requirements SIP registrations and subsequent SIP requests require a username and password for authorization These credentials are validated via a challenge response system using the HTTP digest mechanism as detailed in RFC3261 SIP Session Initiation Protocol SIP Servers SIP is a client server protocol A SIP client is an application program or device that sends SIP requests A SIP server responds to the SIP requests When you use SIP to make a VoIP call it originates at a client and terminates at a server A SIP client could be a computer or a SIP phone One device can act as both a SIP client and a SIP server SIP User Agent A SIP user agent can make and receive VoIP telephone calls This means that SIP can be used for peer to peer communications even though it is a client server protocol In the following figure either A or B can act as a SIP user agent client to initiate a call A and B c
521. tandard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless and so on connection The PPPoE option is for a dial up connection using PPPoE For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access 6 5 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line DSL Access Multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 16
522. tation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address
523. tch on the back of the device Max Idle Timeout jo S Cc sec Advanced Setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 8 Go to the Status screen to check your WAN connection status Make sure the status is not down Figure 43 Tutorial Example Status ZyXEL gt Status DSL Firmware Version SS Refresh Interval None Apply 4 Status f Device Information System Status Host Name P2612HW System Uptime 0 14 08 Model Number P 2612HW F1 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 15 06 MAC Address 00 02 cf e8 56 3a System Mode Routing Bridging Pe ade osumaan V3 70 BLD 0 b3 12 19 2008 CPU Usage BF 16 79 i Danube_ADSL 2 1 3 6 0 1 Memon lisage Zo NAT WAN Information IP Address 1 2 3 4 E DSL Up 0 kbps 0 kbps Default Gateway N A VPI VCL 8 35 LAN Information Up 100M Full Duplex IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 54M DHCP Server WLAN Information SSID SSID Example3 EE Channel 9 Security WPA PSK WPS Unconfiqured Client List AnyIP Table Status On WLAN Status VPN Status Security Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics Firewall Enabled r 2 4 3 3 Public IP Address Mapping To have the local computers and servers use specific WAN IP addresses you need to map static public IP addresses to them Note The one to one NAT address mapping rules are for both incoming and outgoing co
524. te the activated three way conference into two individual connections with party A on line and party B on hold press the flash key If you want to go back to the three way conversation press the flash key again If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections again press the flash key This time the party B is on line and party A is on hold P 2612HW Series User s Guide Phone Usage 11 1 Overview This chapter describes how to use a phone connected to your ZyXEL Device for basic tasks Note Not all service providers support all features 11 2 Dialing a Telephone Number The PHONE LED turns green when your SIP account is registered Dial a SIP number like 12345 on your phone s keypad Use speed dial entries see Section 10 10 on page 200 for peer to peer calls or SIP numbers that use letters Dial the speed dial entry on your telephone s keypad Use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call regular telephone numbers 11 3 Using Speed Dial to Dial a Telephone Number After configuring the speed dial entry and adding it to the phonebook press the speed dial entry s key combination on your phone s keypad 11 4 Using Call Park and Pickup Do the following to put a call on hold on one phone and continue it on another connected to the ZyXEL Device This feature may not be supported by all service providers P 2612HW Series User s Guide 221
525. ted an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the type d code d WAN port icmp echo ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack type d code d syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP code d type Sd The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack traceroute ICMP code d type Sd The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack Table 143 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user RADIUS Server Pls check A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server
526. terface s available bandwidth Traffic These fields are ignored if traffic matches a class you configured in the priority will Class Setup screen be automatical If you select ON and traffic does not match a class configured in the Class ly assigned Setup screen the ZyXEL Device assigns priority to unmatched traffic based by on the IEEE 802 1p priority level IP precedence and or packet length See Section 18 5 4 on page 351 for more information If you select OFF traffic which does not match a class is mapped to queue two P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS Table 112 Advanced gt QoS gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 18 3 The Class Setup Screen Use this screen to add edit or delete classifiers A classifier groups traffic into data flows according to specific criteria such as the source address destination address source port number destination port number or incoming interface For example you can configure a classifier to select traffic from the same protocol port such as Telnet to form a flow Click Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup to open the following screen Figure 205 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup Class Setup Class Setup Create anew Class Add eS co ee eS A A Iv sipi From LAN Desti
527. ternet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks Anti Probing If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists The ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user DoS Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Finding Out More e See Section 12 1 3 on page 230 for an example of setting up a firewall e See Section 12 5 on page 245 for advanced technical information on firewall Firewall Rule Setup Example The following Internet firewall rul
528. tes A tunnel with no outbound or inbound traffic is idle and does not timeout until the SA lifetime period expires See Section P 2612HW Series User s Guide 275 Chapter 14 VPN 276 14 9 7 on page 2830n keep alive to have the ZyXEL Device renegotiate an IPSec SA when the SA lifetime expires even if there is no traffic Figure 164 Security gt VPN gt Monitor Monitor O ow Oo OH kek WY NN m ORDO BO ha O RIO RI O RI O RIO KA O a oO RI S Pt No Name Encapsulation 1P Sec Algorithm Disconnect Refresh The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 85 Security gt VPN gt Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec This field displays the security protocol encryption algorithm and Algorithm authentication algorithm used in each VPN tunnel Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop that security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN 14 8 Configuring VPN Global Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s global settings click VPN gt VPN Global Setting The screen appears as shown Figure 165 Security gt VPN gt Global S
529. th the DSCP mapping DSCP 6 bits Unused 2 bits The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different kinds of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies Automatic Priority Queue Assignment If you enable QoS on the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device can automatically base on the IEEE 802 1p priority level IP precedence and or packet length to assign priority to traffic which does not match a class The following table shows you the internal layer 2 and layer 3 QoS mapping on the ZyXEL Device On the ZyXEL Device traffic assigned to higher priority queues P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS gets through faster while traffic in lower index queues is dropped if the network is congested Table 117 Internal Layer2 and Layer3 QoS Mapping LAYER 2 LAYER 3 PRIORITY IEEE 802 1P QUEUE USER PRIORITY TOS IP DSCP IP PACKET ETHERNET PRECEDENCE LENGTH BYTE PRIORITY 0 1 0 000000 1 2 2 0 0 000000 gt 1100 3 3 1 001110 250 1100 001100 001010 001000 4 4 2 010110 010100 010010 010000 5 5 3 011110 lt 250 011100 011010 011000 6 6 4 100110 100100 100010 100000 5 101110 101000 7 7 6 110000 7 111000
530. the DSL side and the WAN mode is ADSL WAN Select Routing in the Mode field and select PPPoE from the Encapsulation drop down list box Enter the information Such as the user name password and VPI VCI value provided by your ISP If your ISP didn t give you the service name leave the field blank In the IP Address section select Static I P Address and enter the first fixed public IP address 1 2 3 4 in this example Configure the IP address of the DNS server the ZyXEL Device can query to resolve domain names Select UserDefined and enter the first and second DNS server s IP addresses given by your ISP P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorial 7 Click Apply to save your changes Figure 42 Tutorial Example WAN Scree Internet Access Setup More Lonnec tions WA Backup Setup WAN Mode General Mode Encapsulation DSLWAN w Routing PPPoE w Current Mode DSL WAN User Name exampleuser Password eocccccs Service Name E Multiplexing uc v Virtual Circuit ID ie VPI 8 VCI 35 IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address 1 2 3 4 DNS server First DNS Server l UserDefined 1 2 1 1 Second DNS Server UserDefined v 1 2 1 2 Third DNS Server None Connection Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand ve Note Active WAN Mode is selected with the swi
531. the broadband modem or router This way you can access the Internet via an Ethernet connection and still use the QoS Firewall and VoIP functions on the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Ea Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Computers can connect to the ZyXEL Device s LAN ports or wirelessly Figure 1 ZyXEL Device s Router Features aie Internet o You can also configure firewall and content filtering on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet access When the firewall is on all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files Use content filtering to block access to specific web sites with URLs containing keywords that you specify You can define time periods and days during which content filtering is enabled and include or exclude particular computers on your network from content filtering For example you could block access to certain web sites for the kids Use QoS to efficiently manage traffic on your network by giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers For example you could make sure that the ZyXEL Device gives voice over Internet calls high priority and or limit bandwidth devoted to the boss s excessive file downloading P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 1
532. the keyword bad the ZyXEL Device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html To have your ZyXEL Device block websites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 154 Security gt Content Filtering gt Keyword Keyword Keyword M active Keyword Blocking bad Delete Clear All Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 78 Security gt Content Filtering gt Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Select this check box to enable this feature Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the ZyXEL Device to block in the URL Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click this to remove it Clear All Click this to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click this after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request P 2612HW S
533. the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations e Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent e GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations e Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent e Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II which is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 122 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC A trap is sent after booting power on 1215 1 warmStart defined in RFC A trap is sent after booting software reboot 1215 4 authenticationFailure defined A trap is sent to the manager when receiving in RFC 1215 any SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong community password 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start
534. this screen to set up your WDS Wireless Distribution System links between the ZyXEL Device and other wireless APs You need to know the MAC address of the peer device Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made Note WDS security is independent of the security settings between the ZyXEL Device and any wireless clients At the time of writing WDS is compatible with some ZyXEL Devices only Not all models support WDS links Check your other ZyXEL Device s documentation P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS The following screen displays Figure 102 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS Ba Link Setup I Enable WDS Security TKIP ZyAIR Series Compatible AES active Smemadress PSK Mu Address o 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 i 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 O 00 00 00 00 00 00 i Q Note For WDS to function normally the More 4P service must be disabled before active WDS Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 40 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable WDS Select this option and the type of the key used to encrypt data between Security APs All the wireless APs including the ZyXEL Device must use the same pre shared key for data transmission If you de select this option the dat
535. ticular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact your vendor You may also refer to the warranty policy for the region in which you bought the device at http www zyxel com web support_warranty_ info php Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index Numerics 802 11 mode 148 802 1Q 1P 325 activation 332 example 327 group settings 333 management VLAN 332 port settings 335 priority 325 336 PVC 326 PVID 336 tagging frames 326 335 A AAL5 448 access point See AP 137 accounting server WLAN accounting server 147 ACK message 211 activation 802 1Q 1P 332 content filtering 254 firewalls 235 wireless LAN scheduling 156 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 134 ADSL2 448 Advanced Encryption Standard see AES AES 155 517 AH 278 alerts firewalls 240 ALG 178 452 algorithms 278 alternative subnet mask notation 498 antenna 445 directional 522 Index gain 521 omni directional 522 anti probing 230 any IP 126 133 447 how it works 134 note 134 AP Access Point 137 509 Application Layer Gateway 178 452 applications Internet access 25 VoIP 27 asymmetrical routes 235 Asynchronous
536. tificate s owners IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Tyoe CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path CRL Distribution Points This field displays how many directory servers with Lists of revoked certificates the issuing certification authority of this certificate makes available This field also displays the domain names or IP addresses of the servers MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format T
537. tination address screen as follows and click Add Figure 138 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Source Address Source Address List Address Type any Address v aes Wags Add gt gt Any End IP EA e Address o pia Edit lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Range Address 7 Start IP 10 0 0 110 Address LEROU End IP 10 0 0 115 Address TUUS E Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 DERE 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 145 Le 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Note Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box Figure 139 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Source Address Source Address List Address Type Any Address Start IP SAD Any Address fe wala Add gt gt End IP boso ma Address 0 0 0 1 Edit c lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 BEAR Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Range Address 7 Start IP 10 0 0 410 10 0 0 15 ce Donn Add gt gt End IP ee cart Docas mee Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Serv
538. tion System in which the ZyXEL Device acts as a bridge with other ZyXEL access points e Use the Scheduling screen see Section 8 8 on page 156 to schedule a time period for the wireless LAN to operate each day You don t necessarily need to use all these screens to set up your wireless connection For example you may just want to set up a network name a wireless radio channel and some security in the AP screen 8 1 2 What You Need to Know About Wireless Wireless Basics e Every device in the same wireless network must use the same Service Set I Dentity SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network e If two wireless networks overlap they should use different channels Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Wireless Network Construction Wireless networks consist of wireless clients access points and bridges A wireless client is a radio connected to a user s computer P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN e An access point is a radio with a wired connection to a network which can connect with numerous wireless clients and let them access the network e A bridge is a radio that relays communications between access points and wireless clients extending a network s range Traditionally a wireless network operates in one of two ways e An infrastructure type of network has one or m
539. to register the SIP account with the SIP server e The second field displays the reason the account is not registered Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in Vol P gt SIP gt SIP Settings Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Status Screens 5 2 Any IP Table Click Status gt AnylIP Table to access this screen Use this screen to view the IP address and MAC address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Figure 69 Any IP Table AnyIP Table SS Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 15 Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet th
540. to use it WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example To set up WPA 2 you need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is the distribution system The AP passes the wireless client s authentication request to the RADIUS server The RADIUS server then checks the user s identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly A 256 bit Pairwise Master Key PMK is derived from the authentication process by the RADIUS server and the client P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs 4 The RADIUS server distributes the PMK to the AP The AP then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys The keys are used to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients Figure 323 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example L es AN 3 N es Internet a E A l 5 _ S ot fo Li l WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients The Pre Shared Key PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters including spaces and symbols 2 The AP checks
541. tup 2 Subnet 1 s 192 168 1 0 192 168 1 24 WN As Internet LAN ae eae i a a a a ee ce eet et Backup Gateway Subnet 2 ese e eee ee ee ee ee P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide LAN Setup 7 1 Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is usually located in one immediate area such as a building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses LAN _ SS SS i _ C m a M Internet s wi e See Section 7 5 on page 129 for more information on LANs e See Appendix C on page 495 for more information on IP addresses and subnetting 7 1 1 What You Can Do in the LAN Screens e Use the LAN IP screen Section 7 2 on page 122 to set the LAN IP address and subnet mask of your ZyXEL device You can also edit your ZyXEL Device s RIP multicast any IP DHCP and Windows Networking settings from this screen e Use the Client List screen Section 7 3 on page 126 to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses e Use the IP Alias screen Section 7 4 on page 128 to change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings P 2612HW Series User s Guide 121 Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 1 2 What You Need To Know About LAN IP Address Simila
542. twork addresses are then obtained automatically from the server To automatically search for free IP and then assign it statically select Zeroconf To use iy 6 Select Dynamic Address DHCP if you have a dynamic IP address Select Statically assigned IP Address if you have a static IP address Fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Hostname fields 7 Click Next to save the changes and close the Network Card Setup window P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 8 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the Hostname DNS tab in Network Settings and then enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 300 openSUSE 10 3 Network Settings a YaST 2 linux h20z Enter the name for DNS domain that it belongs to Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list Note that the hostname is global it applies to all interfaces not just this one The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server If you are using DHCP to get an IP address check whether to get a hostname via DHCP The hostname of your host which can be seen by issuing the hostname command will be set automatically by the DHCP client You may want to disable this option if you connect to different networks ber this computer and the Network Settings Global Options Ov
543. twork by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Table 82 Security gt VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the remote IPSec router that can use the VPN tunnel The remote IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any tim
544. ty from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click Refresh to display the current validity status of the certificates P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates 15 3 My Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen see Figure 175 on page 295 Click the edit icon to open the My Certificate Details screen Use this screen to view in depth certificate information and change the certificate s name If it is a self signed certificate you can also set the ZyXEL Device to use the certificate to sign the imported trusted remote host certificates Figure 176 Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Details Certificates My Certificates Details Certificate Name Jauto_generated_self_signed_cert Property M Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates Certificate Path Searching of Refresh Certificate Informations Type Self signed x 509 Certificate Version V3 Serial Number 946685740 Subject CN P 2602HW F3 Issuer CN P 2602HW F3 Signature B 3 Algorithm rsa pkesi shal Valid From 2000 Jan ist 00 00 00 GMT Valid To 2030 Jan ist 00 00 00 GMT Key Algorithm f rsaEncryption 512 bits Subject Alternative EMAIL 0019CB000001 auto gen cert Key Usage DigitalSignature KeyEncipherment KeyCertSign Basic Constraint Subject Type CA Path Length Const
545. u cannot distinguish which SIP account the calls are coming in through If you want to control the use of different dialing plans for accounting purposes or other reasons you need to configure your phone ports in order to control which SIP account you are using when placing or receiving calls Outgoing Calls The following figure represents the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When you place a call from phone port 1 or phone port 2 the ZyXEL Device will use SIP account 1 Figure 259 Outgoing Calls Default PHONE 1 NEn IP 1 P e S Internet PHONE 2 SIP 2 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 27 Troubleshooting In the next example phone port 1 is configured to use SIP account 1 and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 In this case every time you place a call through phone port 1 you are using your SIP account 1 Similarly every time you place a call through phone port 2 you are using your SIP account 2 To apply these configuration changes you need to configure the Analog Phone screen See Section 10 5 on page 194 Figure 260 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 PHONE 2 27 6 2 Incoming Calls The following example shows the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device for incoming calls when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When a call comes in from your SIP account 1 the phones conn
546. u dial the phone number SIP Index Select the SIP account you want to use to make outgoing calls when you dial the number in the Prefix field SIP Domain This field displays the SIP service domain name you entered when configuring this SIP account Add Click this to use the information in the SI P Selection by Prefix section to update the SIP Prefix Phone Book section P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice Table 63 Phone Book gt SIP Prefix LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Prefix This section displays all SIP prefix numbers currently configured on the Phone Book ZyXEL Device This is a read only index number Prefix This field displays the SIP prefix number you dial before you dial the phone number in order to use the SIP account specified in the SIP Index field SIP Index This field displays the SIP account used to make outgoing calls when you dial the number in the Prefix field SIP Domain This field displays the SIP domain of the corresponding SIP account Modify Use this field to edit or erase the SIP prefix entry Click the Edit icon to copy the information for this SIP prefix entry into the SIP Prefix section where you can change it Click the Remove icon to erase this SIP prefix entry Clear Click this to erase all the SIP prefix entries Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 10 13 SIP Technical Reference This section c
547. u use WPS a different device can be the registrar if necessary The WPS connection process is like a handshake only two devices participate in each WPS transaction If you want to add more devices you should repeat the process with one of the existing networked devices and the new device Note that the access point AP is not always the registrar and the wireless client is not always the enrollee All WPS certified APs can be a registrar and so can some WPS enabled wireless clients By default a WPS devices is unconfigured This means that it is not part of an existing network and can act as either enrollee or registrar if it supports both functions If the registrar is unconfigured the security settings it transmits to the enrollee are randomly generated Once a WPS enabled device has connected to another device using WPS it becomes configured A configured wireless client can still act as enrollee or registrar in subsequent WPS connections but a configured access point can no longer act as enrollee It will be the registrar in all subsequent WPS connections in which it is involved If you want a configured AP to act as an enrollee you must reset it to its factory defaults P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 9 5 4 Example WPS Network Setup This section shows how security settings are distributed in an example WPS setup The following figure shows an example network In step 1 both AP1 and Cl
548. ubnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which is not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table 2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN 3 The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address 4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device 5 When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device P 2612HW Series User s Guide 135 Chapter 7 LAN Setup P 2612HW Series User s Guide Wireless LAN 8 1 Overview The blue circle marks a wireless LAN in the following figure Wireless clients A and B connect to an access point AP to access other devices such as the printer or the Internet Your ZyXEL Device works as an AP when you install a compatible WLAN card Figure 90 Example of a Wireless Network Ea m T T Ethernet ao gt hs Pa i S 4 AP S d d I l l E m lt gt 4 Ss NS 7 A a N B gt ee p m 8 1 1 What You Can
549. ucts The ZyXEL Device supports up to two simultaneous PSec connections Other PPPoE Features PPPoE idle time out PPPoE dial on demand P 2612HW Series User s Guide 447 Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 165 Firmware Specifications continued Multiple PVC Your device supports one Permanent Virtual Circuits PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits Support IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface Your device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the your device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Packet Filters Your device s packet filtering function allows added network security and management ADSL Standards Support ITU G 992 1 G dmt EOC specified in ITU T G 992 1 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 ADSL2 G lite bis G 992 4 ADSL 2 2 AnnexM ADSL2 G 992 5 Reach Extended ADSL RE ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Multi protocol over AAL5 RFC 2684 1483 PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC 2364 PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 Multiple PPPoE VC based and LLC based multiplexing 1 610 F4 F5 OAM 448 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Product Specifications Table 165 Firmware Specifications continued Other Protocol PPP Point to
550. ulation you select When you use the WAN gt Internet Access Setup screen to set up Internet P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup access you are configuring the first WAN connection This screen is not available if you set the WAN type to Ethernet in the Internet Access Setup screen Figure 76 Network gt WAN gt More Connections More Connections Vv ow oom hk UUN A TT Internet Connection 0 33 PPPoE ChangeMe 8 33 ENET ENCAP g i T N a GY GQ GY Eb E E E E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 21 Network gt WAN gt More Connections LABEL DESCRIPTION This is an index number indicating the number of the corresponding connection Active This field indicates whether the connection is active or not Clear the check box to disable the connection Select the check box to enable it Name This is the name you gave to the Internet connection VPI VCI This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers configured for this WAN connection Encapsulation This field indicates the encapsulation method of the Internet connection Modify The first ISP connection is read only in this screen Use the WAN gt Internet Access Setup screen to edit it Click the Edit icon to edit the Internet connection settings Click this icon on an em
551. up This section shows how security settings are distributed in an example WPS setup The following figure shows an example network In step 1 both AP1 and Client 1 are unconfigured When WPS is activated on both they perform the handshake In this example AP1 is the registrar and Client 1 is the enrollee The registrar randomly generates the security information to set up the network since it is unconfigured and has no existing information Figure 327 WPS Example Network Step 1 ENROLLEE REGISTRAR Mi lt gt ss SECURITY INFO CLIENT 1 AP1 In step 2 you add another wireless client to the network You know that Client 1 supports registrar mode but it is better to use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new client since you must connect to the access point anyway in order to use the network In this case AP1 must be the registrar since it is configured it already has security information for the network AP1 supplies the existing security information to Client 2 Figure 328 WPS Example Network Step 2 REGISTRAR a EXISTING CONNECTION o CLIENT 1 we AP1 o ENROLLEE at we i iain P 2612HW Series User s Guide 527 Appendix D Wireless LANs In step 3 you add another access point AP2 to your network AP2 is out of range of AP1 so you cannot use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new access point However you know that Client 2 supports the registrar function so you use it to perf
552. up gt Edit gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Phase 2 Active Protocol Use the drop down list box to choose from ESP or AH Encryption This field is available when you select ESP in the Active Protocol Algorithm field Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Algorithm Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA Life Time Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates Seconds in this field It may range fr
553. ure information about a directory server that the ZyXEL Device can access Figure 186 Security gt Certificates gt Directory Server gt Add Name Server address Server port Login Setting Login Password Certificates Directory Servers Add Directory Service Setting Access protocol LDAP Host Name or IP Address 389 m m Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 106 Security gt Certificates gt Directory Server gt Add LABEL DESCRIPTION Directory Service Setting Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not permitted to identify this directory server Access Protocol Use the drop down list box to select the access protocol used by the directory server LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a protocol over TCP that specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked certificates Server Address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation or the domain name of the directory server Server Port This field displays the default server port number of the protocol that you select in the Access Protocol field You may change the server port number if needed however you must use the same server port number that the directory server uses 389 is the default server port number for LDAP Login Setting Login The ZyXEL Device may need t
554. uunadeae te inauseuietens 182 030 NAT ISU TYP suriside AOAN 182 Chapter 10 pel E ness E E a E E E E E 185 TA OE EE P A E E E A N A TE AA A ET E A E S 185 10 1 1 What You Can Do in the Vol Gregnig sc diceccaiscdessssstead scncttactecacnmmieceanterancmantscis 185 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Table of Contents 10 1 2 What You Need to Know ABOUT VOIP s cccisssscssestssnsasesinesnsseterns saxeesiamasieeiiissnetentsons 186 10 1 3 Bororo You ERIN asarini onae aa e EANN EEOAE 187 10 2 The SIP Ses DUOEN aratna i o 187 TOS The Advanced SIP Setup SCIEBD siiani ENA 190 104 The SIF OS SOROG IN mian eT 193 TOS The Anabo Fhong SOROS iniernacia inea EE EEE 194 10 6 The Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen ecccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeseaaeeeeneees 194 10 6 1 Configuring the Advanced Analog Phone Screen sssssssesseeeressresrresrrsssrrsssesss 195 10 7 The Phone Settings Ext Table SOON seucniinoiinnissiii idi a n a eal 197 10 8 The Common Phone Settings Sereen scssi nenoriai anii i aa 198 10 9 The Phone Region SORE ciiise nieno EEO AAEN 199 1010 The Sheed Dial SOEST siira inan ai A A 200 10 11 incoming Cal Polity Screen sessin e a een eees 203 WOT Pren GOOI isana a Soecas actuate mbes cance ied Sean eceece nee cee dvamecenle said 205 TOTS SIP TECHCENTER ES sirain a A a A 206 TOTT VOF annan E eee ee ata 206 TO P a NA RRS A eta IoaReReE 206 10133 QUAI or Sere TIO aasian eaaa ANS aaka 215 10 134 Phone Services OVSNIOW Sursis a a E
555. ve a trusted certification authority s certificate to the ZyXEL Device Note You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import the certificate Figure 180 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CA gt Import Certificates Trusted CAs Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats File Path Browse Binary x 509 PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 Back Apply Cancel P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 100 Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CA gt Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen 15 7 Trusted CA Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted CA Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the certification authority s certificate change the
556. ve the current configuration to you computer Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Path Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Username admin Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Backup Configuration Backup Configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 25 Tools Restore Configuration Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 159 Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse
557. ved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network P 2612HW Series User s Guide 131 Chapter 7 LAN Setup Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 e 192 168 0 0 192
558. vel automatically Select Mark to set the DSCP field with the value you configure in the field provided P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 18 Quality of Service QoS Table 114 Advanced gt QoS gt Class Setup gt Add continued LABEL DESCRIPTION 802 1Q Tag Select Same to keep the priority setting and VLAN ID of the frames Select Auto to map the 802 1 priority level to the DSCP value automatically Select Remove to delete the priority queue tag and VLAN ID of the frames Select Mark to replace the 802 1 priority field and VLAN ID with the value you set in the fields below Select Add to treat all matched traffic untagged and add a second priority queue tag and VLAN Ethernet Select a priority level between 0 and 7 from the drop down list box Priority VLAN ID Specify a VLAN ID number between 2 and 4094 Filter Use the following fields to configure the criteria for traffic Configuration classification Source Address Select the check box and enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation A blank source IP address means any source IP address Subnet Enter the source subnet mask Refer to the appendix for more Netmask information on IP subnetting Port Select the check box and enter the port number of the source 0 means any source port number See Appendix E on page 531 for some common services and port numbers MAC Select the check box and e
559. view 18 1 1 This chapter discusses the ZyXEL Device s QoS screens Use these screens to set up your ZyXEL Device to use QoS for traffic management Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to control the use of bandwidth QoS allows the ZyXEL Device to group and prioritize application traffic and fine tune network performance Without QoS all traffic data is equally likely to be dropped when the network is congested This can cause a reduction in network performance and make the network inadequate for time critical application such as video on demand The ZyXEL Device assigns each packet a priority and then queues the packet accordingly Packets assigned a high priority are processed more quickly than those with low priority if there is congestion allowing time sensitive applications to flow more smoothly Time sensitive applications include both those that require a low level of latency delay and a low level of jitter variations in delay such as Voice over IP VoIP or Internet gaming and those for which jitter alone is a problem such as Internet radio or streaming video e See Section 18 5 on page 349 for advanced technical information on SIP What You Can Do in the QoS Screens e Use the General screen Section 18 2 on page 341 to enable QoS on the ZyXEL Device decide allowable bandwidth using QoS and configure priority mapping settings f
560. way an e mail address identifies an e mail account The format of a SIP identity is SIP Number SIP Service Domain SIP Number The SIP number is the part of the SIP URI that comes before the symbol A SIP number can use letters like in an e mail address johndoe your ITSP com for example or numbers like a telephone number 1122334455 Vol P provider com for example SIP Service Domain The SIP service domain of the VoIP service provider is the domain name in a SIP URI For example if the SIP address is 1122334455 Vol P provider com then Vol P provider com is the SIP service domain SIP Registration Each ZyXEL Device is an individual SIP User Agent UA To provide voice service it has a public IP address for SIP and RTP protocols to communicate with other servers A SIP user agent has to register with the SIP registrar and must provide information about the users it represents as well as its current IP address for the routing of incoming SIP requests After successful registration the SIP server knows that the users identified by their dedicated SIP URIs are represented by the UA and knows the IP address to which the SIP requests and responses should be sent Registration is initiated by the User Agent Client UAC running in the VoIP gateway the ZyXEL Device The gateway must be configured with information letting it know where to send the REGISTER message as well as the relevant user and authorization da
561. wer adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution e If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the device and the power source e Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one e Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning e Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device e Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord e Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s Your product is marked with this symbol which is known as the WEEE mark WEEE gt stands for Waste Electronics and Electrical Equipment It means that used electrical ps and electronic products should not be mixed with general waste Used electrical and electronic equipment should be treated separately P 2612HW Series User s Guide Safety Warnings P 2612HW Series User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview PAU ECCT iss ccccietecrcsecdscntncdcn aara aa EE 23 InTGUE Ie The 27 EL DOVICO seria aR 25 UALR CA ihe Web CHOMP aostrian inminente NEEN bi 31 WIPES E E E E E 39 pIE
562. wireless clients RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks e Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network e Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication e Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication e Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access e Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access P 2612HW Series User s Guide 513 Appendix D Wireless LANs e Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting e Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting e Accounting Response
563. work Take the following steps to set up a WPS connection between an access point or wireless router referred to here as the AP and a client device using the PIN method Ensure WPS is enabled on both devices Access the WPS section of the AP s configuration interface See the device s User s Guide for how to do this Look for the client s WPS PIN it will be displayed either on the device or in the WPS section of the client s configuration interface see the device s User s Guide for how to find the WPS PIN for the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 5 on page 152 Enter the client s PIN in the AP s configuration interface Note If the client device s configuration interface has an area for entering another device s PIN you can either enter the clients PIN in the AP or enter the AP s PIN in the client it does not matter which Start WPS on both devices within two minutes Note Use the configuration utility to activate WPS not the push button on the device itself On a computer connected to the wireless client try to connect to the Internet If you can connect WPS was successful If you cannot connect check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following figure shows a WPS enabled wireless client installed in a notebook computer con
564. wser add ons Programs Delete browsing history and cookies jz Hardware and Sound 4 Click Manage network connections Figure 273 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center gO Network and Internet p Network and Sharing Center v File Edit View Tools Help Tasks A A Network and Sharing Center View computers and devices Connect to a network C Set up a canne tinn or network 4 k 9 d Manage network connections A TWPC99111 Internet Diagnose ana repair This computer Not connected 5 Right click Local Area Connection and then select Properties Figure 274 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center LAN or High Sessd Internet 11 Local Collapse group Left Arrow A Conne x at bet Expand all groups Collapse all groups Disable Status Diagnose Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Delete Rename Note During this procedure click Continue whenever Windows displays a screen saying that it needs your permission to continue P 2612HW Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 6 Select Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP I Pv4 and then select Properties Networking Figure 275 Windows Vista Local Area Connection Properties Connect using oy Intel R PRO 1000 MT Desktop Connection This connection uses the following items M o Client for Microsoft Networks M E Network Monitor3 Driver MI
565. y Handshake Client Server a ACK OR ri For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic An unusually high number or arrival rate of half open sessions could indicate a DOS attack 12 4 1 Threshold Values If everything is working properly you probably do not need to change the threshold settings as the default threshold values should work for most small offices Tune these parameters when you believe the ZyXEL Device has been receiving DoS attacks that are not recorded in the logs or the logs show that the ZyXEL Device is classifying normal traffic as DoS attacks Factors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers Reduce the threshold values if your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall e If you often use P2P applications such as file sharing with eMule or eDonkey it s recommended that you increase the threshold values since lots of sessions will be established during a small period of time and the ZyXEL Device may classify them as DoS attacks 12 4 2 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever
566. y STAR CRIS cs veciss ii bana AA een ie eRaamo 301 Te a OE A osian a aAa aAA A EAE aN 304 TES TUSEA CA IMPONE aiaiai e a a Sere eee 306 tT TUSEI CA DEG arisini A 307 Ge ee merd Romae ROS aapea iavosenrsdseeae tent ianae teeta eotenund i mactenesasetetons 311 15 9 Trusted Remote Host Cerificate Details sscccnscccsesticcccaitetoascantereacsedannan cues anias 312 15 10 Trusted Remote Hosle IMPO soscnsisciwusterstiunsitedsnwdd sededecedubieadwusksduawdsoedeasdudabieainusndedse 315 en Dracon Sona aonana Er errr frre ser rare 316 Tate Director Samer Add and Edit drasiai n a EAN 318 Chapter 16 ST POO oii nce nee aa a ee eee o eee eee 321 WA SRY sraon EEEE 321 16 1 1 What You Gan Do in the Static Route Sereens icssririeiiiiirriinsisniiosiisriiniinais 321 TE Comm Maie ROUE soseias sarrsstietde cituustnanatiuiiniue aa aaa a aiaa VAE 322 loeo PROUT EdE oond pasa auncieecimrantnbesiicenesnoaemeteiens 323 Chapter 17 BO Lara A A A ET OEA A A ET 325 12 OE EY oaa a 325 17 1 1 What You Can Do in the 802 10 1P SCreensS orinoiaciiiinniiainenninniaia 325 17 1 2 What You Nead to Know About OZ IOP scsccccaccisiceissensneanndendaseniaceiostecedecvuennsons 325 TEAS ea P E INES sxc cai vrsgunvasvivwssh ES a iag 327 17 2 Whe 802 101 P Group Seting Saee acs gessiasecerasdecsdeetaaniecstbanexaagaresiaiedunsatviagstbessmndasiensis 332 172 1 Edim S0212 IP Group Seng dessiciiiiii RE N aa 333 17 3 The 802 1071 PF Pon Seting SEEN irsinin anaia satan 335 P 2612HW Series
567. y settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Note If you want your device to respond to pings and requests for unauthorized services you may also need to configure the firewall anti probing settings to match Figure 216 Advanced gt Remote Management gt ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN x I Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 125 Advanced gt Remote Management gt ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Ping on Disable is selected
568. y up before it times out An IKE SA times out when the IKE SA lifetime period expires If an IKE SA times out when an IPSec SA is already established the IPSec SA stays connected In phase 2 you must Choose which protocol to use ESP or AH for the IKE key exchange Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose whether to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS using Diffie Hellman public key cryptography see Appendix D on page 507 Select None the default to disable PFS Choose Tunnel mode or Transport mode P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 14 VPN Set the IPSec SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long the IPSec SA should stay up before it times out The ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if there is traffic when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires The ZyXEL Device also automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if both IPSec routers have keep alive enabled even if there is no traffic If an IPSec SA times out then the IPSec router must renegotiate the SA the next time someone attempts to send traffic 14 9 6 Negotiation Mode The phase 1 Negotiation Mode you select determines how the Security Association SA will be established for each connection through IKE negotiations e Main Mode ensures the highest level of security when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 It uses 6 messages in three round trips SA negotiation Diffie
569. yXEL Device using this service P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration Table 119 Advanced gt Remote Management gt WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 20 3 The Telnet Screen You can use Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device s command line interface Specify which interfaces allow Telnet access and from which IP address the access can come Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Figure 211 Advanced gt Remote Management gt Telnet Telnet Port Access Status q Note oo e Secured Client IP You may also need to create a Firewallrule 23 LAN amp WAN x all C Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 120 Advanced gt Remote Management gt Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service i
570. you dial phone numbers If you select Active Immediate Dial in Vol P gt Phone gt Common you can press the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately regardless of this setting Voice Active Detector VAD Support Select this if the ZyXEL Device should stop transmitting when you are not speaking This reduces the bandwidth the ZyXEL Device uses Auto Dial Active Auto Dial Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial the phone number you enter in the Auto Dial Phone Number field as soon as you take the phone off the hook Auto Dial Phone Number If you select Active Auto Dial enter the phone number you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial in this field Back Click this to return to the Analog Phone screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 10 Voice 10 7 The Phone Settings Ext Table Screen Each phone connected to the ZyXEL Device has an extension number so that it can be separately identified for intercom use The default settings of extension numbers are shown in the following table Table 57 Default Ext Numbers PHONE DEFAULT EXT NUMBER Analog Phone 1 11 Analog Phone 2 12 An extension number is composed of a group number and a sub number If group
571. you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers The following figure shows remote management of the ZyXEL Device coming in from the WAN Figure 209 Remote Management From the WAN LAN WAN i M HTTP e TTP W Internet C VA Telnet 7 aie lt gt vna Note When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via e Internet WAN only e ALL LAN and WAN e LAN only e Neither Disable Note When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field P 2612HW Series User s Guide 357 Chapter 20 Remote Management Configuration 20 1 1 20 1 2 You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows Telnet HTTP What You Can Do in the Remote Management Screens Use the WWW screen Section 20 2 on page 359 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the Zy
572. your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen Figure 114 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules Localstartip Localendip Global startip Globale nd iP Type Modify 1 a aaa Ga GH GY E Eb E Eb E Eb Eb E E E The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 47 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to one and Server mapping types Global Start This is the starting Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if IP you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types 1 76 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Table 47 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server map
573. ype admin default as the username and 1234 as the password and click Login Click Cancel to revert to the default password in the password field If you have changed the password enter your password and click Login Figure 4 Password Screen P 2612HW F1 Note For security reasons the ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if you do not use the web configurator for five minutes default If this happens log in again 32 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 2 Web Configurator Main Screen Figure 5 Main Screen gt Status Refresh Interval None System Status System Uptime Current Date Time Device Information P2612HW P 2612HW F1 C Host Name Model Number 46 42 24 01 02 2000 22 43 38 MAC Address ZyNOS Firmware Version WAN Information 00 02 cf e8 56 3a V3 70 BLD 0 b3 12 19 2008 System Mode CPU Usage Memory Usage Routing Bridging 24 19 a IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server WLAN Information LAN Up SSID privat4837jet Channel 2 Security WPA PSK WPS Unconfigured Status On Security Firewall Content Filter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i 3 Interface Status f WAN 100M Full Duplex 192 168 1 1 Down 100M Full Duplex 54M
574. ypertext Transfer Protocol 420 HTTP pincode 222 humidity 445 IAD 25 IANA 132 504 IBSS 507 ICMP 230 ID type and content 284 idle timeout 145 147 IEEE 802 11b 148 IEEE 802 11g 148 511 IEEE 802 119 wireless LAN 452 IEEE 802 111 452 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN 216 IGMP 125 133 IGMP proxy 449 IGMP v1 449 IGMP v2 449 IKE phases 282 importing certificates 301 importing trusted CAs 306 importing trusted remote hosts 315 Independent Basic Service Set see IBSS initialization vector IV 517 inside header 281 install UPnP 371 Windows Me 372 Windows XP 373 Integrated Access Device see IAD intended audience 3 Internet wizard setup 39 Internet access 25 39 wizard setup 39 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority See IANA Internet Assigned Numbers Authority see IANA Internet Control Message Protocol see ICMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol see IGMP Internet Key Exchange 282 Internet Protocol Security see IPSec Internet Service Provider see ISP IP address 91 131 172 174 222 default 31 static 67 WAN 100 IP address assignment 115 ENET ENCAP 116 PPPoA or PPPoE 115 RFC 1483 116 IP alias 128 448 IP multicasting 449 IP pool 124 130 IPSec 257 algorithms 278 architecture 278 P 2612HW Series User s Guide Index NAT 278 see also VPN standard 447 IPSec VPN capability 447 ISP 100 ITU T 195 ITU T G 992 1 436 J jitter buffer 451 K keep alive 283 key combinations 227 keypad 227 L

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Virtuelle Museumsstücke zum Anfassen  Road and traffic information system (rti)volvo s60, v60, xc60  TABLE DES MATIRES  Grundig PS 4110 personal scale  第一種船橋航海当直警報装置の型式承認試験基準（案）  User Manual - stan engineering    ZyXEL Communications 30W Network Card User Manual  LES CANCANS DU STORY-BOAT  HDClone 4 Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file